The difi - Forgotten Books

511

Transcript of The difi - Forgotten Books

The difi‘

erence ofthis volume in point ofstyle from the preced

ing volumes ofthe series is explained by the fact that , owing to

the lack ofSanskrit types in this country,it was necessary to

have the Kfiuqika-Sut ra composed and stereotyped abroad (Ber

lin,Gebrflder Unger) .

C O N T E N T S

F O U R T E E N T H V O L U M E .

Aa'r. I.—Tnz Klnq -St

'

rrm or m s ATHABVA-VEDA ; wrru Em ma

men wa s COMMENTARIEB or Di an a AN D Kscava . Edited by MAU

lucs BLOOMFIELD , Professor in Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore,Md.

(Preface, p . v ; Introduction, p. ix ; Text and N otes, p. 1 ; Appendix

Extractsfrom the Paddhati ofKecava, p. 305 ; Indexes : Proper namesand kindred subjects, p . 375 ; technicaldesignations ofverses , etc. ,

p.

383 ; list ofmantras, gdthda, etc. , p . 386 ; citations, p.

Proceedings ofthe Society, October, 1 88 8 ,PRINCIPAL CON TEN TS : The Pott library, M . Jastrow , Jr.—Quautitativevariations in Mahabharata texts, E. W. Hopkins—Eggeling’s Qatapatha-Brzihmana, vol. u .

,W . D. Whitney.

—The Aucanaszidbhutani, J.

T. Hatfield—The Asuri-Kalpa . H . W . Magoun.—Certain Rajput forms

ofthe Hindi substantive verb, S. H. Kellogg—Reference in the Avesta

to the Book ofLife, A. V . W. Jackson.- Proto-Doric character of

Paphlagonian Tombs , A. Marquand—Lamaist ceremony ofmaking of

magi-pills, W. W . Rockhill.—Use ofskulls in Lamaist ceremonies, W .

W. Rockhiu—Mr. Rockhill’s Tibetan collection in the Washington

N ationalMuseum, 0 . Adler.—Plato and Confucius, W. A. P. Martin.

The Hebrew Tenses, W . H . Green—A fragment ofthe Samaritan Pentateuch in the Andover library, G. F. Moore.

—Origin ofHebrew supralinear vowel-points, G. F. Moore.

—Targum MSS. in the British Museum,

G. F. Moore.—Hayyug”s treatise on weak verbs, M. Jastrow, Jr.

Transposed stems in Talmudic, Hebrew and Chaldaic, M . Jastrow .—A

MS. ofparts ofthe Targum, R. J. H . Gottheil.—A MS. ofthe PeshittoFour Gospels, I. H?Hall.—A MS. ofthe Peshitto N ew Testament, withthe Tradition ofthe Apostles, I. H . Hall.—The Babylonian Caduceus,

W . H. Ward—A Babylonian cylindrical object, W . H . Ward—Dimensions ofthe Babylonian Ark, P . Haupt . Eclipse ofthe 7th year ofCambyses, J . A. Paine.

—Assyrian and Babylonian royalprayers, D. G.

Lyon—The Pantheon ofAssurbanipal, D.

I} . Lyon.—The Assyrian

1 6 0 8 0 7

1:04d and ring ofthe Sun-god , M. Jastrow , Jr.- Assyrian verbs

terms iafirmw. C. Adler.—Lil'e and writings ofEdward Hincks, C.

Adler.—Additions and corrections to Lott's Tiglath-Piieser, E. P. Allen.

—The Semitic emphatic consonants, E. P. Allen.—Phonetic peculiarities

ofCairo Arabic, C. H . Toy.—Mohammedan Education, A. L. Frothing

ham, Jr.

Proceedings ofthe Society, May, 1 888 , cxvu

Inscriptionsfrom Yarpuz, F. P . Brewer.—The Circle ofSovereignty in the

Avests , A. V . W . Jackson.—Avesta grammatical jottings, A. V . W.

Jackson.—Petrie’s explorations in Hawara etc. , L. Dickerman.

—TheEgyptian religion, F. C. H . Wendel.—Arabic MS . in a N ew Yorklibrary, G. F. Moore—A lapislazuli disc with cuneiform inscription, D.

G. Lyon—A N ebuchadnezzar cylinder, D. G. Lyon.—Ashurnasirbal

slabs in N ew York , M . Jastrow ,Jr.—Chaldean astronomy, C. Johnston .

—Babylonian-Assyrian cylinder seals, W . H . Ward.

Proceedings ofthe Society, October, 1 889,Report on OrientalMSS. in America—Reminiscen ce ofEgypt in Doricarchitecture, A. Marquand.

—The r and rtf-forms ofSanskrit roots, W.

D . Whitney.—The Sanskrit particle 0 1h

,M. Bloomfield—The Vedic ia

strumentalpadbhia , M. Bloomfield—N umbering ofthe Atharvan Paricistae, J. T. Hatfield—Interpretation ofMahabharata, iii. 42 . F, E. W.

Hopkins.—Female divinities in India, E. W. Hopkins.

—'

I‘

he sense ofcolor in the Avesta, A. V . W . Jackson.

—Avestan grammaticalnotes,

A. V. W. Jackson.—Semitic mythology and religion, K. Kohler.

—Assyriology in Japan, C . Adler.

—Tiamat in Babylonian and Assyrian art,

W . H. Ward—Text-books ofthe Babylonians and Assyrians, M. Jastrow,

Jr.—Use and origin ofthe Shoiar, C. Adler.—Judges xxi. 13 3 .

G. F. Moore.—A Syriac Lectionary, I. H . milk—Syriac texts and trans

Iations, I. H . Hulk—Collecting and preserving Syriac texts at OroomiahI. H . Hall.—Edition ofthe Syriac-Arabic glosses ofBar- ‘All, R. J. H .

Gottheil.—Maspero’s identification ofthe mummy ofAmenophis I.,J.

A . Paine.—The land Mitani on the Egyptian monuments, H . Brugsch

Bey—History ofEgyptian grammar, F. C. H . Wendel—A Coptic MS.

ofDr. Ward , F. C. H . Wendel.

List ofMembers,May, 1 890 ,

KAU QIK A- SoTRA

OF THE

ATH ARVA -VEDA .

WITH EXTRACTS FROM THE COMMEN TARIES

OF DARILA AN D KRCAVA.

EDITED BY

MAURICE BLOOMFIELD,

" OM B IN THE JOH N S HOPKIN S UN IVERSITY, BAM OBI. ID .

WILLIAM DWIGHT WHITN EY

THE PION EER os VEDIC STUDIES

IN AMERICA

THIS WORK IS DEDICATEDBY HIS FAITHFUL PUPIL AN D FRIEN D .

Preface.

The materials, upon which this edition ofthe Kaucika-sntra is

based , represent as exhaustive a col lection ofMS. authority, as it

was possible for the editor to make. Such MSS. ofthe text, com

mentary, paddhatis, and other accessory litera ture, as are in the

possession oflibraries or individua l scholars in Europe, w ere used,

it is believed , without omitting anything very va luable. And no

little efl'

ort was expanded to secure as much as possible, ifnot every

thing, ofva lue, known to exist in India up to the present time.

Thanks are due in many quarters for advice, help , and cooper

ation : First , to the authorities ofthe Royal Library in Berlin, and

to the Educationa l Department ofthe Bombay Government,headed

by its director, K. M. Chatfield Esq . Without the enlightened liber

a lity ofthese two institutions, a work ofthis sort would have been

wel l-nigh impossible for an American scholar. Professors Wil liam

Dwigh tWhitney ofYale Col lege, and Rudolfvon Roth ofTiibingen

granted freely the use ofsuch materia ls,as were in their hands,

a long with other aid. Through the disinterested efl'

orts ofRio

Bahadur Shankar Pandurang Pandit , the Orienta l translator to

the government in India, and honorary member ofthe American

Orienta l Society, Iwas enabled to present in the appendix extracts

from the paddhati ofKecava an exegetica l aid second only to

the commentary ot Darila . I am a lso indebted variously to Pro

fessors Albrecht Weber ofBerlin,and Georg Biihler ofVienna , and

vi Preface.

to D r. Johannes Klatt ofthe Royal Library at Berlin. His excel

lency, D r. Otto von B6htliugk, Member ofthe ImperialAcademy of

Sciences at St . Petersburg, lightened the burden ofthe work byreading one proof, and he a lso favored me with many valuable

remarks, springing from his exhaustive know ledge ofthe language,and his keen philological insight. To him Iowe an especia l debt

ofgratitude.

Baltimore, May 1 889.

MAURICE BLOOMFIELD .

Introduction.

I. The materials for the edition ofthe text.

The following MSS. ofthe text, commentaries,and other accessory

literature were used for this first edition ofthe sfi tra ofKaucika

a . Manuscripts ofthe text.1 . K (Kielhorn). N r. 86 (p. ca ta logued in F. Kielhorn’s

Report to K. M. Cha tfield Esq . on the search for Sanskrit MSS. in

the Bombay Presidency , during the year 1880—1 88 1 . A good , ca re

fu l ly w ritten MS. of1 26 folios, 8 lines to the page ; 1750 clokas

according to a statement upon the wrapper. Colophon : w astimsaniva t 1 708 cargo karttikaguda (l) 1 0 ravdu adycha ¢ri maphali

puravastavymit dbhyan'

ttaranagarajiidtiya trivddi cri 5 fivajisat jaya

krsztcna (Cod . jeya svayar’

n likhitam idan'

t public ist bkava tu

adycha mapbalipuravdstavyarit dbhya ihtaranagarajfid tiya panicakalpt

ganapa tyabhratrga ritgddharabhratrrahdghavd (lfor 4 agltava jibhra

trgadadharabhratrvidyadbarapa {hanartban'

t . For the meaning of

paiicakalpi see p . Lvii.

2. P (Puna) . Col lated by Professor Rudolph von Roth in

T t’

ibingen in the year 1 874, from a MS. ofthe Pfi na Deccan Col lege.

The MS. consists oftwo parts : The first ha lfcontains 41 folios and

ends with the follow ing colophon itimkdupike saptamo’dlzydyalt

samaptalt samva t 1 740 cargo yaks 1 606’

pravartamane adyeha brags

(l) ksetramahdprabbustbanc dove pr?5 jayakrspasutadevakrwena likbi

tar'

n safiw a t sa ttarapydlipavarge cake palace (l) sanipravartamans

phalgt mavadi 1 0 pit/crepe likht'

tai'

n kdupikan'

i parvardharit likin’

tam asti.

Introduction.

The second part in 44 folios ends : scam sariwa t 1 740 cargo cake

1606 I pravartamans cditracudi dabudhc adycha brugulrsctravastavymit

davs cri 5 jayakrszzasutadevalcrsztena likbitam aparam pasta/ca r’

s

viksya podhaniyam soda budhailt hinadhikais larair varndir asmaka rh

dflsaztam na hi

3. Bh MS. or. fol. 894, a r. 1493 (p. 84) in A .Weber’s

Verzeichuiss der Sanskrit uud Prakrit-Handschriften, vol. ii (Berlin67 folios of10 lines a page. The MS.

, presented by Professor

Bt‘

thler to the Royal Library at Berlin, is a copy ofa codex from Bha

riich, belonging to the government ofBombay (collection of1 870

See G. Biihler, A cata logue ofSanskrit Manuscripts contained in

the private Libraries ofGujarat , Kathisvad, Kachchh, Sindh and

Khandes'

. Fascicle i, Bombay 187 1 , N r. 1 78 (p . Samvat 1 7 18. In

the possession ofDeva N arabherama in Bharuch. P and Bh exhibit

identica l readings down to the most minute details ; KPBh stand

out as a group rela ted to one another, and not infrequently they

are at variance with the remaining MSS. ofthe text.

4. Ch (Chambers). A MS. ofthe Chambers col lection (N r. 1 19)in the possession ofthe Roya l Library at Berlin ; cf. Die Hand

schriften-Verzeichnisse der Kgl. Bibliothek. Erster Band . Ven eich

niss der Sanskrit - Handschriften, Berlin 1 853, N r. 362 (p . 143

folios . Colophon : sainca t 1670 | tat-

yam gafigdsamiparit vipeepvara

“timid/tambha tagafigadharena likhitam. Both the originaland a copy

in the possession ofProfessorWhitney were used by the editor. For

the character ofthe MS. cf. Haas, Ind. Stud. v, p . 378.

5. E (Elphinstone). A copy ofa MS. ofE lphinstone College,

made for Professor v. Roth through the mediation ofProf. Kiel horn.

Upon this MS. Roth afterwards colla ted P (N r. 2) and Bi (N r.

and the readings ofthese three MSS. were in turn col lated by the

editor in Tubingen in June 1 882 upon a transliterated copy ofCh

(N r. belonging to Professor Whitney, and kindly loaned to him.

43 folios of13 lines a page. Colophon : mdghakrsztatrtiyam (l) titbau

sdumyavasars cativdhanafakc 1 792 tasmin dine {don'

t pasta/rain

camapitam The MS. is ofinferior value and seems to stand in

Introduction. xi

some genetic relation to Ch , as it shares many readings and blunders

w ith the latter.

6. Bi Col lation, made in 1 878 by Prof. v. Roth , of

N r. 91 in the library ofthe Maharaja ofBikanir. 91 folios ofSliues

a page. Colophon : sariwa t 1 7 35 verse margagirsapudi 4 gurudina

or! pa ttananagare likhitariz gravittbagran'

t 1 8 00 maharaja anmiapa

siriltafimjeritrajye (l) tubharia bhava tu . A MS. offair va lue.

7 . Bit (Biihler). A modern copy belonging to the Bombaygovernment, N r. 150 ofthe collection of1879—80 . The first few

kandikis are corrected ; beyond that it is extremelyfaulty. Colophon

likhdm’

ma td (rit)trilcam ajitta tanayakyp rardmalr‘

kbavitarit kdeipnrt‘

ma

dlige {dam pustakarit p aritcoltramakrspasya da ttarit krszzdpm'

ztarit crtr

arm. The number ofclokas, as stated on the w rapper, is 1 700.

8 . Ku (Kuhn). A fragment embracing the last five adhyayar

(x—xiv) be longing origina l ly to Ada lbert Kuhn, and now in thf

possession ofProfessor Ernst Kuhn ofMiinchen.

b. The bhdsya ofD arila .

9. D (text), and D The commentary ofDAriIa-bhatta.

a single fragmentary codex ofwhich exists in Europe in the Roya‘

Library at Berlin. It forms part ofa batch ofAtharvan- texts, pre

sented to that institution by Professor Eggeling. Cf. Die Hand

schriften-Verzeicbnisse der Egl. Bibliothek, Vol. v : Verzeichniss derSanskrit und Prakrit-Handschriften vou A . Weber, Vol. 1 1 , N r. l494

(p. MS. or. oct. It consists of1 36 folios of1 1—1 2 lines a

page. The title is Kaucika -bhasya , and it extends to the end ofthe

second kandika ofadhyaya vi (kandika 48 in the continuous count) .

Here the text is treated as though fairly a t an end , a t least as far as

the immediate source ofthis copy is concerned , inasmuch as the colo

phon, date and number ofclokes, by which the text is measured , are

given at the end : mahavsdarthavr'

da upadbydyaca tsaya rmagtalt propan

trasya bhattadarilalcrtdu kaupikabbdsye scribe’dhydye dvitiya ka indilcd

samdptd bhagnaprsfikafigrioa stabdhadrstir adhomtdchar’

n kastena li

kln‘

ta in grashthafin) ya tnena paripalayet cake 1 762 ydm afi ndmaaar’

n

vatsara asadhapnklatrayodagt ravicdsare samap to’

yarit grarizthalt

xii Introduction.

gravhthasar’

nkbya 3 790. Darila is mentioned frequently in the pad

dhati ofKscava (N r . and occasional ly in the Atharvani‘

ya-

pad

dha ti (N r. but Vatsacarman, his grandfather, is known hitherto

only from Darila ’s work : ‘ padas ofthe teacher Vatsacarman’

(padd

upadhyayava tsaparmanalt) are cited severa l times, e. g. at 32 . 26

(fol. 101 b, l . 35 . 6 (fol. 1 08 b, l . 46. 48 (fol. 129a , l . 48. 9

(fol. 136 a , l . Very high praise is bestowed upon Vatsacarmau in

a cloka cited a t 6. 37 (fol. 84 a , 1. na tend M yalt suhrd astt'

kaccin

na sarvakarmapra timo’sti rajan na matrtulyab kvacid astt

'

band/tar

na va tsacarmapra timo’sti (vi)deau. Through the kindness ofDr.

Johannes Klatt, the custos ofthe Indian department ofthe Royal

Library at Berlin, the editor was enabled to obtain a copy ofthe

MS. ,w hich was afterwards compared and corrected by himself

during his stay in Berlin in the summer of1884. The copy w illbe

turned over in due time to the library ofthe American Oriental

Society . The text is very corrupt, and the comment often very obscure:

no attempt has been made to restore the manifold corruptions in this

text, or in any ofthe paddhatis to be mentioned bel ow. A better

picture ofthe character and value ofsuch an exegetic help is rendered

by presenting the text as it is, rather than by attempting to restore

it throughout : individual emendations and suggestions, whenever

given, are bracketed. On the whole Darila ’s work forms the most

valuable single factor in the present edition. The MSS. ofthe text do

not divide the sutras, and that is the principa l difficulty in the more

obscure parts ofthe text. For this, for the exegesis ofmany difficult

passages, and for the explanation ofmany words the text is ofpara

mount importance : cf. p . a fg.

1 1 . The same. The only printed notice ofthe existence in

India ofa commentary to the sutra is found in Martin Haug’s

report on his journey in Guzerat in the winter of1 863—1864, an ex

tract from which is printed in Ind. Stud . ix, p. 174 . Hang simply

mentions, that he saw in Broach a MS. ofthe siltra with the com

menta ry, without stating the name ofthe commentator. Through the

kindness ofthe Orienta l translator to the government, Rae Bahadur

Introduction. xiii

Shankar Pandurang Pandit, an honorary member ofthe American

Orienta l Society, the editor w as enabled to compare a secondMS. of

the bhasya ofDarila . The owner is anAtharva-vaidika namedVenkahBhatjtGore, a liasVenkuDajt, who lives at Sangli in the South Marathacountry. The MS. is modern, beautiful ly w ritten

, and ca reful ly cor

rected, consists of200 folios of9 lines to the page, and goes just as

far as the Berlin codex, namely to the end ofkand. 48. Moreover

it repeats with such absolute fidelity the portentous mass ofcorrupt

ions, which characterize that codex, as to render certain the con

elusion that both go back to the same source : they seem both to be

very faithful cOpies ofthe same origina l. This MS. therefore in no

way benefited the edition : there was no occasion to distinguish it

from the preceding. The colophon ofthisMS. is identica l with that of

the Berlin codex , excepting the date cake bhdi'

padapuddha

dm'

ttyar'

n maritdavasars samap to’

yarit gra tin/ml" granithasar’

nkhyd 3790.

Mr. Shankar P. Pandit also has in use for his forthcoming

edition ofSayana’

s commentary to the Atharva-Veda another MS.

ofDarila , which he compared with the Sangli-MS. , sent to me.

This a lso ends at hand. 48, and hails from the same source. The

natural conclusion to be derived from this noteworthy coincidence

would seem to be, either that Darila did not comment beyond kand.

48 , or that a part ofhis work is lost. The former a lternative is

however set aside by the testimony ofKecava (N r. who mentions

Darila ’s Opinion (iti dM lama tam) on passages beyond , as w el l as

within the first 48 kandikas : see c. g. 31 . 7 ; 40. 10; 54. 15; 58. 20; probably

a lso at 43. 3, and 1 20 (under the designation bkasyakdra). On the

other hand it seems grow ingly unlikely that the complete comment

ary ofDarila wil l yet be found . Darila is probably the only one

who wrote a commenta ry to the Kaucika in the ordinary sense of

the w ord. Kecava’

s work is a paddhati: he rarely explains single

words or the language ofthe sutra in genera l , but merely aims to

make clearer, usually by expansion, the rites enjoined by the sutra ,

to readers acquainted with its language. Two bhasyakaras, named

Bhadra andRudra , are mentioned in theAtharvaniya -

paddhati(N r. 13;

xiv Introduction.

cf. J. A . O. S. xi, p . 376, note and very frequently by Kscava ;

since however severalquotations from them are metrica l, we may

suppose that they were authors ofsmrti-w orks, holding perhaps the

same relation to Kauciks , as the Karmapradipa or Chandogapariqista

ofKatyayana to the sfi tra ofGobhila in the Sims -Veda. The search

for a correct and complete MS. ofDarila is therefore ofprime im

portance for the advance ofAtharvanic studies.

c. The paddha tis.

1 2. Dac. Kar. The title ofa paddhati to certain selected parts

ofthe Kaucika is daca karmani brahmavsdoktani. It is nr. 153 ofthe

Bombay government’s collection of1879—1880, and restricts itselfto

those parts ofthe Kaucika , which treat strictly speaking ofhouse- ritual

only. It begins with the ajya tantra (cf.Kane. 1 -6 ; and then turns

to the omits/cards, from the garbbadhana to the ca tnrthikarma (Kane.

58—58 ; 70 citing the mantras in ful l , and with the regular

accent marks in red. Those parts ofthe Kaucika, which are more

especia l ly Atharvanic in their character (see below under it), it does

not touch upon at any point. The MS. is very modern,and exhibits

the fol low ing colophon content 1 867 karttilcamass culdap aksc 6

bbrguvdsarc adj/elm siddhapurvastavyan’

t udicyajr'

iattya puklasnkhardma

atmajahrdayaramalilchitarit pathondrthan’

s paritcoliramakrsna idarit

pasta/rain vdranasiksetrc kapyarit lipilcrtarh ladivr’

cvscvarasamtpu

A text ca l led Daca karmaui, a lso a paddhati, describing house-cere

monies, has been published in India , and a copy ofit can be found at

the RoyalLibrary a t Berlin : it has no connection with the Atharva

Veda .

18 . Ath. Paddh. The conventional designation Atharvaniya

paddhati is the title ofa text, ofwhich there are two modern MSS.

in the Roya l Library a t Berlin. Cf. Die Handschrifteu-Verzeichnisseder Kgl. Bibliothek zu Berlin, vol. v : Verzeichniss der Sanskrit

and Prakrit-Handschriften von A. Weber, vol. 1 1,nrs. 1495 and 1496

(pp. 86, a lso J. A. O. S. vol. xi, p. 375. The text is a paddhati,

considerably more extensive than the Daca karmani, but a lso ai

most entirely restricted to grhya -practices, in the manner ofthe other

xvi Introduction.

1 4. Antyesti. N r. 152 ofthe Bombay government’s collection

of1879—1880 is a paddhati on the buria l ceremony, bearing on the

wrapper the title: a tharvavedasya amtyestikarma sapindikarandntakar

md tharcavcdasya . 33 fo lios oblong, 10 lines a page ; 608 o lokaa. The

MS. hails from Ahmedabad (amadabada) and has the fol lowing colo

phon : vtbhagapamcoltkrsnasut bariharapa thanartham. On the first

leaf: panicoltlcrsnacibhaga . N o date. The text bears large ly upon

adhyaya xi, but it contains a lso incidental ly an account ofthe ajya-r

tantra under the name Irucantdikakarma (cf. above under and the

arsotsarga .

15. Kscava. Through the kind offices ofMr. Shankar P . Pandit

Iwas enabled to add in the appendix extracts from the paddhati

ofKscava, the Kecavi. The MS to which Ihad access, is the copy

ofa codex in the possession ofthat scholar, which he had made for

my use in this w ork . Though a hasty copy ofan apparently far

from faultless origina l , the extracts given, it is believed , exhaust

pretty well the contributions to the exegesis ofthe sutra , to be

derived from this source. My copy consists of336 folios, of12 - 13 lines

a page . The comments become shorter and shorter as the work ad

vances, and end with adhyaya xiii, parts ofadhyaya xiv having been

treated a long with earlier chapters ofthe text, e. g. the ajya tantra ,

Ki ne. xiv. 1 a long with Kane. 1—6 ; the ” (aka-ceremony,

Kane. xiv. 2 a long with Kane. 19. 28 . The extent, to which the

trea tment becomes more and more hurried tow ards the end, may be

understood in the light ofthe fact that adhydyas i—vn absorb 275

ofthe 336 folios ofthe MS. used here. At the end ofadhy. xi there

is the fol low ing colophon sainva t 1 680 praeartamane mdghacadi

paincaml cit /ere svasya nirikganartban'

t ta tbatmajaganecasyavalokand

rthar’

n idan‘

t sanibz’

tdvidhelzkducilcenoktan'

t bkasyain yahyanagarc sara tii

gapuracasina talha cannakifdlchadbydyr'

na ganecenaritlokhiyadavcna ca

prir astu cubharit bbava tu . At the end ofthe codex are the follow ing

w ords : iii pri grhyapaddha tiat) sampflrnalt samaptalt sariwa t 1 883

ndmdgasaramdse gulclapalcse astamyarh ravivdsarc likhitar’

n grar'

ntha

sainpflrnalz(l).

Introduction. xvii

The explanations given by Kecava aim at the expansion of

the ritual as presented by Kaucika , rather than tow ards an ex

planation.

ofthe w ords : cases are not w anting, how ever, in w hich

individualw ords are explained , usua lly in a sa tisfactory manner ; cf.

below p. a fg. Occasiona l ly, e. g. at 29. 15 ; 40. 16, Kscava

differs more or less w idely with Darila . Kscava seems to have

command ofa pretty wide range ofauthorities, especial ly ofthose

within the limits ofAV. literature. He recognizes the tradition,

according to which the schools ofthe AV . are nine in number (naca

bhcdfilt : and reports , in accordance with theAth. Paddh.,that the

Kaucika (samhitavidhi) is the sutra offourcakhas, the cannaktya at the

head (cf. J.A. O . S. xi. He cites Upavarsa ( 1 . Mann a

gobhilabrdhmanalz (2 . MEhaki (fol. 807, l . 1 ; cf. Ath . Paris. 24. 10 ;

46. 3 ; Vancabr. the school ofthe carana vaidyds (6. 87 : cf. below ,

p. xxxvi, andInd. Stud. iii. 277), the five ka lpasoftheAV . (seeJ A .O. S.

xi. 376fg. ; Kec. 1 . 8 ; 39. 5—12 ; 46. 25 ; 47 . 2 ; 56. the Ath. Paricistas

(e. g. 7 . More important is the fact that he cites familiarly the

following four authorities : Darila,Rudra, Bhadra, and Paithinasi.

Kec. , like Ath. Paddh. , states explicitly , that Darila , Rudra , and

Bhadra are the three commentators ofthe Kaucika (see adhyaya vi,

end " ob/tilt tribht'

r bhasyakarat'

lt kauciko vicar-itch) .

The interesting fact that Kecava quotes Darila not only

in the first 48 kandikas, but a lso beyond kandika 48, has been men

tioned above. Rudra and Bhadra seem to be commentaries, some

w hat in the style ofsmrtis, for metrica l passages are quoted

from Rudra at 49. 3—27 (p. and from Bhadra at 9, end

(p. 86, end (p. Rudra is quoted in addition at 7 . 14 ;

31 . 7 ; 46. 9 ; 58 . 20 ; Bhadra at 6. 87 ; 49, end (p . 58 . 20 .

Both are occasiona l ly opposed to Darila, e. g. at 58. 20 . Rudra

is quoted a lso by Sayana in his commentary to the AV., e. g. in

the introduction, p . 27 ofShankar Pandit’s edition, and p . 5 ofthe

text. But little has been learned about Faithinasi, since attention was

drawn to him by the editor in the xi. 876. In A3) . Paddh.

at Kane. 9. 9 the passage is not excerpted in this edition he is

xviii Introduction.

spoken ofas a paddhalikara ; Dac. Kar. , Ath. Paddh., and Kec. at

Kane. 79. 9 cite a eloka ofPaithinasi (Kec. cites the same cloka

a lso a t 34. 14 without ascribing it to this author) . He is cited other

w ise by Dar. at 6. 29, 30 , 37 (fol. 31 b, l . 1 , 6 ; 84 s , I. 2) etc. ; Kec.

45. 19 ; 5l. l; 58 . 19, and Sayana’s commentary pp . 5, 267 , w ithout

revea ling his exact character. Prof. Julius Jol ly has kindly draw n my

attention to the fol low ing places in which Paithi’

nasi, the author on

dharma ,is cited : Harada tta ’s commentary on Apastamba

’s Dbar

masutra , vol. n, p . 80 ofBt’

ihler’

s edition ; Kubera ’s Da ttakacan

drika ; Jimutavahana’

s Dayabhaga pp. 108 , 210 , 278, 276 ; Viramitro

days p . 668 ; a lso in the Smrticandrika Vyavaharamayukha,

and other w orks. The citations allbear on the law ofmarriage and

heritage, and are partly in prose and partly in verse, which seems to

indica te that the Faithinasi cited in these texts was the author ofa

dharmasfltra , or a smnz’

. N one ofthese occur, or are a l luded to in the

commentaries to the Ki ncika. Paithinasi is mentioned further in

Ath. Paric. 4. 8 ; 17 . 13 ; 43. 4 ; in the Pravaradhyaya ofthe White

Yajur-Veda , 16 (Vera. d . Berl . Hdschr. i. p. 58, l. in the intro

duction to Acarka’

s or Aciditya’s commentary on the Karmapradipa

(see Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenlandischen Gesellschaft vol.

xxxv, p . Weber’s cata logue ofMSS. ,vol. i, nrs. 322, 1028,

1 166 ; Kulinka at Mann n . 72 ; Madhusudana Sarasva ti , 1nd.

Stud. i. p. 20 , l . 6 from bottom ; Raghunandana Ahn. p . 278 , l . 1 1

from bottom. He is everywhere spoken ofas an author ofsmrtt’

, and

is mentioned a long with the other wel l -known authors ofsuch works.

The question w hether Paithinasi, the author ofthe work on dharma ,

stood in especialrapport with the AV. is stil l an Open one. Biihler,

Mann iii. 1 , note (Sacred Books ofthe East, vol. xxv. p . remarks ,

that in the more ancient dharmasfitra,only the three Vedas are

ordered to be studied . Apastamba, although he is not oneofthe earliest

sfi trakaras, recognizes the separate position ofthe AV. in not in

cluding it with the tray?vids , and mentioning it separately at u . 1 1 .

29. 12 , qugting from it a t ii. 3. 7 . 12—1 7 ; cf. Biihler, Introduction

to Apastamba pp . xxiv. xxv. xxix (S . B . E . vol. ii). In Bauddha

Introduction. xix

yana iv. 8. 4 ; 5. 1 the Atharvan is apparently on the same level with

the other Vedas. Cf. a lso Mann xi. 83.

d. Accessory litera ture in manuscrip t.

16. The N aksa trakalpa was accessible to the editor in three

MSS., in allofwhich it stands a t the head ofa codex ofAtharva

parictstas (see nr. cf. J. A . O . S . xi. 378 . Two ofthese MSS.

belong to the Bombay government and exhibit no distinguishing

headings. The third codex is MS. or. fol. 973, an apograph from a

Bombay codex,presented by Biihler to the Roya l library at Berlin

seeWeber, Verzeichniss etc. vol. 1 1 , nr. 1497 (p. This work,as all

the fol lowing, bears but very indirectly on the Kaucika : its contents

are described byWeber, Die vedischen N achrichten von den N aksa tra ,

part it. p . 392 (Berlin and by Sayana in the introduction to

his commentary on the AV. , p . 25 ofShankar Pandit’s edition.

1 7 . The Cantikalpa is ofvery subordinate va lue. Though quite

on a level , as far as its contents are concerned , with the least sigui

ficant ofthe paricistas, it is, as far as known, never found counted

as one ofthem, but holds a place among the five ka lpas ofthe

AV. ; cf. J . A . O. S. xi. 879. The MS. used was Chambers 144,

Weber’s Verzeichniss, vol. 1 , N r. 868 (p . The contents ofthe

text are described byWeber,N aksatra ii. p . 892, and in Sayana

s in

troduction to his commentary on the AV. , p. 26. The fifth ka lpa of

the AV.,which is ca l led variously Afigirasakalpa, Abhicarakalpa , or

Vidhanakalpa (cf. J . A . O. S. p . 877 was not a t the disposa l

ofthe editor : no MS. ofthis text, as far as is known, is to be found

in European libraries. That the text is ofbut sma l l va lue can be

seen from the description ofit given by SEyana , ibid . When found

it may elucidate some points in adhyaya vi ofthe Kaucika .

18 . Ath. Paris. The collection oftexts designated thus goes by

the name ofAtharva-paricistas, occasional ly kaufilcolctan‘

i paricistani:

cf. Ind . Stud. i. 82 , note ; the caranavyilha , Ath. Paric. 49 (Weber,

Verzeichniss, vol. i. p. Weber , Ind. Lit. p . 170. Four MSS.

were used : two belong to the Roya l Library in Berlin, and are de

scribed respectively byWeber, Verzeichniss, vol . i, nrs. p . 89fg. ;

Introduction.

vol. 1 1, ar. 1497 , p . 87fg. Two more have a lready been alluded to

under ur. 16. Some ofthe texts ofthis collection, as the orsotsarga

the rajiidm indramahdtsana the ganamala (34) and the afl huta

texts (67 , 70 bear directly upon corresponding passages in the

Kaucika ; pratikas ofAtharvan mantras are employed very gene

ra lly . Once, in the appendix to the N aksatrakalpa , w hich figures

as the first paricista , there occurs in sakalapatha a version of. AV.

(Cannaltiya-

cakha) vi. 1 28, w hich appears a lso in the Kashmirian

cakha: see Roth , D er Atharra -Veda iu Kaschmir, p. 1 2 , note , and

the editor, Seven Hymns ofthe AV . p. 19fg. (American Journa l of

Philology, vol. vu . nr. 4, p . In genera l the paricistas yield

but very little, which directly elucidates the text, either ofthe AV

or its sutras .

e. Portions ofthe tart previously edited.

Adhyaya x, which contains the wedding-rites has been edited,

translated, and annotated by Dr. E .Haas in the Indische Studien, vol.

v. p . 267—41 2 . The author’s translation and notes are supplemented by

ProfessorWeber. Adhyaya xiii, the book on omensand portents, has

been edited, translated , and annotated by Weber, in the transactions

the Roya l Academy at Berlin , 1859 : Zwei vedische Tex te iiber

Omina und Portents , pp. 844fg. Both scholars are entitled to praise

and thanksfor their excel lent presentations ofthese parts ofthe text,

based as they were on the single Chambers MS. (nr. 4 above).

ii. The composition ofthe sittra.

The slitra ofKincika differs from all other known stitras in

the scope ofthe practices, which it has elaborated for the use ofthe

members ofthe school , to w hich it pertains. It is not a crouto

satra : this function is performed for the school ofCannaka in

the AV. by the ao-cal led VaitAna -sfi tra (or Vitana-kal pa : cf. J . A.

O . S. vol. xi, p . as may be seen at once by comparing the

treatment ofthe new -moon and full-moon sacrifices, described by

each text : Kauc. 1—6; Vait. 1—4. The terminology connected

with pronto -practices is wanting : the words hotar, adhvaryu and ad

gdtar, in their technicalmeanings, do not occur in the entire text of

Introduction. xxi

the Kaueika , and the pronto -fires are employed only occasiona l ly and

secondarily, e. g. 22 . 14 ; 67 . 6 ; 70 . 9—12 ; 7 1 . 1—0

6 ; 77 . 23 ; 80 . 18—23 ;The agnibotra is mentioned twice 25.

N or is the text a grhya-sfitra in the ordinary sense ofthe word .

It contains, to be sure, all the sa lient practices, which are regularly

treated in such texts, notably the sacraments (sarhslrara) , from con

ception, through marriage, to dea th ; a lso the madlmparlra , ajya tantra ,

etc. But these do not occupy the most prominent position in the work

they seem to me pretty clearly absorbed, probably in some secondary

manner, possibly at a later period,into the main body ofthe w ork .

This cannot be described otherwise, than by saying that it is a sutra

ofthe AV.,i. c. an account, in sutra form , ofthe practices implied

a long w ith the recita tion ofthe individua l Atharvan hymns : the re

citation and the practice, or perhaps, to speak more cautiously, some

prs tice, ofwhich the sutra gives a later developed form,ofcourse went

hand in hand from earliest times. And even ifwe should shrinkfrom

regarding the Atharva - sfi tras as the nucleus ofthe work, about

which the other parts were gathered later, because the grhya-siitras

represent a larger preportion ofthe bulk ofits subject-matter, w e

may at any ra te safely speak ofthe Kaucika as a mix ture oftwo di

stinct kinds ofsiltras, Atharva- siitras , and grhya- sutras . This dis

tinction wil l be adhered to in the fol lowing discussion.

N o tradition as to time and place ofcomposition is extant.

We have only two da tes ofrelative chronology w ithin the literature

ofthe Atharvan itself. First, the mantra or hymna l period is

pretty wel l concluded . The text presupposes the sanihita ofthe

Cannaka -

cakha, as wil l be shown pretty conclusively below p. xxxvu

it seems a lso to be acquainted w ith materials hailing from the

Kashmir-

cakha (see Roth , D er Atharva -Veda in Kaschmir, p .

Ifthe report ofKecava and the Atharvaniya-

paddhati see the in

troductions to these paddhatis, and J . A . O . S. xi. p. 377 tha t

this siltra contains the practices in vogue in four cakhas ofthe AV.,

the Cinnakiya etc.,is true, w e may go so far as to suppose

,tha t the

various redactions ofAtharvanmaterials in most, ifnot all, the schools

xxii Introduction.

ofthat Veda were in the main finished , at the time when the practices,

reported in the Kaucika, were put into sfl tra form. Second ly, this

sutra is prior to, and is presupposed by the Vaitana-sutra etc. This

conclusion has been established beyond doubt, it is believed , by the

editor in his a rticle, ‘On the position ofthe Vaitana -sutra in the

literature ofthe AV J . A . O . S. xi, p. 375 fg. The Vaili on is the

crauta-manua l ofthe Atharvavedins, composed at a time, when their

efi'

orts to establish themselves as an orthodox Vedic school rendered

impera tive the possession ofan independent treatise on theVedic sacri

fices. How long a period elapsed between the redaction ofthe Ki ncika

and tha t ofthe Vaitana , it is impossible to state ; Iwould only ex

press the belief, which has grown w ith prolonged study, tha t the

elitra ofKaucika a lso represents a rather la te product ofthe efforts

to put into exact, easily remembered form the traditionalpractices

ofthe A tharvan. This must not be misunderstood to imply tha t the

practices themselves are necessarily modern : it lies in the na ture of

this Veda , that recita tion and practice go hand in hand ; many hymns

ofthe A tharvan become impossible without actual manipula tion of

the objects mentioned in them .

The redaction ofthe Kaucika may have been a single one, i. e.

all the ma teria ls, w hich go to make up our text, may a t a given

period have been collected for the first time into that wel l

defined col lection, w hich w e have before us : I do not venture to

assert that there w as a time, when there existed a corresponding

treatise ofapproximately the same scope, which would justify us in

speaking ofan earlier form ofthe text , or in claiming, tha t certain

parts were added after the text left the hands ofthe last redactors .

But Ipropose to show , that the materia ls, w hich w ere col lected for

this osiltra , must have come from different sources, ofsomew ha t indi

vidua l character, and that these were not w orked over by our

redaction in a manner so perfect, as to sil'

soe the marks ofdifferent

time and different w orkmanship .

The thirteenth adhyaya , the book on omens and portents,be

trays its individua lity chiefly by a certain remoteness ofits subject

xxiv Introduction.

not operate to anything like the extent, to w hich they appear

here : they are especia l ly characteristic ofadhyaya xiii. The fact,

finally, that this part ofthe text is introduced by a table ofcontents in

kandika 93, w ould seem to point strongly, towards the independent

composition ofthe book on omens and portents : in that case the

work must have been incorpora ted by the redactors ofthe text, in

its fina l form . Such , in fact, is the opinion ofProfessorWeber in his

treatise, Zwei Vedische Textefiber Omina und Portents,Transactions

ofthe Roya l Academy ofBerlin 1858 , pp . 345, 384.

I see no reason for doubting this view . It willappear in the

sequel tha t the Kaucika is composed ofvarious strata , which have

not been worked over so evenly by the author ofthe siltra , as to

efi'

ace the marks ofseparate authorship , a l though allthe ma terials,

hailing as they do from the same or closely kindred schools, have

much in common,and a lthough there are evident attempts on the

part ofthe author ofthe sfi tra a t assimilating allthe materia ls, which

he has incorporated into his w ork . The familiar employment in

adhyaya xiii ofthe catanagana the matrnamani saktani

95. 4; 96 3; 1 14. 3; the vastospattyani saktani ( 120 . proves,

either a know ledge ofthe rest ofthe work these ganas are de

scribed at 8 . 23 fg. or a t least a familiarity w ith the leading

technica l terms ofthe school . At 1 18 . 1 a mantra -selection, which

does not hail from the Cannak‘

iya-sa tbhita, is cited w ith its pra tika

only : this can be accounted for only by the fact tha t it has been

quoted previously in sakalapi tha a t 91 . l, i. e . prior to odby. xiii ; cf.

the pra tika bhava tan’

z nab samanasau samolrasdu at 133 . 7, which is

based upon the sakalapatha a t 108 . 2,or elsewhere the pra t

ika idava

tsa raya , at w hich is based upon the sakalapatha at This is

in allprobability an instance, in which the redactor has succeeded in

assimilating hismateria ls, w hereas he seems to have failed ofthis result,

when he quotes inful l the mantra ayac ca’

gns’si etc. at a l though

it has appeared previously in sakalapatha at 5. 1 3 ; or, leaving aside

adhyaya xiii, w hen he presents tw ice in sakalapatha the mantra vaha

capanijatavedab etc at 45. 14 and S til l less successful was he in

Introduction xxv

carrying out siltra methods , w hen he left in his fina l redaction the

mantra cra tam'

vra tapa taye in sakalapatha , at 42 . 16, w hereas the

pratika occurs previously at 6. 19 : see below p. xxviii. A siltra

w ork , in order to be consistent, must have reversed this rela tion.

Another instance ofuneven finish is furnished by 137 . 30, w here the

pra tikas ofthree successive verses are given : a t 2 . 41 the pratika of

the first ofthese,followed by iti tisrbhilt is quoted under essentia l ly

the same circumstances .

Very likely the book on omens and portents once upon a time exi

sted separately somew here in A tharvan quarters, and was incorporated

into the Kaucika , owing to the genera l fitness ofthe subject matter

in such a col lection. Similarly there were incorporated into Par. Gr.

three chapters on omens and portents, which w ere excluded, perhaps

unjustly, by the editor, Professor Stenzler : see Spetjer, Bemerkungenzu denGrhyasfi tra , t dschrift voorInd . Taa l Land enVolkenkunde,

1 879, p. 39fg. The fusion ofthis book with the body ofthe text,

though accomplished in a pretty thorough manner, has not removed

the traces ofthis individua l character.

It seems very likely, though it is not so superficial ly evident,

that adhyaya xiv a lso represents a later stratum ofthe Kaucika, or

at least, that the origina l redactors themselves added the five very

heterogenous chapters ofw hich this book consists, after the main

body ofthe w ork was concluded . There is, to begin with , no

imaginable reason for the insertion ofadhyaya xiii between xn and

xiv : ifxiii is a sort ofpa ricista, it fol low s tha t xiv w as added at

the same time, or stil l la ter. This is pretty wel l supported by

the interna l evidence ofthese chapters . Kandika 141 contains

an excessively corrupt account of the rules for veda- reading

and the intermissions in the same, in mixed prose and verse its

later smrti-character cannot fail to impress itselfupon the reader.

It seems to be an after- thought, forkand. 139 treats ofthe introduction

ofpupils to veda - reading in better sutra style, and the insertion

between these chapters ofthe indramahotsaca , a raja -Icarma,would

be simply senseless. And kand. 139, though its style in genera l does

xxvi Introduction.

not difi'

er from those parts ofthe work,w hich dea l w ith house

ceremonies proper, is a lso subject to suspicion, because it deals with

materia ls, w hich have been trea ted previously in their proper place

a t 56. 8 fg. Here the pupil is made to recite the savitri ; a t 1 39. 10

the savitri, and in addition two very characteristic Atharvan mantras,

iv. 1 . 1 , and i. 1 fg. This looks very strongly like an after- thought

in the vein ofthe paricistas, and due to the constantly growing desire

to vindicate for this Veda by every device a position ofunimpugnable

strength and orthodoxy among the ca nonica l books ; cf. e. g . the

ex tract, Ath. Paric. 2 . 3, 4, reported in J . A. O . S . xi, p . 378 , note.

A bit oftechnicalevidence, that this kandika is not quite ofa piece

with the main body ofthe work, seems to be furnished by the word

trisap tiya 139. 10. At Kane. 7 . 8 there is a paribhasa-sutra , which

demands that during the rest ofthe work pamam (se. sfdrtam)

sha l l be the handy designation ofthe trisap tiya- hymn i. 1 : this is

consistently carried out throughout the w ork. wherever this hymn

is employed ; see 10. 1 ; 1 1 . 1 ; 12. 10 ; 14 . l; 16. 5 ; 1 8. l, 19 ; 32. 28 .

The fact that this adhikara is not va lid here , shows at any rate the

insufficient assimilation ofthis chapter to the rest ofthe w ork , and

seems to point pretty strongly , a long w ith the afore-mentioned evi

dence,to the late character ofthe chapter.

Similar is, the case ofkand. 188 . This contains a broad

presentation ofthe astakd -ceremony,w hich appears previously , trea ted

in good siitra style,a t 19. 28 fg. c a va recognizes the essential

identity ofboth accounts , and trea ts them together in kand. 19. I

see no reason for doubting, that kand. l38 represents a la ter addendum.

And a consideration ofthe style ofkand. 140 , w hich deals w ith the

indramahotsava , warrants the same conclusion. This a lso is to all

intents a parictsta , and it occurs in a very slightly extended form

as the 1 9th ofthe Atharva-

paricistas, w hich proves a t least, that

there w as nothing foreign to such a col lection in its style and lan

guage. Again I cannot regard the systema tic account ofthe ajya

tantra , which is presented in kand. 137 , as anything more than a

somewhat ex tended account ofa part ofthe darpaparnamasa-cere

Introduction. xxvii

monies, enriched , to be sure, by precepts for making the vedi and the

laksanam. Kane. 6. 29, 30 reads : imau darcaparnamasdu cyakhyatau

darcaparnamasabhyain pakayajrialz. There is therefore no occasion

for a corresponding provision a t 137 . 43 : cyalchyatan’

t sarvapalcaya

jiiiyarit tantrum. At 137 . 37 - 40 the four long siltras 3. 5—8 are re

pcnfsd verbatim a mere a l lusion would have sufficed in a com ic

na te single sfi tra work, as e. g . the mantra a t 2 . 1 is repeated correctly

in pratika a t 137 . 32 . That kand. 187 from the standpoint ofstirra

style , is later than kand. 1 - 6 , may be seen by comparing the passage

2 . 41 , ogair bhamyam iti tisrbhir , w ith 137 . 30, where the pratikas of

all three verses (xn. 1 . 19—21) are w ritten out in ful l. We may add

tha t the paddhatis (Kscava, D ac. Kar., Ath. Paddh. and Antyesti)

implicate a lmost inextricably passages from one and the other ac

count, ia describing either the darcapfirnamasa'

u or the djya tantra .

We may therefore believe with as much certainty, as lies in the

nature ofsuch deductions, that adhyayas xiii and xiv represent a

la ter stratum ofthe w ork .

Very peculiar is the position ofthe first six kandikas ofthe first

adhyaya . After a few very genera l paribhasa-sutras ( 1 which dea l

with the sources ofthe work , a set ofmore specia l paribhasas fol low

(9 These dea l with difi'

erences between the w orship ofthe

deeds and the pitaras, as is frequently the case at the beginning of

sfi tra works : e. g. Cankh.Cr Apast . Gr. etc. Otherwise the first six

kandikas trea t the darcapcrnantasa -ceremonies only. But the scope

ofthe paribhasas 9—2 1 must have. been greater than the first six

kandikas, as no a l lusion to any form ofworship ofthe mem e

occurs in these . It w ould be possible to suppose tha t these pari

bhasas a l lude to a later part ofthe w ork , and this is no doubt the

case ; see especia l ly adhyaya xi. But technica l ly there is this diffi

culty : immediately after the darcaparnamasan there are three kand

iki’

is , containing paribhasas ofmuch w ider scope ; these are applied

from that point on, w hile there is for a long series ofchapters no

occasion for the action ofthe adhikara of9 - 2 1 in the first kandika.

Icannot withhold the impression, that the first six kandikas did not

xxviii Introduction.

origina l ly standowhere they now are found , and that they were

placed there in deference to the ordinary habit ofthe Yajus- samhitas

(see TS.,MS Kath . S. , Kap. S.

, and or still more p rimarily

the crauta- sfi tras (Cafikh. , Acv.

, Laty ., Katy , Laty .

, Apast. ; cf. also

Vait. ofopening w ith this performance . And there is not

w anting a certain amount oftechnica l evidence in support ofthis

view . The stanza vratdni vra tapatays is quoted by its pra tika at

6. 18, w hereas it occurs in sakalapatha a t 42 . 16 . This w ou ld seem

to indicate, according to the ordinary habit ofthe Kaucika and the

Vait. that 6. 18 origina l ly fol lowed 42 . 16. It must be mentioned

however, that a similar instance, w hich does not admit ofsuch an inter

pretation, appears in the case ofthe stanza acyuta (Kec. acyuta dyaur

iti), w hose pratika at 35 . 12 is followed by the sakalapatha at 98 . 2.

In fact the mantras ofadhyaya xiii seem occasiona l ly to be handled,

as though they formed a litt le sa t'

nhita by themselves ; so e. g . the

ganamila, Ath. Paric. 34. 29, quotes the mantra a tKane. (see the

note there) by its pra tika ya asnra (l) a long w ith pratikas ofAtharvan

verses. The sutra pra yacha parcum itidarbhaharaya datran'

t prayacha ti

(5. 24) is fol lowed at 8 . 1 1 by a paribhasa-sfi tra to the same efi

'

ect in

somewha t modified language . This seems to prove at least, that chapters

1—6 are not constructed in harmony with the chapters fol lowing . I

do not venture to decide, whether they once stood in some other

part ofthe w ork, or merely represent a different stratum , worked

over by some specia l hand , or dating from a later period . They

might have stood fittingly betw een kandikas 52 and 53, immediately

after the Atharva -sfi tra proper, and at the beginning ofthe grhya

chap ters . Iam content, how ever, to point out the peculiarities of

this section, without urging any conclusion.

The A tharra - sfi tra proper, as it has been styled above, begins

at kand. 7 , and extends to kand. 53, though it is interrupted by the

passages kand. 42 . 15 to the end of45 , w hich are in the style ofthe

grhya- sutras. This part ofthe w ork presents the strongest character

istics ofAtharvan life,while the remaining kandikas, up to the end of

adhyaya x n, present ordinary grhya practices, trea ted from the point of

Introduction xxix

view ofthe A tharvan, and upon the foundation ofAtharvan mantras.

The Atharva -sutras are written in condensed sfi tra -style, and contain

by far the most origina l practices : the language ofthese sfi tras is

notew orthy for its striking lexica l materia ls, and their va lue as an aid

towards the exegesis ofthe Atharva -samhita is ofa very high order.

Of. the editor’s articles, containing contributions to the exegesis of

the AV., a list ofwhich is given on p. t t. They differ more

over from the rest ofthe work in quoting very few mantras which

are not found in the Atharva -sar'

ahita. The style ofthe grhya

sfi tras is palpably broader than that ofthe Atharva -sutras, and

there are a number oftechnica l points which differentiate the two

divisions. Altogether the impression left upon the peritsalofboth

is, that the fina l result ofthe redaction, w hich we have before us,

represents thefusion ofanAtharva - sutra w ith an ordinary grhya -sfi tra .

The most sa lient point which distinguishes the grhya- sfi tras

are the very frequent mantras not derived from the Atharva

samhita, and therefore given in sakalapatha. Frequently both pra

tika and sakalapatha ofthe same mantra occur together at 6. 2

the pratika follows the sakalapatha ; at 42. I5, 1 7 ; 62 . 20, 21 ; 68 . 9,

10 ; 68 . 25, 26 ; 72 . 13 1 4 ; 90. 25—91 . 1 ; 92 . 30 , 31 ; 97 . 7 , 8 ; 107 . 1 ,

2 ; 108. 1 , 2 ; 1 1 7 . 3, 4 ; 128 . 3, 4 ; 133 . 2 , 3 ; 139. 25, 26 the pratika

precedes the sakalapfitha . Occasiona l ly Atharvan pratikas occur

together w ith mantras in sakalapatha : 6. 2 ; 7 1 . 6 ; 72. 13 ; 78. 10

133. 2 . The extent ofthe mantra -materia l, not derived from the AV. ,

is very considerab le, as may be seen by surveying index C .

The broader style ofthe grhya - sutras is best recognized through

their mode ofquoting pratikas. At the beginning of68 . 27 three

successive verses are cited each with their pratika (cf. also 137 .

At 54. 9 ; 57 . 7 ; 75. 24 79. 1 7 ; 90 15 ; 92 . 30 the phrase iti etaya (sc.

red) is employed in quoting a single verse ; at 68. 27 this is extended

to iti sd rdltam stand ; at 77 . 5 we have ity etam fcom ; a t 90 . 25 ity

etabhilz(sc. rgbhilt) . Similarly the phrase iti saktena occurs at 64. 27 ;

ity ansna saktena at 53. 13 ; ity etena saktena at 54. 5 ; ity star‘

s tribhil:

ulk at 67. 15 ; at 65. 9 iti sflktena refers only to part ofa hymn

xxx Introduction.

(x. 9. The word ubhayor at 8 1 . 20 precedes tautologica lly

the quotation oftwo pratikas; the expression iti dnabhydm (se. rgbhyam)

at 57 23 is employed in addition to the quotation ofthe two pratikas

ofvn . 61 . 1 , 2 , w hile at 54. 7 ; 56 . 1 ; 57 . l the same expression

is employed,when only the pratika ofthe first ofthe verse s is quoted.

M 57 . 29; 29 w e have iti tisrbhil} (se. rgbhilt) , or iti lisralt

(sc. road) ; at 54. 18 ; 7 1 . 8 iti catasralt (se. rock) ; at 54. 10 ; 75. 1 1 iti

paficabhilt (se. rgbhilt). Expressions ofthis sort are a lmost entirely

wanting in the Atharva -sfitra ; I have only noted the fol low ing :

at 9 . 1 ; 85. 12 ity elca (sc. rlc) indica tes , that only a single verse of

the hymns in question is to be recited ; at 19. 28 iti sam ena sflktena

seems superfluous. This implies a notable difi'

erence in style , and,

while it may be in part due to the fact that the mantras in the grhya

sutras frequently represent parts oflonger hymns, involving for

their subdivisions the need ofsuch specia l definitions, yet there is at

least no occasion for them in many ofthe cases enumerated .

A somewhat subtile difi'

erence in the forms ofthe root cant+ a

points to the same conclusion. The MSS. agree unanimously in

w riting acamaya ti in the Atharva-sutras (25. 34 ; 26 . 14 ; 27 . 4 ; 28. 1 ;

29. 13 ; 41 . but acamaya ti everyw here else (44. 5 ; 109. 3 ; 1 10. 6 ;

1 1 1 . A similar topical differentia tion seems to appear in the

occurrence ofjuhvad as nom. sing. masc. ofthe present participle of

root 1m in the Atharva- siitra ( 15. juhvan is the form ofthe grhya

sutras (71 . 7 ; 109. 5 ; 1 1 0 . 4 ; 1 1 1 . 5 ; 126 . 9) Less tangible, and less

easy to formulate is the genera l difference in style between the

Atharva - sutras and the grhyasfi tras : the latter are broader, naiver ;

the former severer and more technica l . We may point to a

few expressions il lustrative ofthe grhya-style : ta trai

’ta t sfiktam

anuyojaya ti (53. apas tasu niktvd tandulan acapati (61 . ajyam

juhuyat (63. 9 : ajyam is superfluous on account ofthe adhikara of

the paribhisa- sutra 7 . a tha

’ta odonasacdnam updcdrakalpar

n cya

khyasyamalt pmibltyain ekailcasmai tisrastisras ta adhyadlty ada

dltanarit paricrtya (72. pflw ayor uttarasyd rit sralctydm (75. 26 : or

dinary sutra-style demands parvottarasyam), etc. The passage 58 .

xxxi! Introduction.

nini. 3. The verv late over-systematic reports ofthe Puranas, and

other late literature, e . g. the Samskaraganapati ofRimakrsna.

4. Incidenta l mention throughout the literature ofthe Atharvan

itself. The question ofthe cfikhas has been treated often

Weber,Indische Studien i. 1 52 , 296 ; iii. 277—27 8 ; xiii. 434—435 ;

Omina und Portents p. 41 2—41 3 ; Indische Literaturgeschich te p . 170

Max Mt‘

iller , Ancient Sanskrit Literature p . 37 1 ; Rajendrala

lamitra in the introduction to the Gopathabrahmana p . 6 ; Cabdakalpadruma, s. v. veda ; Roth , D erAtharva -Veda inKaschmir, p . 24fg. ;

the editor in J . A. O . S. xi. p. 377—378 ; Simon, Beitrige zur

Kenntniss der vedischen Schulen, p. 31 .

The na tive tradition on this subject is ana lyzed most system

aticallyand critica lly by ProfessorRoth in the monograph cited above.

He arrives at the conclusion,that five school - names may be securely

picked out ofthe varying reports as authentic ; four more he rejects

as nntrusw orthy. Ibelieve however,that a closer adherence to the

incidenta l references to the cakhas, contained in the literature ofthe

A tharvan itself, wil l serve to purify the col lective tradition on this

subject to such an extent, as to render it pretty certain what nine

schools were regarded by the Atharvavedins themselves in the light

ofseparate cakhas. Just as it was possible for the editor to fuse

the variegated reports throughout Hindu litera ture about the five

ka lpas ofthe AV. into a single tenable result see J. A . O. S.

xi,p. 379 fg. so a lso is it possible here to reduce the many

conflicting accounts to one fundamenta l one. And there can be no

doubt,that ofthe four sources ofour know ledge on this subject the

fourth , i. e . the literature ofthe Atharvan itself, is the most va luable.

The sma l ler caranavyuha (Ath. Paric. 49) w as accessible to the

editor in four MSS., whose readings ofthe passage bearing upon

this question may be summarized as fol lows : totro brahmacedosya

nova bheda bhacanti tad ya tha pdippalddas tauda mandala canno

kiya jajala jaladd brabmavada devadarcac caranaoaidyac ca“

. I

tauda is conjectured : the MSS. read standdlz, but the s is cer

tainly due to the very frequent fa lse sandhi offina l s before t (Rw

Introduction. xxxiii

believe, that these nine school names are the nine cakhss ofthe AV. ,

and that the portentous mass ofblundering report,w hich overcrusts

this,is due to false MS. readings, to more or less conscious mal

formation ofthese names on the part oflater w riters , and finally

to later additions.

i. The pdippolada , a lso paippalddaka, pdippalddi, pippalldda ,

p dippola , pippolo, paippalayana , etc. These patronymics go back to

the name ofan acarya pippaladi. The name occurs in Atharvan

literature as fo l lows : The colophons at the end ofthe kindas ofthe

MS. ofthe Kashmirian cakha ofthe AV. exhibit the words ather

oanika -

paippolado-

calcha; see Roth, ibid. p . 12 . At the end ofa group

ofmantras, which wind up the first Ath. Paric., and are derived

according to Both ibid .

“from the Kashmir recension : they are

printed American JournalofPhilology vu . nr. 4, p . 486—487 (Seven

Hymns oftheAtharva -Veda p. 20 In the colophon ofthePracno

panisad : iti or! pippaladatharvans ( l)gakhayao procnoponisa t samapta;

see Weber, Verzeichniss der Berliner Handschriften i p. 86, nr. 346.

In the colophons to the second ha lfofthe Vaitana-sfi tra (adhyayas

ix—xiv), which contains prdyaccitta- rules, e. g. at the end ofadhy.

xiv : ity a tharcavsds vaitdnosatre prayaccittap rasamgs ca turdoco Whyayalz crimadgcre-othorvanacaryo

-

p ippolada-

corhyumatharoonaya (l)namalz crimodguru a tharoanacarya

-

pippalayana (l) samdpto’

yant.

The pippalodicantigona , Ath. Paric. 34. 20 (cf. Kane. note) , begins

w ith the pratika camno deal (vulgata i. which is in allprobability

the opening verse ofthe Kashmir cakha: see below p. xxxvii,

and Roth ibid . 1 7 . Further Ath. Paric. 2 . 3, 6 ; 23. 10 ; 24. 1 4 ;

41 . The name is a lso reported in all other authorities : Panini,gana karta , the Mahabhasya (Ind. Stud . xiii. the caranavyfiha

ofthe White Yajur-Veda, and the Pursues : see the authorities cited

above, p. xxxii.

1 1 . The tauda (MSS. standa). The report ofthe caranavytlha

is supported by the para l lel patronymic taudayana (MSS. standa

um :W YO One MS. reads jaihvalalz; two jabalalz.MSS. read dicodorcalt. One MS. reads cdranacidyac.

(3)

xxxiv Introduction.

yana), Ath. Paris. 23. 3. This is the only occurrence ofthe name

in Atharvan litera ture , as far as is known at present. From these

two forms are propagated a brood ofvariants , too numerous to report

in ful l ; the most interesting are : team in the OKD . ; tauttayana , lotto

yaniya in the caranavyfiha ofthe White Yajua. Here a lso belong the

bhatayanas ofthe Devi- purine (Ind . Stud . iii. etc. The passage,

Ath. Paric. 23. 3, reads ; a skandhad cross 06 ’

pt’ti standayanaili

smrtd (se. aranilt).

iii. The mauda . The earliest authority for this schoo l , known

at present, is Ath. Paric. 2 . 4 ; At the mauda and jalada are

attacked by the paippalada and patina/ca , as fol lows : paippaladoiit

gururit kuryat crtrastrarogyooardhanam | ta tha caunokinon’

t ca’

p i deso

mantravipocciton'

u .purodhajalado gasgo mdudo ca syatIcothm’

n canal

abdad dacabhyo masebhyo rasp'

abhrancain so gachati. The name mau

dayana , Ath. Paric. 24. 10, is the fuller patronymic ofthe same

school ; of. p dippalayana , (s) taudayana , jaladayana . Piuini, gana

karts, and the Mahabhasya also report the mauda in close connection

with the paippaldda : see Ind. Stud . i. 152 ; xiii. 435. The name da

moda , which is found in severa l MSS. ofthe caranavytlha ofthe White

Yajus (see Gop . Br. Introd . p. 6 ; Ind. Stud . iii. has evidently

in the confusion ofthe texts borrowed its first syllable da from the

end ofpaippalada .

iv. The patina /£7310 or cannabin. The term cannalcin occurs as a

schoo l -name at Kane. 85 . 8. At. Vait. Sit. 43. 25 a paunako- sacrifice is

mentioned : ‘the caunaka- sacrifice isfor him w ho is desirous (ofknowing)

witchcraft’ ; in Ath. Paddh. at Kane. 1 . 6 the Vaitana -sutra is cited

as cdunakiya-satro . The title ofthe published praticakhya oftheAV . is

cannakiya ca tnrddhyayika'

: see J . A . O. S . vn . 333fg. At Ath. Paric.

24. 10 the members ofthis cakha are ca l led cdunakeyab; the name

ofan scarya sauna /ca occurs ibid . 20 . 1 ; 23. 3 ; 24 . 18 ; 26. 1 , 31 ; 54. l;

65. 6 ; 7 1 ; cdunalci appears at 1 . 4 . We have further the explicit

sta tement ofSayana in the introduction to his commentary on the

AV that the Kaucika is the ritualbook for four cakhas, the cacao/co

at the head . Shankar Pandit, in the London Academy ofJune 5,

Introduction. xxxv

1880, states, that the four (35t are the Cannakiyas, Aksalas Ja

ja las), Ja ladas and Brahmavadas . A similar statement occurs in the

introductions to Kecava and the Ath. Paddh. ; see J . A . O . S . xi,

377 , and above p . xvii. The name occurs very frequently outside of

Atharvan literature, e. g. Pan. iv. 3. 106, and in the gana caunaka

a long with the devadarconinalt (1cf. Kim}. 85. 7 , In the outside

reports ofthe Ath. cakhits the name occurs with many corrup t

variants, and Ibelieve that the karma /chin,or knnakhin (cf. Roth loc.

cit. who are frequently mentioned a long w ith the cdunakin,

a re the result ofa popular etymology, perhaps with sinister intent

(M akhin ‘sick based upon the name cdunakin itself. Va

riants ofsauna/sin, which seem to form the bridge between the two

names, occur, e. g. haunakiyalt in the Chambers Cod . ofAth. Paric.

49 ; sakunokhl, Gop. Br . Intr. p. 6. Moreover c and k are easily inter

changed : cf. lopaco and lopaka ; corkoto and Irorkotoka , etc. see KZ.

xxv. 125 ; P. A . O. S . for May 1886, p. n . N o such schoo l as the

kaunakhin is, as far as known,mentioned anyw here in Ath . literature.

v. Thejajola . The name occursonly oncein the unequivoca l passage,

Ath . Paric. 23 . 2 : balmmatra devadarcair jajalair arumatrika'

(se.

aranilt) . In the Mahi'

tbhasya the school is represented by the name

ofits dearys Jajali (Ind. Stud . xiii. In Shankar Pandit’s state

ment, quoted in the preceding section, the Aksalas are pretty clearly

a corruption ofthe same word . Ofthe many variants, w hich occur

in the la ter accounts ofAtharvan schools, jabala is especia l ly frs

quent, and is supported by readings ofAth. Paric. 49 : ifwe distrust

with Professor Roth , ibid . p. 25, the name jajala , w e may perhaps

substitute jabdlo, a name known e lsewhere in Vedic literature. I

have found nothing to support his surmise, that the acarya bhagali,Kane. 9. 10 ; 17 . 27 ; Vait . Sn. 1 . 8 ; 22 . 1 ; 1 2 , is at the bottom of

this school -name.

vi. The jalada occur in the interesting passage, Ath. Paric. 2 .

8—5, excerpted above under mdado . The name is authenticated

further by the patronymic jalodayana at Ath. Paric. 23. 2 ; jalodd

yanair oitostir ca (sc. oranilt) sadocs’ti tn bhargovalt According to

xxxvi Introduction.

Shankar Pandit, loc. cit. , the Ja lada are one ofthe cakhas, ofwhich

the Kaucika is the sutra (sorhhitacidki).

vu . The brahmacada . This name I have not as yet found in

any Atharvan work outside ofthe caranavyuha. It is mentioned by

Shankar Pandit, loc. cit. , and the secondary texts are unanimous in

presenting it, or some variant ofit more or less corrupt : brokera

oala , brohmabala , brahmadabalo , brahmapalaca , and others stillworse.

viii. The devadarca or devodorcin. At Kane. 85. 7 they occur in

conjunction with the cannabin, as a lso in PLnini, gana cannaka , in the

form dsvadarpaninalt. They occur a lso in Ath. Paric. 28 . 2 : see

above under jojola. In the later sources there are many variants

dioadarca , decorsi, vedadarca , etc.

ix . The caranovaidya (var.-vidya). The name occurs in Ke

cava a t Kine. 6 . 87, and in Ath. Paric. 23. 2 : cfiranavoidye‘

rir jaiighs

ca ma iden?!’

stofignl&ni ca ( length ofthe arant) .

That the preceding sketch reproduces the tradition oftheAtharvan

schools in reference to their cakhAs, may, Ithink, be regarded as cer

tain. Why these school-names are picked out, while others, e. g. the

bhargava , who figure by the side ofthe coronavaidya , M ada , and ja

loda a tAth.Paric. 23. 2, are omitted from this list, it is no more easy

to divine than the elevation ofthe insignificant Cantikalpa to a place

among the five ka lpas, by the side ofthe sittras ofthe AV. ; cf. J .

A. O . S . xi, 378fg. : in intrinsic interest the Cantikalpa is excelled

by a score or more ofthe Ath. Paricistas. We may take it for

granted, that in both cases names ofvery difi’

erent importance and

scope have been associated on very superficia l grounds . And the

report quoted above, that the Kincika is the sa rithitdoidhi offour of

these cakhas, excludes the possibility , that these school- difi’

erences

extend in every case to the samhitas themselves, or even to the sfi tra

ofthe same samhita.

Hitherto, infact, there have beenfound no traces ofthe existence

ofsamhita-

cakhas in addition to the vulgate and the Kashmir recen

sion. ProfessorRoth in his tract, Der Atharva -Veda in Kaschmir, hasassociated the latter version with the pdippolada , not with unhesit

Introduction. xxxvii

sting assent in every quarter. Isee no reason for doubting his con

elusion. Thefact that the namepaippalfida is found occasiona l ly asso

cia ted rather loosely w ith Atharvan productions, which seem to have

no nexus w ith that school (cf. above under paippalado p . xxxiii),

para l leled so frequent ly in the history ofthe otherVedas, as to need

no specia l explanation. The surmise , that the vulga te belongs to the

school ofthefauna /tin (cf.Gop. Br. Intr . p. 7 ; Roth , ibid . can now

be regarded even as more certain. In the first place there is no

reason to doubt the authority ofthe Ath. Paddh. in naming the

Viitina -Siitra a caunaktya-satra ; the dependence ofthis upon the

Kaucika is'

equally certain : the Kaucika is therefore also a sutra

ofthe cannabin . The report ofKecava, Ath. Paddh., and Sayana,

that the Kaucika is cotasrsu cit/chase cannakadisu sariihitavidhilt, inde

pendently points to the same conclusion. At Kane. 85. 7 , 8, where

a difi'

erence ofOpinion between the devadarcin and caunalcin is re

ported , the Kancika sides w ith the latter : this seems to support the

same position ; cf. J . A . O. S. xi, 377 . There is no room for doubt,

that both the Kaucika and the Viitina are gaunaktya. And the

evidence tha t both these sfi tras are based upon the vulgate,in other

words tha t the vulgate itselfis ofthe same ciikha, is ful ly as strong.

There is in existence in A tharvan literature a persistent tradition,

that the Atharra -samhita began w ith the verse pa th no devtr abhistays,

instead ofw ith the verse ye trisapte'

zlz, i. l. 1 ofthe vulgata . So

Gop . Br. i. 29 : pain no devir abbistaya ity evamadiih krtvd’thorva

seda ns adhiya te. In the brahmayajria , w hich contains a list ofthe

initia l verses ofthe Vedas, the Atharvan is represented by the verse

pa in no decir abhistaye: see A . Bourquin, Brahmakarma (Paris

Adhyaya v, p. 130, bottom. And, according to Hang, Brahma und

die Brahmanen, p . 45, there are MSS . ofthe vulgate AV. ,which

actua l ly begin with this verse, repea ting it in its ordinary place

i. 6. 1 . Further, according to Hang, ibid . , and Bhandarkar , in the

Indian Antiquary, May 1874, p . 132, (cf. a lso Roth,ibid . p. a

devotee ofthe AV. must recite in the morning, when rinsing his

mouth , both the verses ye trisaptatt and can. no deal. In the intro

xxxviii Introduction.

duction to the Mahabhasya a lso the verse pain no deal is given as

the initia l verse ofthe AV. ; see Hang, ibid. ; Weber, Ind. Stud.

v. 78 ; xiii. In the Paippalada- samhita, which is known at

present only through the single MS. in the possession ofProfessor

Roth , the first folio is wanting, but this scholar has surmised , that the

opening verse ofthis san’

ihita was the mantra in question, as it does

not occur in any other part ofthe codex, and the opening verse of

the vulgata , ye trigap tah, occurs at the beginning ofthe second anu

vaka. This may now be considered as nearly certain, for the pippo

ladicantigana , Ath. Paric. 84. 20 (see Kane. 9. 7, note) begins with

the pra tika ca iit no devi ; cf. p . xxxiii.

TheCannakiya-samhita, on the other hand, begins with the verse

ye trigap tc‘

th. The MSS. ofthe Atharvan, w hich , according to Hang,

begin w ith pain no dent, exhibiting the same verse also in its proper

place i. 6. 1 , owe this addendum to the tradition as reported above.

In the vedavra tosya”decanavidhi, Ath. Paric. 44. 6fg., the sta tement is

made, that ye trigop tah is the opening ve rse ofthe AV. In the Vait.

Sit. neither ye trisaptalt, nor ca sh no devi happen to be mentioned at

all; but theKaucika furnishes most unequivoca l testimony to the efi’

ect

that , as far as it is concerned , the words ye trisap tfilt introduce the first

hymn ofthe col lection, upon which it is based. The paribhasa-sutra

7 . 8 reads : paroa in trisap tiyam,i. e.

“whenever the word ‘ first’ (sc.

hymn) is employed , the trigaptiya -hymn (is to be Accord

ingly, in practise, the siltra employs the word parva as the short

technica l designation ofthis hymn : see above p . xxvi. This is a pretty

conclusive indication that the Kaucika belongs to the vulga te, and

that the latter therefore is rdunakiyo, as is distinctly reported for

allits three sutras : Kaucika , Vaitana , and Praticakhya.

Further technica l points ofcontact between the two texts are

the following : According to Ath. Praticakhya i. 81 an 0 before iti

Hang, ibid . p. 48fg., advances the bold and quite improbable

sta tement, that the AV. is known in the Avesta (Yacna 9. 24) by the

name ofopdm aiwisti, which he identifies w ith the words dpo and

abhistays ofthis mantra .

xt. Introduction.

ofdifi'

erent schools. The Ki ucika however omits entirely kindas

xv and xx, the former apparent ly on account ofits impractica l, alle

goricalnature (the oratya- book) ; the latter, either because it was

added after the composition ofthe sutra, or, as seems more likely,

on account ofits evident connection with crime-practices : it is, with

few exceptions, employed in the Viitina-stltra for use at the postwar

and storms ofthe soma-sacrifices ; see Viit. Sm, Index ofquota tions.

Ofspecia l interest is the relation ofkinda xix to the sfitra.

Only very few mantras are cited by their pratikas : xix . 52 . 1 at

Kine. 6. 37 ; 45. 1 7 ; 68 . 29 : xix. 59. 1 at xix. 60 . 1 at 66. 1 : xix.

64. 1 at 57 . 26 : xix . 68. 1 at 139. 10. The rest ofthe quota tions in

index D , which refer, to kinda xix, represent mantras quoted in the

in sutra in sakalapi tha : they are therefore not derivedfrom the ci nna

k'

iya-sarithiti . Curiously enough Di rila at Kine. 6. 87 substitutes

the sakalapi tha ofthe entire hymn even for one ofthe very rare

pratiltas : xix. 59. It has been pointed out above that the part of

the Ki ucika , which is here styled Atharra-stltra , does not contain

any quota tions in pra tika from kinda xix. Altogether the book

occupies in the stitra an intermediate position between a col lection

ful ly established within the sainhiti ofthe school , and a body of

mantras, distinctly recognized as hailing from a different school.

According to Roth,ibid . 18, the ma terials ofkinda xix occur scat

tered throughout the pi ippalida -

cikhi : we may assume tha t they

were known in the tradition ofallthe Atharvan schools, that they

were left out during a first diaskeuasis, but w ere afterwards thought

worthy ofbeing col lected and added . While theAth. Pri tic. according

toWhitney, J. A .O. S. vu . 334, 581 , does not as yet recognize the kinds

in question at all, theKiucika seems to be in an attitude ofhesitance

some mantras are so familiar to its school-fraternity, as to need

indication only by pratika ; others it is stil l thought advisable to

present in ful l. The familiarity w ith these mantras evidently increases

in the later Atharvan literature : in the paricisgas kinda xix is on

a level with the preceding books, and quotations from it are especi

ally frequent. Se a. g . xix. 7 is quoted a t N aksatrakalpa 10 : xix. 9

Introduction. xLi

at N aks. 26, and Ath. ?aric. 4. 4 ; 6. 2 : xix. 1 6 at 4. 4 ; xix . 17 , 18 a t

19 . 1 ; xix. 26 at 13. 1 xix. 38, 39, 47 , 49, at 4. 4 ; xix. 56, 58 at 8 . 1 , 2.

A considerable number ofmantras from kinda.

xix are quoted in

the ganamala, Ath. Parin. 34.

I can not leave this subject without a l luding to the question,

which Hil lebrandt has raised in his two interesting papers in

Bazz . Beitr. viii. 195fg. , and ZDMG. xL. 708 fg. Does the sutra ever

indica te that a given mantra or hymn is, as far as it is concerned,

in a different condition from that presented in the san'

ihita? In

genera l the mantras and hymns employed by the antra are just those of

the sainhita, as regards the wording, and the number and arrangement

ofthe stanzas, ofwhich they consist. But the following point is

worthy ofnote in this connection. When an Atharvan hymn is evid

ently ofa composite character, in other words when severa l hymns

have been fused by the redactors ofthe satbhita into one,then the

sutra recognizes this composite character by employing each inde

pendent ly in its proper va lue . So e. g. AV . iv. 38 is evidently com

posite in its : character . Gril l , Hundert Lieder des Atharva-Veda

(second p . 140, remarks in reference to stanza 5- 7 : ‘

(sie) geh6ren

urspriinglich nicht znm Vorhergehenden, wenn sie auch der Redactor

des vierten kinda damit verband , oder verbunden vorfand ’ . The

Kaucika supports perfectly this criticism,w hich is patently justified

by the interna l evidence ofthe hymn itself: stanzas 1—4,contain a

gambling-charm, and are treated at 41 . 13, a long with the very

similar hymns vu. 50, and vu . 109 ; cf. Zimmer,Al tindisches Leben

p . 285 . On the other hand stanzas 5—7 are employed a tKau¢. 21 . 1 1

(see Recava ibid .) in a cattle-charm : so thoroughly are the last

stanzas recognized as independent from the preceding ones,as to be

endowed w ith a specia l technica l name, karkipravr‘

zdél: (so. read) .

Cf. a lso Ki ng. 66. 13. In the same manner the pa lpably composite

character ofvu . 74 is recognized by the sutra . At 32 . 8 the first

tw o stanzas are rubrica ted in a performance intended to drive away

the kind ofsores ca lled apacit; cf. the editor in P . A . O . S. for October

1887 , p. xv. At 86. 25 stanza 3 is fitly employed in a charm against

xLii Introduction .

jea lousy, and stanza 4 is engaged properly at 1 . 34 (a lso Ath . ParieWhat depth ofincapacity led the Atharvan diaskeuasts to group

together mantras ofsuch w ide ly different character it is no t a lways

possible to tel l . Similarly AV . vu . 76 is divided by the Kaucika

and Vaitana conjointly into three sections: stanzas l, 2 a t Kauo.

31 . 1 6 : stanzas 3 - 5 at 32 . 1 1 ; sta nza 6 at Vait. Sil. 1 6 . 14 . That the

tradition ofthe ritua l is in all these cases superior to tha t ofthe

samhita cannot be doubted .

Iv. The lexicon ofthe siitra and its commentaries.

In various papers the editor has drawn a ttention to the extra

ordinarily rich contributions, which accrue to theVediclexiconfrom the

sfi tra and its commentaries : see especia l ly P. A . O . S. for October 1883

(Journ. vol. xi p . CLxxn) ; for May 1885 (Journ . vol. xiii, p .

for May 1886 (ibid ., p . for October 1886 (ibid , p .

for October 1887 (ibid . p . ccxxvi American Journa l ofPhilology,

vol. vu , nr. 4,pp . 466—488. Cf. a lso Florenz in Bezzenherger

’s Bei

trage, vol. xiv. p . 1 78fg. N ot too much , but too little was p romised,

when the sta tement was made J. A. O. S . xi. p . cnxxn , tha t the ad

ditions and emendations to the lexicon w ould amount to from

125—150 numbers : they are more nearly tw ice that number. But

Iwould not on that account claim anything like a peculiar dia lectic

position for the cycle oflitera ture w hich yields these contributions

it is hardly safe to suppose that any word , w hose occurrence for the

nonce is restricted to a certain text, forms in rea lity a characteristic

feature oftha t text ; it may yet turn up e lsewhere, or ifit does not,

w e must suppose that its absence in the great majority ofcases is

due to a chance restriction ofliterary documents . So e . g. the w ords

akhu-kiri ‘mole-hil l ’,

and antarloma ‘w ith the hair inside’

,which

v. Schroeder, Maitrayani-Sa tiihita, vol. i, p . xvi,plausibly regarded as

restricted to the school ofthe Kathas and Maitrayaniyas , occur re

spectively at Kauc. 25. and 81 . 1 . Cf. a lso Maitr. S . vol. 1 1,in

troduction p. x .

It w il l however be useful to mention briefly the new lexical

materia l resulting from this edition, in order to exhibit its scape,

Introduction. xLiii

to facilita te the study ofthe text,and to call attention to the

difficulties still unsolved. The fol lowing cases concern the AV.

directly

p re}; ‘ deba te ,dispute’ , AV. 1 1 . 27 ; Kane. 38. 24 ; prdtiprap,

‘Opponent

,one disputing against another’ , AV. ibid. ; pra tipraeita

‘one

assailed in debate,opponent’

,Ki ne. 38. 18. Of. J. A . O. S . xiii,

p . a fg. ; A . J . P. vii,p . 479.

aerava'

‘ diarrhoea ’ AV . vi. 44. Of. J . A . O. S. xiii, p . cm

fg. ; A . J. P. vu . 467fg. ; Bezz. Beitr. xiv. 179.

sralctyd‘name ofa tree, equivalent to tilaka ’ AV. 1 1 . 1 1 . 2 ; Kane.

8. 15, and srdktya'‘an amu let from the sralctyd

, AV. viii. 5. 4, 7 , 8 ;

Kane. 39. 1 . Cf. J . A . O. S . xiii,p . cxxxnfg. ; A . J . P . vn . 477 .

pakadlziima‘weather- prophet, astrologer’ , AV . vi. 1 28 ; Kane.

8 . 1 7 ; 50 15. Of. J. A. O. S. xiii, p. cxxxiii; A. J . P. vu . 484.

.

Recava at Kiiue. 76. 19 corroborates the explanation advanced there

by putting vrsdkapibrahmanalz saryari: pathauti, as an equiva lent of

a tra ethane ca tva'

ral: pakadhamal: sflryapathari: M onti ofthe Ath.

Paddh. The emendation ofsflryapatham to saryapatham is to be

cancelled.

ja rayu-ja' ‘ born ofthe (cloud Of. J. A. O. S .

xiii. p . cxiv.

vatabhra -jds‘ born ofthe wind and the clouds’ , nomina tive, ibid.

The text ofthe vulgata reads catabhrajd‘

s. The padapatha cata

bhrajds .

upajilcd upadilcd and upajihvilca‘a kind ofant’

,AV . 1 1 . 3 . 4 ;

vi. 100 . 2. Of. A . J. P. vu . 482 . In addition to these variants Ma

hidhara at VS . xi. 74 reports upadipilca'

; Ath. Paric. 67 . 2 has addi

pika . Of. a lso the Pet. Lex. sub upadekikd and utpddilca ; Grill ,

H undert Lieder des Atharva -Veda ’,p . 81 , note. Popular etymo

l ogy is vigorous ly at play in these variants.

a'

lrsa ta‘ boilor sore, not caused by cutting’ , AV. vu . 76. 4 (MSS.

dlcsita) ; Kane. 31 . 1 1 ; 32 . 1 1 , 1 2, schol. (MSS. alcsa ta). Of. J . A . O. S.

xiii, p . ccxiv fg.

jaydnya has about the same meaning as the preceding : AV. vi.

76 ; xix. 44. 2 . Of. ibid .

xLiv Introduction.

apacit‘sore, pustule, boil , or the like’ AV . vi. 25 ; vi. 83 ; v u.

74. 1 , 2 ; vu . 76. 1 , 2 ; Kane. 31 . 1 7 , schol . ; 32 . 8, schol . The same

word occurs at VS . xli . 97 in the form up acit, changed by popular

etymology. Wise, Digest ofHindu Medicine, p . 3l5, reports the word

in the form Apacha'

(I) . Of. J . A . O. S. xiii, p . ccxvnfg.

jaizgida'

,AV. 1 1 . iv ; xix. 34 ; 35 is explained by Darila at Kane.

8 . 15 as arjtmalt acalal: dalcstnatyah. Ken. varanasyarit prasiddlaall.

Of. Zimmer, Altindisches Leben,p . 65.

tdjadbhm‘

zga , AV . viii. 8. 3 is glossed by Darila at Kane. 16. 14

by eranda‘ricinus communis’ . Cf. Zimmer, ibid . 72 . The accent

na tion in the AV., tajadbhdfiga , is problematic.

bddhaka (vddhalca), AV. viii. 8. 3 ; Ki ng. 16. 14 . Dar.W icked

(Cod. Icira and Icari Ken. krmimdlaka . Cf. Zimmer ibid .

leach, AV. v. 19. 12 ; Kane. 2 1 . 2 , 15 35. 24 ; 47 . 30 ; 71 . 1 9 ; 80 . 33 ;

86. 24. The Pet . Lex . translates by ‘fussfessel’. B6 .

‘reisbiindel,

biindel’ . Both Dar. and Ken. gloss the word w ith badart.

tarsgagln, AV. v . 29. 15 ; Cantikalpa 21 , fem . adj.‘coming from

the tarstdgha- tree ; tdrstdgha

name ofa tree, whose w ood is used

as a firew ood ’ , Ki ng. 25. 23, 27 . D ar . and Ken. sarsapa .

ksetriyd,‘ inherited disease’ , AV . 11 . 8 ; u . 10 ; iii. 7 , etc. is discussed

in Ind. Stud . xiii. 151 ; xvn . 207 ; Zimmer, Altindisches Leben ,p

. 391 .

Dar. a t Kane. 26. 43 (cf. a lso 27 . kdulo vyddhib, which pa lpably

correct translation is w anting in the Pet. Lex . and B6 .

talcfpd ‘name ofa plant ’

,AV. vi. 15. 3 ; Kane. 8. 1 6. Dar . ma

lika

avali (l) prasiddhab. Ken. vetasi.

p illirajjzi‘a rotten rope’ AV. viii. 8 . 1 ; Kane. D ar. jirzm

reg ard. The Pet. Lex . and Bii w ohleine bestimmte Pflanze’ . Cf.

Zimmer,Altindisches Leben, p. 72 .

paidra . This w ord has undergone a noteworthy shift ofmeaning

in the sfi tra . In RV. i. 1 16. 6 ; ix . 88 . 4 ; AV . x . 4 the word evidently

means ‘the horse ofPedu, w hich slays serpents’ . Iu

Kaue. 32 . 2 1 ,

22 ; 35. 4 the pdidva is ground and put into the nose as a cure

against snake poison, or hidden in the seam ofthe garment in case

ofdanger from serpents. Darila ’ s explanation ofthe word is corrupt,

Introduction. v

but Kecava sta tes explicitly that it is the name ofan insect : paidvarlt

kttakafi: talinl’ta

'

lokaprasiddlza (32 . paidvafllhiranyavarnasadrpab

h tap citrito vasapaidva ity nega te It seems that some insect,

hostile to serpents, has assumed the name paidea , and is employed

a s a substitute for the horse.

sildiijald‘a creeper or weed grow ing in graiufields

, AV. vi. 16. 4

and Kane. 51 . 16, where the MSS. read pild Ken. sasyaualli. Of.

alasald , allagalasald, AV. ibid ala ,Kane. 25. 18 ; asitala , King.

35. 28 ; haritala , Pet. Lex.

The following are the more interesting words, which have not

been found hitherto outside ofthe Kaunika, arranged alphabetica l ly

adhyanda‘name ofa plant’ , Kane. 35. 4. Also cited by lexico

graphers. Dar. pernopltale’ty aprasiddha

anya t-

parpvt , fem. bahuvrlhi adj.‘ presenting the other side’ ,

Kane. 39. 16. See Dir.

apaeata (se. 90 135)‘a cow which has lost her love for the calt’ ,

Kane. 31 . 6. Dar. apagata gaul: va tsavigalitasneha Of. the word

oanana p. Liii. The text is not absolutely certain.

apamargl (sc. samidh), fem. adj.‘coming from the apamarga

-plant’,

Ki ng. 46. 49.

abhinigadana‘ the act ofta lking to, or reciting to’ Kane. 71 . 13.

Refers to the verb abhim'

gadatt'

a t 39. 27 .

amm ri (v. I. mart)‘uame ofa p lant

,Kane. 53. 2 , 15 ; 54. 19.

Ken. at 53. 15, path“ (for patika, or pathika : see

an'

staka‘epileptic

,possessed ’ , Kane. 28. 15 ; 31 . 27= afi stagrhtta

( Dar. Dar. In Katy.

Cr. xx. 3. 16 (schol .) a disease aristaroga is mentioned .

armakapalikd‘mud from a marsh ’ , Kane. 26. 1 1 . See Ken. 26.

1 1 , 12. Dar. corrupt. Of. 8 6 . sub armalcapala .

aldka ‘name ofa plant ’ , Kane. 31 . 28. Dar. bhrflgarajaka

Keg. bhrfigaraja .

orchar d , apparently a designation for plants growing on garbage

heaps, Kane. Dar. ova/carol: ukurafikatrnani. Ken. has the fol

lowing passage, not given in the extracts in the appendix : ukaridc’

ka

v i Introduction.

marjaailcatmam avajvalr'

tam The word may ofcourse simply

mean ‘ garbage’ , in accordance with its etymology, the grass beingimplied in the tradition ofthe practice.

avagamana‘a ttachment’ , Kane. 16. 27 . Dar. janapadal: tasya

’vagamanakaram auuragakaram.

aeam’

,apparently ‘ hailstone’ , Kane. 38 . 8. Dar. himaearkarapab.

apmayolcta‘name ofa tree’ , Kane. 8 . 15. Perhaps to be emended

to apmayoktra ? Kee. aemantalca bhrgukacche prasiddliala. Dar. appar

ently a lso apmantaka .

astakya‘a cow employed in the astute-performance’ , Kane. 1 9. 28.

The adjective aglakya is known otherwise only in Pan. v. 1 . 2 .

astdvara‘epithet ofidhma ’ Kane. 18 . 34. Dar . idhmdmatra (l)

aetasarizkhya yasya so macaw idhmal: pukla ity arthalt. Cf. also Kee.

ibid and 47 . 27 . t

asitala in asitalalcanda (se. fee )‘a plant, from which the shafts

ofarrows are made’ , Kane.35. 28. Dar. krsnam clam . yasyalt. Cf.

Gin and sild iijala , p . xLiv.

asitaslcandha and skandhamam’

‘amulet made from the skin on

the shoulder ofa black anima l . especia l ly the elephant,and tied on

with hair from its tail ’ . It is employed to strengthen the membrum

virile. Kane. 40. 1 7, and 1 8, note. See Dar. and Kee. , and cf. AV.

iii. 22 . 6 ; vi. 70. 2 .

(Hum, in a list ofsamidh, Kane. 16. 1 1 . Dar. paldea . Kee. timi

samidhal: (lfor pama

akarsa‘an instrument for col lecting ashes, poker’ , Kane. 36. 9.

Dar . dkarsal: Iohakaranam aiigdrakarsandrtham Ioq u/ca (cf. 8 6 . s. v.

kutaka Kee. ar'

tkuea . Cf. akrsta .

dkrti-losta‘a clod from the field , in its natural shape’ ; Kane. 8.

16 ; 37 . 8. D ar. ksetraloeta .

akrsta m .

‘a magica l diagram scratched into the ground?’

Kane. 36. 8 . Dar. alt-fetal: metrics’ t:

'

prasiddhabbidhanab.

dgama-

paslcul!‘ pastry baked for welcoming guests’ , Kine. 23. 8.

Of. agama -Icreara in the lexicons.

afigirasa‘ pertaining to witchcraft’ , Kane. 47 . 2 (Dar. ghoradra

v iii Introduction.

udavajra‘a jet, or bo lt ofwater

’, Kine. 38. 2 . See Kee. ibid.

upadhdna , perhaps‘cushion’ , Kine. 8 . 1 7 ; 64. 26 . As Dir. at

8. 1 7 cites 64. 27 (sopadkdnam astaram!) as an example (uddharanam)ofthe employment ofthe article in question, the phrase jaradupa

naba'

u is evidently not referred to, as was surmised in note 9, p.26.

Kee. 8 . 1 7 : vidydgandhukam

upamanthana‘the act ofstirring np

, Ki ne. 40. 8. Refers to

muntham upamathya at 27 10.

upolava‘name ofa plant’ , Kine. 18 . 33. Dir. trnam

malaria”

prasiddkani. Cf. B6 . sub upolapa .

ula ‘uame ofa plant’ , Ki ne. 25. 18 . D i r. kastun

kd -eaka

Kee. pavika.

urali-efralt, dvandva cpd.,

‘ breast and head ’ , Kine. 47 . 45 (MSS.

um pires).

ardhvapusi, se. samidh, fem. adj.

,

‘ grow n dry on the tl'ee’ , Kine.

48. 38. Kee. 12rd]:vaeuekavrksa samidhala. Cf. a lso Dir. ibid.

asmabhaksam, absolutive,‘eating while hot’ , Ki ne. 57 . 27 .

etaka==edalca . So allMSS. at Ki ne. 41 . 6. Di r. mesa .

ojomdnt‘name ofa plant’ , Kine. 53. 54. 19. Kee. at 53. 15

glosses with gudac’i.

kalcuca ‘name ofa plant or fruit’ , Kine. 48. 32 . Di r. tinti

raphala . The reading is not a l together certain.

Icadvindu ,in kadvindu -lcoetha

‘name ofa reed -plant Kine.

kapilald ta‘arm

’ Kine. 45. 4. Di r. and Kee. bahult.

[car/ct ‘a w hite ca lf’ , Ki ne. 66. 13. Of. karlctpravaddb 21 . 1 1 ,

and AV. iv. 38 . 6 .

kar§+ upot,‘to plough up

,Kine. 90 . 4. Pet.Lex. reads apathy-eye.

kdndi=lcdnda‘ piece, section

’ Ki ne. 23. 15. See Di r.

kdlpya‘ perta ining to kalpa ,

ritua l ’ . Kine. 141 . 34.

kitistya‘conch -shel l ’ , Ki ne. 10 . 16 ; 30. 1 6 31 . 16. Both Di r. and

Kee. explain the w ord by eaikha .

leis/cum (v . 1. kill/cum ,kiwi/cum ),

‘stafl

'

, club’

,Kine. 38. 3 . Di

rila ’s explanation is unintelligible. Kee. severa l times glosses the

word w ith Ialcuta =laguda .

Introduction. it.

b eta/ca‘name ofa tree

, Kine. 8. 15. D i r. and Kee. malavalce

prasiddhalc.

kudrtct apparently= gudacl

‘name ofa shrub’ Kine. 50. 22 : Im

drtcieaphdn Kee. gudaclpaddn.

krtayama‘whose function is performed , useless’

,Kine. 76. 6.

According to Kee. at Ki ne. 8. 22 the ful l wording ofthe citation is

krtaya'

mari: kaiilca tam acasrjdmi. Cf. yatagama .

krpa‘name ofa bird ’ , Ki ne. 10. 2. Di r. gomenaka (a lso nu

know n) ; Kee. bharadvaja‘ lark’ . Cf. J . A . O . S . xi. p . CLxxn .

Icnnabhaksa‘ea ting black ‘grain’ , Kine. 31 . 28. Di r. Icy

-mama

bhaksa . Kee. maeatiladikrsnam annam. Occurs a lso in Gobh.

iii. 2 . 14.

kerd,‘name ofa plant, used as a samidh’ Kine. 38. 6. D ir. kera

pornl’ti ya scram-

e pander-{Ice

’is

Kee. p a tcralcasamidhab. Of.

a. v. patteraka in the lexicons.

keeant‘uame ofa creeper’ , Ki ne. 38. 9. Dir. prosarint.

krt+ adhi ‘ to buy np’

,Kine. 33. 7 .

Iceitikd‘a certain part ofa lute’ , Kine. 32. 12 . See Dar. andKee.

ksatrana‘name ofa demon’

,Kine. 56. 13.

Ichuda ‘a cavity, natura l , or dug

’ Kine. 38. 7 ; 45 . 1 . Di r. sua

bhdvajal: gartab, and simply yaftali ; Kee. khadari: khdtva. Cf. J. A .

O. S . ibid .

Ichalvaka=lchalva , Kine. 82 . 18. Kee. Ichalvalcan dlabhate.

khalvafiga Kine. 27 . 14. In J. A. O. S. ibid . this word was trans

la ted by ‘a certain kind ofw orm’

. But Di rila , the authority for

this translation, is somewhat ambiguous : kbalvariagal: ferm ent-

naked

tan ajyamieraiijuhoti. Kee. ibid . says ghrtamierafi'

jaboti. At Kine. 27 . 26 the rite is again referred to with the w ord

khalvadtni ‘ the performances beginning with Ichalva ’ . Here again

Kee. explains in the same manner as in si . 14. As khalva is a lentil

Iwoul d now incline to Keeava’s explanation ofkkalvaiga and khalva

galavala‘name ofa tree, which grows in the Himalayas’ ,

Kine. 8. 15.

Introduction.

garhya‘name ofa tree, w hich grows in the Himilayas

, Kine.

8. 1 5.

gramya‘veiiereal disease’ , Kine. 27 . 32 . Dir. gramya vyadhir

mithunasan'

tyogd t. Kee. somewha t differently .

cilclcaea (v. I. cikkasa)‘ barley-flour

, Kine. 21 . 14. B6 . cikaeaG).

The word is not known elsewhere in Vedic literature, and is quoted

later only from lexica l works, the Amarakosa iii. 6. 4. 35, and He

maeandra’s Abhidhinacintimani cf. Pet. Lex. s. v. cikkasa . A

deriva tive ofthis, M ilt/raga (or cdiklcasa) ,‘mixture ofbarley -flour’,

occurs at Kine. 48 . 41 . Dir. prasadayantar'

n ea trmi: you an d in pra

krtabhicaraedntir iyam.

citi (v. 1. citti)‘name ofa plant’ Ki ne. 8 . 16. Of. J. A . O. 8.

vol. xi, p. 387 . Also Dir. and Kee. at 8. 16.

jaimdyana , v. I. jagmayana‘a certain kind ofw ater- vessel ’ ,

Kine. 3. 1 ; 68. 1 7 ; 3. 17 , schol . ; 6. 1 7 , schol . ; 47 . 1 , schol . It is pro

bably a ligh t water-vessel in common use (sariwyavahardr tham). Cf.

J. A . O. S . vol. xi. p. CLxxn . For the writing jaimdyana , a word

which seems certainly derivable from a reduplicated form ofthe

root yam, cf. stii‘

moti for stiglmoti in the Miitriyani-san

'

ihiti : see Z .

D . M. G. xxxiii. 1 95 ; vou Schroeder’

s edition, vol. i. p . xiv.

jivalcosant‘skin from a living auimal’ , Kine. Di r. fi ca tall

poeoecarma’fikasthalika tasgam pralcsipya utslvya si cya badhnd ti. Kee.

jlva tal: paeoe earma .

fivaghatya‘a live anima l fit to slay ’ Kine. 7. 24 ; 1 8. 5. Dir.

ywaghatdrba , jtvaha ta . Cf. also Kee. 7 . 24.

fivt ‘name ofa plant’ Kine. 31 . 28 . D i r. and Kee. kdcamdci.

Kee. seems to explain the word by j ivantt also. Cf. B6 . 8 . v. jtva ,

jim'

lcd , and jivanti.

jyayu‘ bow - string’ Kine. 23. 10. Of. J. A . O. S . xi. p . CLxxn .

jvdla‘hot infusion’ , Ki ne. 27 . 29, 33 ; 28. 2 ; 30. 8 ; 32. 10, etc.

Dir. glosses the w ord with avajvdIa 27 . 33 ; 32 . 10. The latter word

is not in the lexicons.

tdrcha ‘name ofan amulet’

,Kine. 48 . 24 . Di r. asthikamani.

Kee. paldpamani.

Introduction. Li

tunyu‘name ofa tree

, Kine. 8. 15. See Dir. and Kee.

tn'

p ida‘vessel with three feet’ , Kine. 35. 27 . Dir. tfip ddaeikya.

meandhi: see Dir . and Kee. at Kine. 16. 24.

dividhuvaka ‘name ofa reed - plant’ Kine. 40 . 2. See Kee. ibid.

and a t 41 . 3, 4.

deeakapatu‘mushroom’

,Kine. 48. 10. Dir. ahichatralca . Kee.

sarpacha tra . Cf. B6. 9 . v. patu 3. (not quotable).

da+ vya‘to throw ofi

"

, Kine. 48 . 40 . Dir. kst'

pa ti. B6. only‘ to open’ .

ddrbhyisa , v. I. -uea ,‘epithet ofa bow ’

, Kine. 32. 8 ; 35. 28 ;

Di r. at 47 . 55. See Di rila’

s corrupt gloss at 32. 3.

dhaya‘ bnnch, bundle

, Kine. 18 . 32 (ca tvaro dhayala). Dar. and

Kee. coward : palakalt.

dhayine, dua l neuter, ‘two doors, folding-doors Kiue. 34. 10

,

adhyadlzi dhayine audumbartr adhapayau’

. Dir toranari: tasyo’

pafy

Kee. dear-yer upon

nadi - stsa ‘a mass ofriver-foam’

, lit.‘river- lead’ , 8 . 18. Dir.

nadfphenapinda . Kee. nadtphena .

nava‘new grain

, Kine. 38. 10 (dadhi Dir. navarit

nimusti‘ designation ofa measure

,Kine. 85. 2 . The Pet. Lex.

s. v. prakrama reads musfi.

niveetana‘ the act ofholding back , detention’ , Kine. 36. 5. Dir.

Kee. bandhanakarma . Pet. Lex . and B6.

‘ das umhiillen,

umkleiden’

nud+ upa‘to push against’ , Kine. 35. 22 . B6. notes only upa

numm ‘ herangetrieben’

paficaparvan, se. dander,‘a staffmade ofa reed with five knots’

,

Ki ne. 26. 9. Di r. paica parvdni yasya dandasya ao paiicaparva

Kee. paiicaparvavenudanda .

par aeu-

paldpa ,

‘ blade ofan axe’

,Kine. 47 . 25. Dir. palaemi:

M a d eira/chum. Difi'

erently Kee. pareuvrksapa ttram.

paraeu- phanta

‘a decoction heated by an axe

, Kine. 36. 27 .

Dir. paryana taptam phantam.

ii Introduction.

parigrhya‘ designation ofa certain kind ofoedi’

,Kine. 17. 2.

Dir. parigrhya parigrlzyacedilzp arigrahanam ca yoga (l). Kee. esdi.

paeudavan=p aeudd , Kine. 72. 18.

purist‘a cow with a ma le ca lf’

,Ki ne. 35. 8. Di r. purioatsa.

pi tieaphari‘rotten fish’ , Kine. 27 . 32. D i r. patigandha matsika.

Kee. patigandhamatsyd. Cf. B6 . s. v. pap/ mm and paphan’

. The Pet.

Lex. s. v. eaphara translates : w ol ‘eine bestimmte pfianze

.

prpnfmantha ‘a stirred drink

,which contains ma teria ls coming

from a speckled cow ’

,Kine. 1 1 . 1 5, 1 6.

pratijapa‘the act ofmuttering against’ Kine. 36. 25.

pra tyahutt’

, adv.,‘at each oblation’

,Kine. 48 . 40. Also Apast.

Or. xiv. 29. 3.

pradehana=pradeha‘the act ofannointing

,Kine. 31 . 25.

propa ta‘a large cornucopia’

,Kine. 25. 30 . D i r. putab drdhab.

prama tta-rajju

‘a certain kind ofrope used by potters’ , Kine

38. 26. Dir . cdkrikandm avalambanarafiulz. Kee. cilcn'

kasya rajiub.

pramanda‘name ofa plant’ , Kine. 8 . 1 7 ; 25 . 1 1 ; 32. 29. Dir.

induha .

pramehana‘causing flow ofurine’

,Kine. 25 . 10 : pramehanam

badlmdti ‘ he ties on (as amulet) a substance, causing flow ofurine’.

Cf. Kee. and Di r. Bi . writes pramehana , and translates‘ penis’ .

praena‘turban, head - dress’ , Kine. 26. 2 , 3fg. : Dir. usnIeam. Kee.

mui'

japraena mani'

ja -t’

nduka mi uiijapraena .

prdyaecittt’‘name ofa plant’, Kine. 8 . 16. Of. J . A . O. S . vol.

xi, p . 387, note 3. Also D i r. and Kee. a t 8. 16.

praisalcrt,‘the priest who gives the command ’ , Kine. 26. 4 etc.

D ir . praismit dadati’ti pri ieakrt.

plaksodumbara‘name ofa tree

,Ki ne. 20 . 22 . D ir. pippar!

’ti

prasiddhaltfl) .

phala-camasa ‘

a certain part ofthe ploughshare’ , Kine. 35. 4.

Dir. phalacibukdyalt somacamasikdra rh krtva. Cf. cibukd, p . Lv.

phala‘ point ofon arrow ’

, Kine. 28. 3, in ardhvaphalabhyam (so.

flabby/am) . The word occurs occasiona l ly in the later language.

Introduction. Liii

bandparn!‘name ofa plant’

,Kine. 36. 1 9, 38. Dir. earapuikhs

’ tt'

prasiddha. Kee. mi siki lake prasiddhd .

brhaspatieiras‘epithet ofa porridge’ , Kine. 49. 15. Kee. brhas

pa tieira-odana .

bhadravatt fem . adj., Kine. 39. 9.

bhaga-dhdna ‘

treasury’ , Kine. 38. 15. Di r. mahddhanagrham.

mi ddnaka ‘ derived from the mudancha - tree’

,Kine. 12. 1 . Dir.

madanakdni phalam’

madanakaphalain yasya

mahiea , plur. mdbisdni ‘ harem, w omen’s apartments’ . Kine.

1 7 . 6. Di r. Kee. strindni grhalt.

fray-dict

‘ lump or grain (of Kine. 47 . 46. See Di r. This

meaning is not certain.

ya thap apadin, in ya thapapadt‘

papu, adj.‘as it happens to turn up

Kine. 138. 2 . Of. 8 6. s. v. ya thapap idam.

yugmakrsnala (se. mani)‘an amulet made ofa pair ofkrsnalm

berries’ , Kine. 1 1 . 19 ; 52 . 1 8. See D i r. and Kee. at 1 1 . 19.

rajaharana , Kine. 1 3. 1 1 . See Dir. and Kee.

rajiu-dliana ‘the spot on the neck ofan anima l

,where the rope

is fastened ’ , Kine. 44 . 23. D i r. grivaya bandhanasthinam.

rayidhdrana-

pinda‘ lump ofearth ’ , Ki ne. 28 . 3. Dir. rayir iti

dhananima dhdraya t'

i’ti diam-

and bhimz’

s tanmayan pindan.

fie in vifi eya ti, Inc. absol. ofthe present participle ‘when

one is hurt’ , Kine. 59. 28 ; 72 . 30 . Some MSS. read varies/am: iti

and varieya ti. Kee. at 59. 28, vindeopasthitam. Cf. virietam AV. vi.

51 . 3, and Di r. a t Kine. 31 . 9 .

likh+pari‘ to grind up

, Kine. 25. 7 ; 26. 43 , etc. D ir. earn!

karanam and samcarnya .

r aigha‘name ofa tree

, Kine. 8 . 15. Di r. srag vaighau hima

va ta (l) iti prasiddhdu. Kee. kampalcubjo prasiddhab.

vanana‘ love, inclina tion’ , Ki ne. 41 . 18 . Di r . gal: savatsarh sari:

bhajaplaala ri: karma . Cf. a lso Kec. The w ord sanibhaja does not

appear in the lexicons. See a lso ap avdtd , p. v .

aarti (v. I. varta)‘urethra ’ , Kine. 25. 1 6. D i r. vartari: matro

bt'

lam . Kee. matrapravéhaih.

Liv Introduction.

varemana , sc. udumbara . Kine. 23. 7 . Di r. varsma maha t tannin

m’

vrta vdrgmanab. B6.

‘zu oberst befindlich’ . Kee. obscure. The word

seems to mean ‘coming from a height

’.

vied‘name ofa plant’ , Ki ne. 8 . 16 ; 39. 6. Dir. area/ca and

atarisalca . The word raeaka occurs elsewhere only in the Cabdakalpadruma .

vip + ava‘to tremble, to have spasms’ , Kine. 58. 1 .

vtdhra -bindu ‘rain drops after the clouds have passed ’, Kine.

46. 41 . D i r vigatdbhram’

ndi n . Kee. akaeodakam.

vaidyuddlza tt , emended : MSS.

-

vaidyudva tt , fem. , epithet ofa

samidh,‘ obtained from a tree struck by lightning’ , Kine. 48. 36. Dir.

vidyutd ha ta vrksa vidyuddha talt Kee. vidyuddhatavrkgasya sam

t'

dhalt

edkavrsa (variants «firm and -mrna)‘name ofa

, plant’

,Kine.

33. 14. For the interchange ofv and 11: see J. A. O. S. vol. xiii.

p . cxvnfg.

pailcu-dhana ‘ part ofa skin, in which a peg is stuck , in order

to fasten it when spread out, used as an amulet’ , Ki ne. 26. 1 7

27 . 29. Di r. eailcudhdnavh carmana vistdraya ktlakabandhal: poi /cu

stlzapanam ity arthab. Kee. carmachidramaniig.

pami-lina

‘one (w hose hair is) cut w ith (an instrument made of)

pamI-wood ’ , Kine. 31 . 1 . Dir. pamyd land ]; keed yasya 3a eam

'

ili nab.

pomalca,‘

name ofa creeper, found in N andapura’

, Ki ne. 8 . 16.

See Dar. and Kee. ibid. At Kine. 31 . 1 D i r. seems to identify

this plant with the eamydka , but the text is untrustw orthy .

pakala , sc. mani‘an amulet made ofchips ofwood ’ Ki ne.

Di r. daeind r‘

n edutavrksdndfit eakaldnt’ t:

'

pdkala manila.

pinned , fem . adj., personified as a divinity , Ki ne. 39. 9.

edmyavaka‘name ofa plant ’ , Kine. 8. 1 6. See Di r. and Kee.

pilin‘one who snfi

'

ers from internal pain, as though a spear

stuck in him’

, Kine. 31 . 7 . See Kee. especia l ly, and a lso Dir. Cf.

Pet. Lex . s. v. cilia 1 h.

pcpyd‘the skin which covers the tail ’, Kine. 48. 32. Di r. vatsa

cvi Introduction.

note, and p.xv. alar'

nbhava (fol. 19‘ l . 1 1)

‘sufficiency

’:

the word is not excerpted . achedanam,action noun from chid-l-a,

26. 23. arueilcrmi 27 . 18 . alopana , action noun from lap

26. 23. uttara tantra , designation ofthe performances described at

Kine. 5 . 5fg. upasa t’

nhara u prapana . So Di r. explains upasan‘

t

hrtya at Kine. 22 . 15. kanikvika , 14. 19= Kee. kanika . Cf. a lso

[cant/ca . karvara=prpni, 1 1 . 15. Perhapsfor karbura . Cf. parvara .

kymin‘afi

ected with worms’ , cibulci ‘an instrument employed

as an amulet’ , 1 9. 22, 23 (p. 53 , notes 10 and Of. a lso 35 . 4

phalacibukdydlg somacamasakdrar’

n brtna .—jyes;htmadhu, and q ua»

dhuka=yaetimadhm So is to be read at D ir. 38. 1 7 . See a lso Kee.

32. 5 ; 35. 21 , and the paddhatis at 75. 1 . japanam and jasani , 8.

15, 16 (p. 25, note 13, and p . 26, note 7) are glosses explaining pim

bala ‘name ofa plant’ . niravadaea tva , 7 . 1 6. paramarpana , 17. 4

=grahana. Cf. paramarpa . parilcirana , as gloss to parilca'

ra ti, 26.

10. p dkastlcina= pmapana , 48 . 1 7 . putakdnuaasana‘a funnel

shaped syringe’ , 25. 12 ; cf. putaka . pusfikarman, (sc. mantra),

adj.‘relating to performances, which cause prosperity’ , 24. 43 .

16 . 29 : cf. B6 . s. v. 3. preti. petaka‘ basket’ , other

wise unquotable, seems to occur 18 . 2 . propizi=prapa‘ drinking

place’ , 19. 3. Kee. tadaga . phantay, denom. from phanga ,

bhagapatha ,‘ quota tion ofa part ( the pratika) ofa mantra ’

, 6. 10.

The opposite is sakalapatha‘

quotation ofan entire verse’. N either

one is in the lexicons. lendiki , in aja -lendikalf=lenda‘excrements

,

48 . 32. aid ,in vdri-stamba ,

‘name ofa plant ?’ 19. 12 ; 29. 4. Kee.

29. 4, panastamba . viprdmana , 16. 25. vrpcita , perf. part. pass.

ofvrapc 47 . 28. samdselca ,‘ pouring together’ , 1 7 . 4. sarinayana

‘ putting together’ , 33. 8. saricpi tay, denom. fr. samp i to ,‘to smear

w ith the dregs ofan oblation’

. The word is very common in Di r.

and the paddha tis. silisilr‘

ka ‘rosin ’

, 18. 36 : both tex t and trans

lation are doubtful . strt-karmini, technica l designation ofthe

second part ofadhyiya iv, beginning a t 32. 28.

Keeava : andhapuppikd‘name ofa dower’ , IO. 16. twain-

aya

karmdni‘supererogatory rites’ , andfrequently elsewhere. Also Ath.

Introduction. Lvii

Paddh. udara -

gandulalca‘a kind ofworm ’

, 27 . 14, 20. adana

arm , 53. 18 . kapupd‘name ofa plant 34 . 2 . taunt

‘name ofan

insect’

, 32 . 21 . pigavyadhi‘epidemic disease’ 26. 36. pater

-aka

‘name ofa tree’ , 40. 2, 7 . The Pet. Lex. mentions patteraka from

the N ighanta Prakiea , as the name ofthe cypress. patilcd - toranaw’

‘fo lding doors’ 47 . 2 . Cc apata .- baldgapatra , orbalagamapdtra 39.

5- 12 . malmma da ‘typica l namefor aMussalman’ , 47 . 22 , etc. maria /ca

‘name ofa measure’ , 6. 22 : cf. maria/ca . vallanikd Mai , 26. 31 .

siryaveli‘name ofa plant’ , 36 . 1 2 . Cf. suryavallt . vikalpita

‘ optiona l ’ ,

denominative perfect passive participle from oilcalpa , 50. 13. setika

‘name ofa measure’ 6. 22 ; 46. 33. hastavartaka , 35. 1 1 =partllasta,

AV. vi. 8 1 .

The remaining paddhatis, etc. : akapaphena‘name ofa plant’ , Ath.

Paddh. and Antyeeti. 82. 26. Of. Kine. 93. 22 ; 1 15. l. kama’name

ofa plant’ , ibid . Die. Kar. and Ath. Paddh.

54. 6. paribltaeay, denom. ofparibhdpd, AV. Anukramani i. 4 (iti

sarvatra paribhd pyate). puepdksadaka and puspaksita (denom. perf.

pass. participle from the same) in puspalceodakdijaliri: pi rayitva, and

puspakeitam aijalirit parayitva : offrequent occurrence in Ath. Paddh.

and Dae. Kar. prapakya , as gloss to paritvaramana‘as one is able’ ,

Dae. Kar. 55. 1 8. muktika ‘name ofa plant’ , Ath. Paddh. and

Antyeeti 82. 26. Of. the unquotable muktikd in 8 6 . Kee. seems to

read pulctika . veetay, denom. ofvesta , Dae. Kar. 75. 23. vrata

Various specia l kinds are mentioned in Ath. Paddh. a t the end of

Ki ne. 57 , and Kee. 42 . 12 17 : kalpavra ta , aiyira-ara ta

, yamavra ta ,

veda -vrata , piro-vra ta , mrgdra

-vra ta , maria-cram

,visdsahi-vra ta (cf.AV.

xvn . 1 keraka ‘name ofa plant’ , Ath. Paddh. and Antyeeti.

82 . 26.

In this connection I would draw attention once more to the

two w ords pai'

cakalpa and matrkalpika . In J. A. O. S.

vol. xi,p . 378, Iexpressed the view that the word paicakalpa which

is reported by the Mahibhieya refers to an Atharvavedin, who is

conversant with the five ka lpas ofthe AV : see ibid . This surmise

is now rendered certain by the occurrence in the colophon ofone

Lviii Introduction.

ofthe MSS. ofthe Kiueika (K), need 'for this edition, ofthe word

pavicakalpin, nominative paicakalpt, as a title ofthe writer : see p. ix.

The w ord means a practicingAtharvavediu. The word matrkalpika ,

w hich a lso occurs in the Mahibhieya (cf. the index Ind. Stud . xiii), I

have explained in H . W. Magoun’a report on his edition oftheAsu

rikalpa, P. A . O. S . for October 1888, p. xiv. The Mahibhieya is

very familiar with Atharvan literature. Ifwe suppose that this

word is Atharvanic, it may be transla ted by‘one who practices the

matrkalpa’. This may be the title ofsome minor ritua listic treatise,

invol‘

ving especia l ly the use ofthe list ofhymns, which are known as

the matrnamani (sc. seld om) , or matrgana : see index B , p. 384 . What

the nature ofthese performances may have been, it is ofcourse im

possible to guess. They may have dea lt with a eriddhafor themataras.

Iwould final ly draw the attention ofthe lexicographers to the

numerous specia l designa tions ofverses, hymns, and ganas ofhymns,

a list ofwhich is given in index B,pp . 383—385.

v. Grammaticaland orthographicalnotes.

The most salient phonetic peculiarity ofthe text is the frequent

remova l by crasis ofthe hiatus , produced by changes due to sandhi.

So unanimous are the MSS. in certain cases in this regard , that it

was though t proper to reproduce the practice in the edition, while

attention has been drawn every time to its ordinary equiva lent in

the notes. The first case is : arijalau, 6. 17

emendation to pa tnyaijaldu suggests itselfreadily, but this is rendered

improbable owing to the similar cases follow ing. These are daiva

teti for ddiva ta iti 6. 34 ; talpdrsabham for lalpa area

bham talpe+ arsabham) 17 . 3 ; gartedhmdu for garta idhmau(= garts

+ idlzmdu) 49. 23 ; andmaydidln'

(MSS. andmayedln) for anamaya «W

andmayas+ edlai) 74. 20 ; jaghana tdghnanlalzforjaghana ta dglmantall

=jaghana tas+ dghnantaly8 1 . 21 ; -

yajiiatthapantbhi{zfor -

yajiia uttha

panibhi}:-

yajfias+ utthdpanibhib) 84 . 1 2, 13 : as the sandhi happens

between two si tras, it was not possible to retain it in the text, and its

mention in the critica l notes is omitted owing to an oversight ;

Introduction. Lix

anyatoddlodrya for anya ta uddhdrya anya tas + udahdrya) 1 37 . 1 4 ;

sa tkrtcodalcamfor satlcrtva ado/cam sa tkrtvas+ uda kam) 140 5 ; agra

tapasthdntikefor agra ta apas thintike agra tas+ upasthintike) 141 . 40 ;

da'

sdsmdkam for ddsd asmdkam (= disds+ asmi kam) 90 . 1 8 ; ku

mbhodadhanefor kumbha udadbane= (lcumbhe udadhdne) 93 . 43 ; 136. 1

possibly, how ever, a compound kumbhodadlzina is to be assumed

in both places. depdvartah for depa dvartalz depas i vartalf)124. 1 . The same practice occurs a lso occasiona lly in part ofthe

MSS. : a t 51 . 14 meti for ma iti me+ iti) in three MSS. ; at 53. 12

asmamvarabdllaya for asma anvarabdlzdya asmdi+ anvarabdhaya) in

three MSS. ; at 69. 5 anvar‘

icetarefor anvar‘

ica itare anvaiicas+ itare)

in four MSS. : at ad for no a in three MSS as a lso

saw ahara'

tra for sarvd aharatra (=sarvds aharatra in three MSS.

For the same peculiarity in Apastamba’s dhi rmasntras, etc. see

ZDMG. xL. p. 536.

When final 8 preceded by an a lterant vowel is fol lowed by k or p

(cf.Whitney Sk. Gr.

’the MSS. are hopelessly at variance as to

the treatment ofs : bothlfand sappear in the sameMS. under essential ly

the same conditions. The editor has adopted the less archaic w riting ,

21 . The cases, in which both modes ofwriting occur, are as follows

trih paryagm’

2 . 10 ; 1117} pradakpinam 2 . 1 1 ; havift lourvita 6. 22 ; jyot‘illka rate 1 1 . 1 2 ; trilz pra ttbd ram 29. 22 ; trill pa rikramya 31 . 3 ; 38. 7 ;

46 . 14 ; trilfp rasavyam 44. 1 1 ; 84. 10 ; 87 . 30 ; 88. 13 ; M b paryukea ti

53 . 8 ; 57 . 22 , 25 ; trih kdrayamdnam 53. 9 ; trift pramdrpti 53. 19 ; trihpa rinaya ti 76. 20 ; 77 . 22 . So also duekg

'tam and duldcrtam are variants

a t 1 7 . 6, 7 . In the mantra a t 6. 10 there occur together dr'

m'

sida and

antarikse slda .

In the treatment of1: before p and j the MSS. ofthe Kine. like

those ofAV . (cf. Whitney a t Ath. Pri tie. n . 10, ll, 1 7) are very

much at variance : the sound appears as anusvi ra , it and n, the anus

vi ra predominating. The e is a lso occasiona l ly not changed. In

this edition the norma l euphony,n+ p to i oh

,and n+j to i j has

been adhered to . The cases in question occur a t 10. 9 ; 18. 13 ; 20.

13, 14 ; 25. 24 ; 27 . 14 ; 35. 27 ; 36. 9 ; 48 . 28 ; 69. 1 ; 7 1 . 6, 7 ; 72. 1 5 ;

l.x Introduction.

78. 12 , 13 ; 8 1 . 34 ; 97 . 5, 6 ; 125 . 2 . The same difi’

erence in the treat»

ment of1: occurs twice before v at 64. 5 (unnahyan vasanena), and

102 . 2 (prajap a tyan vi) once it is seen before 33, at 67 . 26 (prapayi

pyan syi t).

The vow el ofthe particle aria coa lesces w ith preceding a and a

to 0 , according to Piniai vi. 1 . 95 ; Vopadeva n. 5. Accordingly we

have svahatit= svaha+ afit 5. 13 ; anujriapyorit= anujfidpya+ mh 9. 9;

carit= ca+ orit 70. 6. At 90. 18 the MSS. read pustarh, which has

been emended to pastam aria.

The fo l low ing instances ofVedic sandhi have been noted : api

daya remain at 2. 18 ; sainpi tava ta rsabham (1most MSS.) 34. 18 : see

Whitney Sk. Gr.’ At 58 . 7 , 8 the MSS. read dcamyehi= acamya

4 d+ ihi in accordance with Whitney ibid . The fact that a of

the vocative is pragrhya before iti, in accordance with Ath. P ri tie. i.

81 , has been pointed out above, p . xxxviii.

The following phonetic peculiarities, or tendencies ofthe MSS.

are worthy ofnotice : Frequently 4: appears as p, and in genera l the

MSS. il lustra te abundantly the confusion between the sibilants in

Sanskrit, as discussed by the editor and Dr. E . H . Spieker in P. A.

O. S. for May 1886 p . xxxvifg. At 4. 15 allMSS. read vapiydn for

vastydn ; at 24. 1 3 ; 39. 9 ; 76. 23 sapima is emended to sasime ; the

majority ofthe MSS. w rite pi ripa for parisa (27 . 1 8 ; 29 a t 51 .

16 theMSS. have pilaiijala, which is emended to silar‘

ijala in accordance

with AV. vi. 16. 4 ; at 3. 8 ; 137. 40 i pispa te is emended to isieya te ; at

86. 16 the MSS. have a pratika beginning w ith pam,which has been

emended,so as to yield the pri tika ofvn. 2l. 1 : can: eta . Con

versely at 69 . 3 the MSS. read simila for pamila ; at 8 . 10 cipaye

for visage. The MSS. are divided in the orthography ofthe words

cilclrapa at 21 . 14 w ith its vrddhi- deriva tive cdilckapa at 48. 41 : both 9

and s are w ritten. The editor has given preference to p on account

ofthe presence ofk in an adjoining syllable : cf. P . A . O. S . ibid.

p . xL. For the same reason the w riting krpara at 34. 13, 20 ; 35. 5 ; 66.

16 84. 3, the prevailing usage ofthe Ki ueika MSS has been adopted.

Introduction. m i

O ther variants concerning the confusion ofthe sibilants are given in

the critica l notes to the text. TheMSS. frequently write ts for ch

ava tsadya for avaahadya , four MSS. a t 24. 10, one at 55. 19, and six

a t 8 1 . 28 ; utsz’

eta for ucchista , one MS. at 26. 1 8 ; utsrayat'i for

ucchrayati one MS. at 61 . 21 ; itsa ta for ickata one MS. at 73.

15 ; patsola for pacchah four MSS. at 82 . 29. Occasiona l ly y is

w ritten for j : yunaymz for yunajmi three MSS. at 3. 1 ; gayam for

jgayum one MS. at 23. 10 ; yamyaifor jamyai three MSS. at 34. 20 ;

a t 42 . 1 7 aiijmah is emended upon the basis ofthe MSS. readings

aymalt, ayyab, Goya/5 and ayamai ; at 64. 1 7 one MS. reads anaymr

for

a najmi at threeMSS. samayyayam for samajyayam ; a t 133. 6 two

MSS. yajr'

ie for jajii'

e. Conversely at 126. 9 two MSS. write vilajyam

a nd vilajyec) for vilayya . We may mention fina l ly a few cases ofPri

kritic writing in one or the other oftheMSS. : bharjaitva for marjayitva

a t 6. 1 7 markhaitva for marchayitva at 1 2 . 2 ; varptasi for varstyast

a t 1 7 . 13.

A few cases ofhaplography occur : aarananinayanejyi for

caranim’

ninayanejyi at 43. 3 ; anagrtavabhasa for anagram: avabhdsa

a t 93. 37 130 . 1 ; or! at 1 10. 1 is omitted by most MSS. because it

is preceded by vadava ; na is omitted at 135. 9 (p . 285 l . 1 ) because

it is preceded by annarit .

The MSS. ofthe text agree in writing ch throughout. This has

been retained in the edition, except when it represents the product

oft (d)+e (ah) : then echo w as put into the text. The group n+ s

a ppears as m in the MSS and is represented in the same manner in

the edition.

Offorma l peculiarities we may mention a few si tra- optatives,made in accordance with Whitney Sk . Gr.

’upanaylta

a t 1 7. 31 , 33 ; aw ahvaytta at 60. 32 ; capaytta a t 67 . 15. A

number ofaorists with the Vedic function ofcompleted past time

occur : akrkeata 20. 16 ; akrkeama 20. 1 7 ; ahdrele 20. 18 ; prapisam 22.

2 , 3, 4 ; dear-fear» and apakam 56. 7 . Further a number ofmoda l

a orist forms : pakeyam 3. 8 ; 137 . 40 ; saketya 45. 16 ; 47 . 16 ; evdpste

Introduction.

56. 12 ; fivyasam (preca tive) 68 . 1 ; gamm a 70. 1 ; hmsts 72 . 34 ; aputh

:‘

pi vadllieta 92 . 14 bhaydsma (prec.) 92 . 25, 29. vyanapat is

employed both as prohibitive form and as past tense at 56. 6, 7 . All

these aorist forms occur ofcourse in quoted passages (mantras,

priieas The future participle vibhuikeyamana occurs at 23.

9 ; 38 . 26 . The gerund in ya from an uncompounded verba l root

seems to appear in pcatya at 53. 18 ; in keipya at 30. 18 ; 52 . 14 : in

all three cases it is possible to emend : adbhi pcatga to ablar’

pcatga ;

ca keipya to’vakeipya . N ote a lso hasteghrya at 76. 10

, and possibly

urasigrhya at 81 . 30 ; cf. Whitney Sk . Gr.

’In the paddhati

ofKeea va there are four occurrences ofPrikritic causatives : kit -i

payet a t 54. 1 ; 58. 4 ; apnapaya ti 23. 1 5, 1 6 ; of. Whitney,ibid.

Ofisolated forma l peculiarities w e may mention -adagas at 8.

13, used as accusative plural : of. J . A . bibhetti a doubtful

reduplicated present from root bhid at 25. 16 ; allMSS. write bhavati

voc . fem. for bhavatt nom. at57 . 18 : in the edition it has been emended

to bhava tt (cf. Pir. Gr . n . 5. a t most MSS. read atmarm

(eva), archaic loc. sing. = atmany (can) ; at occurs the acc. plur.

fem. pracyas (sc. lekhas) ; s t96. 3 occurs nanadaitam, as subjunctive third

person dua l middle ofthe intensive ; at 99. 2 bhramayan a masc. parti

ciple agrees with ugram, neuter, and at 126. 9 amum,a masc. pronoun

seems to agree w ith navanttam,a neuter noun.

The text exhibits fina l ly a number oflong dvandva compounds,

members ofwhich occasiona l ly govern, or are dependent upon words

outside ofthe compound in a manner quite unusua l , and sometimes

a l together problematic. At 27 . 29 the MSS. reads : barinasye’ ti ban

dhanapdyandcamanapaikadhdnajvalend’vanalcsa tre

’vasiiica ti, i. e .

‘ w ith

the hymn AV . iii. 7 (an amulet) is tied on to the (sick) person, he is

given drink, he is made to rinse his mouth , and the priest sprink les

him w ith wa ter, warmed by a heated pailcudhana (see above p . Liii) .

The compound might be readily emended to bandhanapdyand

camanam, or

-comovam‘

, butfor the fact that similar difficulties appear

Contents ofthe Siitra.

Adhyiya i.

Sources ofthe work 1 . 1—8 .

pdkayajia -

paribhisih 1 . 9—23.

N ew -moon and ful l -moon sacrifices 1 . 24 6. 37 .

Paribhisis for the sfi tra in genera l 7 . 1—8. 22 .

Ganas ofhymns and verses 8 . 23—9. 7 .

Preparation ofthe pantyudakam,

‘ holy water’ 9. 8—1 1 .

Adhyiya n .

Rites for begetting w isdom 10.

Rites for obtaining success in vows ofchastity 1 1 .

Charms for obtaining vil lages 1 1 . 7—1 0 .

Charms for obtaining every desire 1 1 . 1 1—12. 4.

Charms to secure harmony 12 . 5—9.

varcasydni, charms to secure power 1 2 . 10—13. 12 .

Various rites in w ar and battle 13. 1—16. 26.

Restora tion ofa dethroned king 16. 27—32.Coronation ofa minor potenta te 1 7. 1—10.

Corona tion ofa greater potenta te 17 . 1 1—34.

Adhyiya iii.

Rite for the aversion ofmisfortune (nirrti) 18. 1—18.citrakarma (paustilcam) 18. 19—26.

Charms for securing prosperity upon starting on a journey

18. 27—31 .

samudrakarma (paustikam) 18. 32—38 .

Contents ofthe si tra. v

dhyiya iii.

Charms for the prosperity ofcattle 19. 1—21 .Amulets to insure prosperity 19. 22—27 .

astaki -festiva l 19. 28—31 .

Ploughing-festiva l 20 .

Ca ttle-charms 21 . 1—1 1 .

Charm for obtaining clothes 21 . 12—14.

Rites on dividing an inheritance 2 1 . 1 5—20.

rasakarmdni 2 1 . 21—25.

Various ritesforobtaining property, success, and prosperity 22 .

Rites on building a house 23. 1—1 1 .citrakarma (pdusfikam) 23 . 12—1 6.

Charm for ploughing 23. 1 7 .

Rite for sowing 24. 1—2 .

Various n tes for obtaining prosperity 24. 3—10.

Rites before entering upon a journey and upon returning

from the same 24. 1 1 18.

vrsatsarga 24. 19—23.

agrahayant-ceremony 24. 24 36.

Various rites for obtaining property and prosperity - 46.

dhyiya iv.

bhdieajyani, remedia l charms for every possible disease and

injury , realor fancied , and for driving out demons : the

scope ofthese practices can be seen most readily by

fol low ing the headings ofeach performance, as given in

the extracts from Di rili and Keeava , 25. 1—32 . 27 .

strtkarmdni, women’s rites : obtaining ofchildren , against

abortion, purisavandni, against sterility, rites for obtaining

a husband , garbhddhinam,stmantakarma , sleeping-charms

,

charms for capturing truant women, appeasing or sub

jecting women, overcoming and damaging riva l women,

philtres, suppressing jea lousy and wrath,

suppressing

paramours, etc. : for details see the headings, as given by

Di rili and Keeava , 32 . 28—36. 40.

v i Contents ofthe si tra.

Adhyiya v.

vzjii nakarmini, oracles, (see Keeava’s introduction to the

kandiki ) 37 .

Charms against storms and lightning 38. 1—10 .

Rites imparting firmness to buildings 38 . 1 1—1 6.

Rites imparting power in deba te, influence in assemblies,

and proper conduct w hile reading the Vedas 38. 17—36Rites warding offthe efi

'

ects ofwit chcraft 39.

Charms for directing the course ofrivers 40 . l—10.

Removal ofthe fire 40 . 1 1—13.

Charms imparting sexualvigor 40 . 14—18 .

Charms to procure rain 41 . 1—7 .

Charms for luck in business and gambling 41 . 8 - 17 .

Charm for restoring afi'

ection between ca lfand cow 41 . 18- 20.

Bestowa l ofgood qualities upon horses 41 . 2 1 26.

Rite to insure a successfulbusiness- trip 42 . 1—5.

Rites for producing harmony between various persons

42 . 6—8.

Charm procuring know ledge ofthe Vedas 42 . 9—1 1 .

Return ofthe disciple after finishing his studies 42 . 1 2—18.

Charm for obviating the efi'

ect ofevil sigueia w omen 42 . 19- 21.

Amulets for w arding ofevil demons 42 . 22 43. 1 .

The building ofa house 43. 2—15.

Rites to avert the evil efi'

ect offuneral-fires 43 . 16—20.

vapipamanam 43. 20—45. 19.

Ritefor obviating the evil cli'

cot ofa false accusatiou46. 1-3.

Removalofobstacles in sacrifice 46. 4—5.

Charm to promote the fulfilment ofdemands and prayers

Warding 0 3 the influence ofill-omened birds 46. 7—8.

Against evildreams 46. 9—13.

Various priyapcitta - ceremonies 46. 14—25.

Expiatory performance when a younger brother marries

before the older 46. 26—29.Various priyapcitta -ceremonies 46. 30 55.

Contents ofthe sutra. v ii

ldhyiya vi.

abhicirikani, witchcraft practices 47—49 .

tdhyiya vu .

Rites to secure welfare in various conditions oflife, w hile

w alking, sleeping, w aking, etc. 50. 1—1 1 .

Rites to secure safety and good weather for a merchant

starting on an expedition 50. 1 2—16.

Remova l ofserpents, vermin, etc. from house and lands 50.

17—22.

Rites to obtain security for cowherds, stables, fields, etc. 51 .

1—16.

Freeing fields from anima ls destructive to their products51 .

17—22 .

Safety away from home 52. 1—2 .

Charms to loosen fetters 52 . 3—4.

Protection against fire 52 . 5—9.

Safety in boa ts and ships 52 . 10—1 1 .

How to find lost property 52 . 12—14.

Rites for security in general52 . 15—17 .

Charms for securing long life 52 . 18—19 .

varcasyi ni, charms for securing power 52 . 20—2 1 .

gode'

mam 53. 1—54. 14.

cad'

akaranam 54. 15—22.

upanayanam 55 . 1—57 . 30.

medhijananam 57 . 31—32 .

Against ringing ofthe ears, and twitching ofthe eyelids 58.

Charms and amulets for securing long life 58. 3—12.nimakaranam 58 . 13 - 17 .

ninmganam 58 . 18.

am prdpanam 58 . 19—21 .

Charms to secure long life 58 . 22 25.

Charms to obtain specia l wishes (kimyim’

) 59.

v iii Contents ofthe antra.

Adhyiya viii.

savayajcib60—68 .

Adhyiya ix.

Preparation ofthe house-fire 69. 1—72. 43.

Evening and morning oblations 72. 44—73. 19.

baliharanam 74. 1—12 .

Sacrifice ofthe first fruits ofthe season 74. 13—23.

Marriage-rites 75—79.

Adhyiya xi.

Funeral rites 80—86.

Adhyiya xn.

Ceremonies on the reception ofa guest, madhuparka , arghyc

90—92 .

Adhyiya xiii.

Book ofomens and portents : kandiki 93 contains an account

ofthe book , 93 - 136.

Adhyiya xiv.

ijya tantra 137.

astaIci -festival 138.

Introduction into the study ofthe Vedas l39.

indramahotsava 140 .

Description ofthe conditions under w hich the study

the Vedas sha l l be carried on, or suspended 141 .

11 5517 11

m fafii am zls le ganam m z‘

t a l

K P E and Di rila 1n the introduction ”m 0; Ath. Paddh.

e m u: t a firfiefi zm‘m n fim mmm . D (schol.)

w e ( fit W a it (Cod . vfiv) ( fit

fit? ’D (schol) mizm 1 (1) EM W IW HW

u ni : tan tfa fi m fs’a ejfim: 1 311 !!t t

W fi! (Gap. Br. i. 1 .

am

1 1 1 11 1133} iii-«fi ts m fst: (Vair. Sn. 1 . m u'

éfsisrt zi'nwfi t ufifi uw m w rfi t (iv 10 s ee m (cf

Kane 53 D (8 0110 1 ) m u“ M atti mmW slam-hm :M arin Ufafi qr . Ath. Paddh. w eir ‘ fqm aifin aw fiiy i

’rei 6 n am e: inmat e 1 7 :

vii 43 . 46. 1) D (schol .)

m m‘

l‘si'mfitfiit m it mutate

-

insis t: Ath Paddh W I

mm mfi w op Br i 1 s wim m wfit fiwswift-1 1

1 11 1 a h h t w wlfmcfl aa m fi wm

lu’tfintui s l

nm‘

w mi m m firi‘

mmfuqmi afl m mga swig sii

’rfa‘ mu wih

uéirfi i‘

armmmmma‘h rafirfifwgnm

mm

1 1 1 m fi rst“ (God w as) m 0 ) fem(Cod . 155 39 1 cf. ea . 13 fg.

‘ D (schol .) fuss-

um ; Ath. Paddh.

Ath . Paddh. iq (1)WEli

. 33h "fifi lmm at ; Ath Paddh m umm mfir Wh ats

-

( 1 13i;Bii the same with f! added over the line.

s D (schol .)

emit -gas!mmw (Kane 8? 8) D (w hat ) M :

Ath. Paddh m '

lfi: 31 ; Bii

D (schol .) . m fi fi am . w afm ‘ Partofx1 1 . 3.

11m in 11

B'

s-

1 mm view fi w um rfil

M a h atm m fit wam wm

m i fi xfilefiw smm‘

awfifm smafi:

a m { Fi an ssmsfi nfl asm 1 111171 1 311 1

D (m omm a-1 1 1m “ (part ofx11 3 m m116 1 10 0 11 “(Wfilmamt D (schol ) wfilm fiminrmW W W H W W O)

’ This and the

next passage occur in Gop Br. ii. 1 . 10 ; D (schol .) m M mfi

W 1m lem viit s’

m m viwa a)M W D (text) m emo

; D (schol.)W a t

u m flfl’ilfm vfimvfilw zl s um

m — ‘v a. 1 .

7 Km . D (text) m e ; D (scho l .) afimm m (1)

m nfimm . v1 1 74 4 , B1 Bh K P E t 1”of. VS. i. 6 ; Ts. i. l. Ti itt. Br iii. 2 . 4. 1 ; Miitr. S.

Al l MSS, except E Bim 01 2E om 1 3 K on.

fu n; D (scho l ) 1 ‘ Gobh. i.

7 . 23 ; cf. VS.

ai vfav pnh W W Wuffi m m sfi fi éwfit im m efiazm

m id t m’

géffi mfit 1 s 1 am fitmmf

sfit 1 a t m fitm

W the verse occurs xix . 33. 3, but the m and

the scholiast’s designa tion as W show that it is regarded as

not belonging to the AV.

2 Up to this point cf. xix .

but note the m ute ; the formula occurs in ful l TS. i. 1 . 4. 2 ;

cf. VS. i. loctc. ; Miitr. S . i. 1 . 9 etc.

3 D (schol .) m {fa ma( I

wan t.’D (schol) xfim afifix 1 16 m m ;

GBi OQW u

7 D (schol.)

m um . E { fin $311 ; P fl ew ; D (schol.) ( fir: 51h

m .

9 K P 0a ; so also Ki ty . Cr. ii. 4. 1 . Cf. VS. i. 15d;

Mi itr . S . i. 4. 10 ; a lso Vi it . Si . 2 . 2 ; Gop . Br.

Ap. Ch i. 19, etc.

uxi. 1 . 16. — ”

xi. 1 . 17 . ‘ Tfi

w fitfi‘

fi z’

sift:

wh amm mm m a ém‘

mm

mum 3 1W tra it 31661“W 1 11111 11

na’ featnfa

"

1 c11: m istreatmfifi int 153 1

writertit-

film s zfmihmfiummetfmt

fi sclwfi q fi rflfa fifiwfit‘

fl am 23 3 1 HT

Hfi gi m i W WI 31111 11 11W t"

ufimn wfiqmrfifit"

1 as 1 nag-

w it 33;-

sit tn

v1 1 . 7 1 . 1 (viii. 3. Bi fi n e. D (scho l .) W

Bi Antyesti h ail; cf. e. g . Gobh. iv. 1 . 6 : W m m

W ; cf. Ki ne. 87 . 12 .

5Bi D ( text) W .

6 D (scho l .)W : at a m In lief-111111 1 13 13 11;

an .

7 D (scho l .)

m m :.8Cf. Ki ty . Cr. ii. 2 . ll.

9 D (scho l .) i t gfg:m i t e

-

1 1a . fi gfi fi zmum se

m uez“W 10K

AutyeetiW ; Ch Bi Eh D aim ; Bii a fi'

a g corrected to

W K Ch w a t1 ‘ D ( 19 11 1) am .

‘ 3 Cfvs.

Ts i 1 . 1 1 . 1 ;'

li it . Br. iii. 3. 6. 7 ; Mi itr. S .i. l. 12 .

l‘ xvi. 2 . 6. m :W WW1 1m : 1 161:m anifzém fi m m (Kane 137

W W 1 11 376 31117

22;“7 1mm (V6 1 1 St!

D (scho l .) warn am m rqmfin 1 13 1'

m with m fit m m 31W { 5 1111 1131l 1 MW e vn . 99. 1 ; D (scho l .) m m .

_ 1aUp to this

point cf. xix. 51 . 2 .

1 9 D gfg m}« fi n fi lls

'

qmfit

m afmfifs"

133 1“1mm 61111 1713 551?1 MSS.

aah ; D (schol.) m afi fim m mafi fi i ai‘m m q fi 1 1 11m mfi 1m w

t fi fi fi zfl : 1 9W m(Cod y!

«1 a ) rim mfi .

2 D i e. Kar . and Ath. Paddh. in q

mafi a-

1 1m m ;

“fi mrfw rgm ft m‘

ém a3 s . g.

(scho l ) m 1 1m m m (God 1 11 113m met)5 D (9 1 11 111. 117i“W ee“ m in m am ”

“Gobh. 1 7 23 ; of. VS . i. 12 .— 7

G 1 1bb. i. 7 . 2i ; of. vs. 1. 12 .

8 So emended ; allMSS. ofthe text and the l’ addha tis Gil“.

Cf. vs. i. 3.

I“Ch B “w e; P 11 1 B11 and Ath Paddh. mine ;

KD ( text and schol .) and Antyestl. E1 13 0 ; E m (I). Cf.

v. 12 . 2b; D (scho l .) 1 3 1 1 m .

1 2 So only Bii ; the remaining

MSS . and Antyesti0“W 0

; cf. Ki ne. 6 . 20.

’3The w ord 3

W is omitted in P E D .

l’ K E B6 and Antyestim 0.

111 N ot found in any known San1hiti ; trietubh metre.

11 fi lm? 3 11

1E W .

2Bi Bi and Dec. Kar.m 3 K and Dac. Ka1

W ‘ For this pidu cf. iv. 27 .

5 Ch BiiEh 11

3mm6 N ot found 1n any known Samhiti ; D (schol . m afi fi fillmm m?m m m nftnni17113aW m m .

7T 111 1 Br ii. 1 ; cf. Vi it. Ap. Cr.

vi. 5. 4 ; Ci ikh. Ci . ii. .6 IO, U .— °

E q .— 9

D (scl1ol) fi m afaq aw z (xix . 09. 1—4 ; cf. Kane. 90 . 22 ; Vi it. 8 11 . amunnnhfia Wit m n s em en nnnunu

nunt t‘

zi 1 unfi t:

m W EB“(xii. 1ii. 3l. 10 ; cf. Ki uc. 24. 3l) 3 1flfi tsfit D unfi t: an 11mm t

°

racf. Ci

fikh. Cr. vi. Gobh. iv. 5 . 7 ; Grhyas. i. 96. Bi

“ 3; E n .

‘ 2 Bii m ; w anting in D .

‘ 3 TS . iii. 2.

4. 4 ; Ki ty . Cr. 1 1. 1 . 22 ; Vi it . Sn. 1 . 20. K m an»; 8 6

m 0 in the text , but man on the margin ; Dac. Kar. trea ts the

performance described in this sfi tra twice ,ending the first time

with M ,the second time with W W “

D (scho l .) mm M 1 unnrm ut

m m 1 genfin:n‘éuntit The passage be

ginning with this eniri and ending with 911 . 8 is repeated Ki ng. 137 .

86—39.

"w as“

fitt er: nit -Staout se t n n nn fiw zfit

M m fim fi 1 i 1 w nm ann‘

izu

m : nnfim unfi nfimfim wm

fi m flfi m gfim ufi tflmfi t

nm‘

1 s 1fnurnfifugrnfnnmunin”

nnsni

unfit nm filnnt nnuzn M ani“

new?

niifimn nggw nfanazm uninfufin t lzfi:

get 1”

q first?1 111 fimn m an: 1 113? (a

ngmm n“nfi m

"

1e1qégnqétm nnfa

Cf. Ki ty . Cr. 1 1 . l. 23 ; Ca t . Br . i. 5 . l. 23 ; Ci fikh. Cr. i. 6. 6 ;

Li ty. Cr. ii. 4. 5 ; iv. Li ty. and Gobh.

with the variant R a w .)2D (schol .) W ilt 113m

zfi m zfi nfn ui n fi m ‘ Ch n x m uo; 3 11 1311

the same changed to R on the margin ; BiEm ; cf.Ki uc. 2 . 17 .

‘ Cf. Acv. Cr. i. 4. 7 ; Ci nkh. Cr. i. 6. 9 ; Li ty. Cr. ii. 4. 5 ° D am?!(sc. m ill).

5x 1l.

6 D (text) a qfi fl fi ; D (scho l .)nah m a .

7K P Bi 0 11 1311m ; D (schol .) w asp

-

1 1111“m (Cod Sfi minim m 1 mm nn unfa(Cod u

nfia) n w ait sfitfni‘

ruivim 1 1 1m m ?m axi

W W °

8 So emended ; MSS. Wfijw'

fl .

9 So emended ;KP R1 BiiEh (prim. man.) 1 ; am ; 130 11 Eh (sec. man.) am .

m Bi Efm d 8 6 : Frui t]: corrected to m m; the remaining

MSS. am ; Emended according to TS . iii. 2 . 4.4, where a passage

corresponding to the latter part ofthis formula is to be found.Perhaps the MSS. can be sustained by reading W m : 1 13

W and they seem indeed to represent col lectively a syncretism

ofthis w ith the reading accepted above in accordance w ith the TS

cf. Ki ne.

1 ‘Cf. vs. i. Ki ty. 14. 7 ; TS. i. 1 . 2. 1 ;

4. 1 etc. ; Tiit. Br. iii. 2. 2. 2 ; Mi itr. S. i. l. 2 etc. ; Vi ii. Si . 7 . 6.

Ch mntn.

sin gthfn zutfa’

fium m'

tfi uf‘

m

tiam

uét nnm uunfifi fnvfntémafi z afim

fi fifi‘

mo u

11: ti 13? a t 1g; 133 1 1 nfit anti ng

qg'

rfit“1 99 1 ati

gn: u gfi m qg gvn

nfn f‘

ntflnu mm tfii w a n-

1 1 13 1 13111111

nfilfit qainu ms lafi una m qt snfi

91 11111 1 11 1 91 navin 1 9a 1 unnurfifi rfiim

guma tm u 1

1; mm mm m imufiifit m u tt

"

1 9 11 1 m inim 133i guar

gnh nits:ntgfifit"

1 9i 1m eanw

E and Dac. Kar. m i3Bi and Dac. Kar. m

Eh fi lm the rest i‘mi K W 1

‘ 5W ;

Bii E N C QQHT AllMSS. 1 xcept Ch fi g? (cf. VS.

xxiii. 6 '

lhe prat1ka N QQ { fit occurs in Cinkh. Gr.7E Bi

8D (schol.) m mm

W Wflfi-l.it; MSS.“Q ; Hi corrects on tfma rgin to w

ti Bi °ntfi ° D (echo! ) aim zfiannnrn’

im“Rafi : (Kano 14. 1 17 34) n nm nm nunn: nfi fnnfaw nin'

rftmfiM Kauc 47 1) 1 115 nn m unfi t 1 nztint

( 1m m'2

1 v 39 9 10 1 29 l 1 1 35 0 01 1 11 58 5 )This word is w anting in D (text) , D ( schol .) 113m wfifu

min-

rat (Cod unfi r') 1 v‘

ifinfi ntn q nmwum r t ut ti g

fufa’ 1 9e 1 nninm ufifi 1 eo 1 11 s 11

afi qfi a fi i m fiw mfit fi fi ufiu =1 finmnanm 3m satin -ii sfinma

fin (t) ugh : tiitnntfi tfit (cfeh 19) 1 im m anent aqn’

m . BiiD ( text) am mo ; D (schol aim -mi q q'

nan?

cf. 3 D (schol m 3 3mm “.

flz-i

l’ m (fa (ii. 19

l)m : (see Kino. 47. 7 ; so a lso Ath.Paddh ntfiw tft its 1 13 nit a t:

'

( fi'l31 11 1 1111 1 1 viifit9 11 1 111111 11 1 m 113 1 1 11 29 2) (Ki ne 47 . s) firuj3211 (vi. 75. l)W { fi (Ki uc.

6 So K Eh ; the

rest W .

7So emended ; MSS. m o

.

8 N ot found in any

know n Sambiti ; D iiiW ( fl! 111mm ; Antyestim .

9K

u rn“Bfi gni; E gimm

e.

1 ’E Bii and

99 "W e "

t tfu fii tirnfign nn afitm fii nrngafi

nfztm‘

rl: n’

iutn fnqinm at 1 1 aunnnm

1 So K P Bh ; B1'i 77‘ q corrected to rm ; E Bi Ch fm fl .

The mantra is no t found 1n any known San'

1hiti .

i'D (scho l .) gt m

M i tzim nzfnniz’

tfit 1 nufi tnn'

mt 1 1 ! ntwut tn'

un'

tin gw fi im m fufit nnnfi t (sfi Amyesti m’

i unt3 D (scho l ) m t h a n I Hf? (Cod Fifi ) 1 13 131

111 1515 1 13191 1311 111

" nnm rt

gffiiwi m infi wtm

Antyesti n tint a n um unzfi i D (schol)m intfiui z: Anti eeti gm q n: 1 ufum nfi

“.

i E n

Wfil 6 D (schol) nth 1 nnifistii n m nnfn:mufflert nfit

’D (schol wi ning

-

1m mm m 1 11

D (text) W anna : D (scho l ) fi nit fit: diam-E13 1 1 1mna n

-

am en 33mm :m m fu m fi turrn

n’tnmn (Cod 4 113 1111 ) unfit 1 unennrni 1 :m n nttiuzt

11 n‘

ifimq'

t‘

i s lu 11 93

M inefin’

en infi msmigm gémnfi

gfifi m mnfi‘

um’

imm mfii unfirmmui nt ilniBani 1 1 1 11111111'

vnuutfii unfnmm ntunt‘

fi’

gafilumnm

W e: t-flnfi tit Wag n‘t unfi t-1h un

fa 1 9€1 1uigit tgéifitut nufit { nfifii sfinfi iunmiti unfifi 9e 1 niw ane: ant

m m w

éinwu 1 911-

1

w hiurfnmn‘ifiu’

lw‘w9Q 1 11 8 11

W eizm ugfiinnnfitm

fl 11

nnfiarF-t fifn iinumfim W W W !

fi’

fiwfiw fim fiuw fi 111111 111 11

zt tfifiiut n tmgfii fi nim nfnsnfiau 1

n 1 13 111 1393633fnwumni

'

u‘

erfl“11 9 1

P Bi Ch (sec. man .) 0m .

6So emended ; MSS. m ; D

(schol.) tulfinjafuunm 8 am int

-ft unra 1

7E ntutfi :

D (11 1111 11 1 fi tf’gfi-

1mf=1. 9 D (11 1111 11 1) u

1 11111 111 11 m 9K E BiCh D Oext)

1 1 11 11 Ath. Paddh. ufifilfl fiW K E Bi 0 11 D (text) 111i} .

1 1vi. 54 . 2.

19 Ch ‘ 3The verses occur RV.

TS. n. 8. 14. lfg. ; Ti it. Br. iii. 5. 7 . 2 ; Mi itr. S . i. 5. 1 , page 65 ;

98 ni’tfimaj li 11

new) him Fen: nfl nfi tg 133 91: 1

m i 991 n 1 1111 11 11

w fi fi m fi mfi afl ugfi unfim

m a m as W W W "

iv . 10 . 1 (end) ; P marks them 9, Q, Q, and continues the count

(3, 1; etc.) through the follow ing verses. Ch has accent-marks in

red for these and the following verses, designating the realcircumflex

by an oblique line under the syllable (851mm!) and the dependent

circumflex by a horizonta l stroke in the line across the syl lable ;cf. 1 11 11. 8 1 11 11 . xiii. 1 18. D (schol .) m a m .unw it

1 The verses occur : RV. iii. vi. AV. x. 1 . and

RV. i. 93. RV. vii. 94. 9. Also TS . iv. 2 . ll. 1 ; Ti it. Br. iii.

5 . 7 . 3. D has only the pra tika : { 1 1 1 i} fi a t“fgn ( fa fl fii:

(counting AV . x. 1 . 2 1ed

and RV. i. 93. 3cd

as one verse). P continues

the count (3, q etc.) from the preceding sfi tra , countingfour verses, as

D . The accentuation in Ch is the same as in the preceding verse

3 D divides afterfnfi and therefore reads mfiffi flgflBi D (text) m ; D (sch

entza flaunt” 1 11111 1femm (sfi . D ( text) reads i1 1 1: and divides a sutra here ;D (schol .) “Tia

5 K P Bh Bi

m ; 8 6 has the same in the text, but m on the

The verse occurs AV. xix. 59. 3, but them shows that it

is regarded as coming from a difl'

erent source ; cf. RV. x . 2 . 3 and

TS . i. l. 14. 3 4. Ch has accent-marks ln red, as a t the beginning of

the kandika.

2 D (scho l .) mW rea th 1 195 2 31171 M flm m 3 This11 ord is w anting in allMSS . except Ch E 8 11 Antyesti and Ath.

Paddh. ; D (schol.) m 3“ ( fitm u a rim Cod .

1 111-

1 1 1) fl it Grafhfa 1 11m 1 M ah atm a 1 aim

M afi am ‘so 13 B11 C11 , 9 11 11 11 11

11111511 33113 Antyesti amw z; Ath Paddh. m fwfiwCh E K caz; Ath. Paddh.

5Ch (prim.

man .) m ; Bii has m in the text, m on the margin.

7 So P ; allother authorities Wa nt 8 This reading is con

jectural; Ch E Bi Bii Bh W W here and in Kauc. 97. 4 ; K

aw in both places ; P W P" here ; M W in kandika 97 ;

Antyestl m ; Mi itr. S . an: HR ; Céiikh. Cr. W ; Weber,

Omina und Portents, p. 357 , conjectures m g .

9K E P Bi Eh

Eff? W1 ; Ch Bu and Antyesti Eff“ Ath. Paddh. sf“:1°So emended ; AntyestiW MSS. and Ath . Paddh. IT

ifi‘

aft ; Maitr. S. , Katy. Cr . and Cankh. Cr. W fif‘ .

1 1 Em .

1 2The verse occurs in Kauc. 97 . 4, and w ith more or

less variation in Maitr . S. i. 4. 3 ; Kath . S . v. 4 ; Katy . Cr. xxv. l. 1 1,

and Osfikh. Cr. iii. 19. 3‘ 3So allMSS.

11 fi fusrtfi 6 11 as

fi fi sm m fi m m 1

n s'

fi fi gs: 11 33153151 s in: as; sam e:

313-

1117 sgfigfi s 1 8 1 sfg‘

tm ss fi s

The first hemistich is not found in any known San'

thita ; the

pra tika occurs Viit. $11 16. 17 ; cf. TS . i. 6. 2 . 2 ; the second

hemistich is found in VS . (Kanvucakha) 1 1 . 20 (Weber’ s edition,page 58) and in Katy . Cr. iii. 7 . 19. v1 i . 106. 1 .

3 D (schol.)vi m GizaW uWW . A111 . P 11 11 1111 .

W W (vii. 67 . O ‘Hfi etc. as D . vii. 97 .

5D

Antyesti. and Dac. Kar.cita z; Ath. Paddh.m m

]

m ; D.wm smss :( flood . 111mm :

vii.7 D insertsm afi afi .

s D (text) OW E;

D (scho l ) 1 121 111 1111 11m . snsfifs n ew sman .

9 D (schol ) gfsfi 1611 1 13 11171 1 1111s1 1 D (scho l .) W‘

Cfi am W W Cod om )'9 D (scho l . mm fi T

‘ 3E oawa

fa ; B13“nu ts Bi“11m sfsst ; E " 11m: sfsst . K Bii

and D ac. Kar.m .

1 ° The verse occurs , w ith a good deal

ofvariation , VS. ii. 18 ; Katy. Cr. iii. 6. 18 ; TS . i. 1 . 13. 2—3 ;2

s’

s a fifit M 171“1 sis 1 111111

Ffi fisi a‘fimflfs W 1 3 11 1 7 31 811161

"

gs fs'

nrfié’

mswfmfimfi m mfem) : ssh saith

( Fara: 1 1123 15511nsass

‘wqmggim gwfswfism sfifi‘

fl sm

m a fimfi flmfiwmm

Tait. Br. iii. 3. 9. 7 ; and its pratika Vait. 7 ; D (schol.)

W W W‘So K Bu , P Bh Ch om ; D ofim , 111 11 11 11

ofVS i 293D (schol) im z1fi wiw m sn z (0 111 1111

gives only the pra tika git :faW 1) . So emended ;MSS.

0

9 .

5 The pra tika ofthis verse occurs Vait. $11.

D designa tes it asm .

6E insertsm after Hfm .

7vii. S9. 4. vii. 89. cf. VS. xx. 23 ; xxxviii. 25 ° TS. i. 4.

Mattr. S . i. 3. 39 .

‘ °x . 5.

25 fg.

m i . (. Ath. Paddh. W W) , xvi. 9. 3, 4. Antyesti.

and Daq

o

. Kar. filfi’

flfi .

0 11m i n

363 m m : gu t sfit swm 1 11 1 1 111

=swgwii slum-111 511 1311 M

W ’

mm ifi wswsss’

i iss ufi ma fi h n fiuwim m z ufi m z

mh l

sfifiafi mfimm fi “51 111 71 1 95 1 3

suit?! sis t sii sssfifs w w afi aigi

W TW Wl igim wi‘

m z'

1 3o 1 s1srwsit°

zs sfi fi ssfit 1 sq 1 gnh

swsiwis’

uswiw

ggsm lss l uf‘

sm usi

s it t i its: gsi 1 vwanr.

m gm v tcod “ 1 1m m113

-

1171 i t (God 111 11 11 1 1351 “h i?

od. um) ughun: (cf.

“mfiHKanc. Ath. Paddh. uumngh m’

gfq :m at

gh u m wfi ufmfisfius ( Fa s ari (Kano . 74 . 29. end of11111

ninth adhyiya) .2 D (schol .) fi glnfgm mum Ath.

Paddh sis sum s “ 1111 771311 1 1 11m m : (Kant

W ! um (see Kauc.

3 D omits this passage,both in the text and in the commentary . D introduces this

passage w ith the remark“ Tram m ; cf.Kath. S . viii. 13.

°E P Bi °oq

hfim.

7P oqm ; E w ; D

zur. 11m 1 s fisfrs'

iuqssfi“

swififs.

s immfi rsrs: 1 w it i t ifili tfsfa sfifi s fi t (Kine.

1 3 s1 22 1 0 1 1 1111m

2 33m m m? 1 3 11 1 37 11 1131 8?

m m wamfi fifmfim fi m w

D (schol) vii flt fifi (Ki ne 2 7) 1 11312 11 1111 1 aft ufi

Ht m fi‘ fi i

D d fi ‘flm M a?W 1flm w

W u‘

twrfilfi fi lW a m u 1“ a u n itvfiat fi fi mw m tfl'fit m m ( 11 113 11 11 11: (1)

8 as

m . D (text) fifl i ; D (schol . ) WW q q fi m .

w an t (1for " 11 711 11101 1 11 1 11 12 1mW m W W (Cod- W in ifi unfu m mint ui t afi 1mmfi m wod W ith)ifzw vi mm 2 1m 11m ( 1 for W m ?)ufi m m mm vi: D (1ext) 1n . Ch E

(i. 3.

6So emended ; MSS. 21m (with double sandhi; cf. the

preface) ; Kev. Gr. has in ( fi t ; D (schol .) WW m mfem.

111113 mm W m m 1 181131111

w fin W t fi wfim wod . mm mim 1 3 1mm

xix. 52 . 1 . D <scbo1.) ai l-

{ simm maw t1 int dfi t “i t:93 1 151 11111 11

( fi t (Kano . 25. 20, and note) fifw m m.

W mm qfifm a: H M W Smiiem ufi nz

‘ °

1 se 1m m m"

fi

D (schol . corrected in u'

rxmfinfi M 3 12? w

D (schol .)w W a a m m 1 m 33

0

m a m‘KE

gum ; D emonm a fi wm t fit wi fi 1 ) mimi

W m ; in the ganamala (Atharva -

paricista 34)this hymn is counted as the 23d gana , and ca l led m a

(schol W m m e 1171m i m ai6 D (schol )

fm’

énmm wmia :17E P B1 ° 1 111 11 § 1 K Bu

°

B11 m itt-

«m ; Wm a i med .

11m m )W an" 9 13 11 1 11«sum s

( schol)Wm W D (schol ) fi rmW Tm a m (the last two w ords supplied conjectura l ly)

pratikas are (W according to D arila to Kauo.

9 1 m m a m a“ :nfl m tfi ) ; i.

vi. 22 . 1 ; 57 . 1 . This gana does not occur in the

gauamala, Ath. Paric. 34 ; of. Kauc. 18 . 3 ; 41 . 14, etc.

m eumrFa’

fi liTfi-I 1 s 1m m‘

fi en

5mm eéu‘w m fami 1 1m m“

1 Ch as m ; D (schol .) “it fi t 1 1 .3 D (1 11 1 1)

mm ; D (schol ) mfirfafimfim m fimfi hm wrtfimW “sulfa.

— 3P Bhifiufl fi) ; 1 1 ant1ng 1nD ( text) , D (schol.)

to the entire su tra m g] a0

3 m mm (i. et

ll, cited under;

Kauc. 25. 361w w 1'

fi1 itsm m etc.

D (tex t)m ; cf. a lso the schol . to the next sutra ; D (schol.)151m m t fin“fa D (schol ) ham

ga r (l).6 P D ( text) mi; D (schol very corruptly, i tm

t ha t fit 111i aifi fimfid t (Cod °fia ° )“

41151?f: min?m m m 1 m emf-1 1111311: 1 13 113 1 10 0 11.

w “ ; cf. Veit .— 1 1

E mmi,

3 51m m ( 1) m eet 1m mfi w ri’rfim fi ( 11 91 112 25. 13)fu n

infirm naaaNKauc 25 10) 1=i’r-amf1:W e aw e)W 1W HQ t fi mm fl a fi fi t euc

an? “m m ( 11 1 0 2 2) em it .1 fix (Cod

gfi m ( 1 1. —flSo emended ; MSS. fimfi ; D (schol .) unimagi

in? affi nem am

M a w“W m 1 : 1 2 11

famfi fi w fim m mm mm“1

1 D Ch (prim.

8ChKB

7

hD ° § alli2

9Ch E P B1 Bl1 u1 1

10 The MSS. w rite the w ord w ith anusvara , and it is difficul t to decide

w hether they read W or in ; D (schol.) m ftm If?!ll

'fm .

m m uflw fi vfi ufi fi — w D acho'N filfi t éwzmt fit gtfimm z“ m m : 1 'rit

i'

irti1m a fm fin311111 1:m u m m : 1 m <0 M fi §D wfimi

(and below note 7 zm m lH W rU M I

m m : (1)

m m :“m useum“ “Ch P Bt .

D (schol .) gm (1 form Bii K E 1 11110 ; ct.

Ki ng. 58. 15 ; D (schol.)m m ;1 8 K and Ath. Paddh.

h f-az; 8 11 Ch E P BiB11 h fi p ; V2 11 . S11 . 5. 10 fw fgfin. K PBi Ch Bh and Ath. Paddh. W 3 E °fi 7fi ; Ch has a colon

here ; 0 0131“and echo! ) fi rfit:m fefi r. af’afit:m e :

M W “in fi tfingfi m afia “Di ana? M ?

am en -1111 1111 1 1111 ethfur 11111111 11) 1351 111 1313 11 111? (1 for

W ?)19 So allMSS. oftext ; Dac. Kar. and Ath. Paddh.

9

arm -

1 ; Ath. Paddh. 311313 1 ; D (schol.) m tigtfi mag i ;Em m 2" Ath. Paddh. w ; D (schol .) Him

8 11 11111 111 111 11 ; D (schol ) 11 11 111 11 1111 1 11111 11m 131119: 1 3 110 311131 11m gfil 1111 11 (1)

6 "W 1?“

“ M W 111

fin:“Ht

W fi m afim -mGra mm zfilgfi wgmfifi tmzmm fi

fiafi gfi um fm wmxfilfa

D (schol ) 111111 1 11 infirm (Cod. 1 1 th If“ : A11

MSS.w an3Be z-um ; D (11611 6 1. 6 1 . 11 11 116 39.

6. P Biifi‘

fi'

ut ; 8 6 m 1 ; Dao. Kar. fi a t" ; Ath. Paddh.

m ; D (schol .)m m ( 1for W m (z) .

5P Bh { if8 m ph; the remaining MSS. and Dac. Kat . m ;

Ath. Paddh. p i: swank ; D a h w

fathe im 1 am m <1). D

M W 1 fi wtfnq M amflmsfi vq m.m mfifa uémm a m 1121 1

11 0 16 13) ; A1h. Paddh.m: 1 11 1111 ::hum fi (1 fifqm an .

W mm w.— 8 D schol. m m “a.

fw z1m W M 1m W aam — 9K P BW

Chm ; D cf

cf. Kano. 50 . 1 6 and Ath. Paddh. to Kauo. 76. 18 W “ TaW T: 8 1511 11“ fi ffl l.

1 1 So Bi; B13 “3 : corrected to

M ; Kane. 25 . 1 1 °

also 16. 1 , note .

1 2 K

D (tex t) 1 111 ; Ch Bifi g .

1 3 K D (text) fi lfia; E“ H ;

D (schol .) to the entire sutra fl“ fi nm mlmW ars

"

. (1 for 1111113:1) 1 311m m 1 11 1111 1165 1 1: m fin“. (1 1

King. 47 . 39) 1 M a fi a 113 112 115 1 1mm m

m m So P Bh andDec. Kar ; the rect um .

1: “W e "

i mfi m aamfifimffi a qrm fifm

W afifimn =1: 155m W W W “

151 15 11 : i m am 1331: wfifim fit'

a il

m fi mm uwfi flm m tfia

615mm 31 1 1313 1563 gaafia

fiafi fam a: fi fi arfiramfi ifi zflm fi

W fi W M N HW fiW

=1. vit £11 3 1 131 m fii fi m fi fi fl m18 11 m corrected to nun. D (schol .) m (l) m

“TIL2 According to Di rila , the hymns cal led 1 1W are

1 11 111 111 111 1 1111751 1: si th zm tfa fi- spra ttkas therefore are i. 4. l; ii. iii. 2 l. 1 ; iv. 1. 1.

In the beginning ofAth . Pa t io. 34. 26 the m are givenexactly as in the Kaucika ; cf. also Pet . Lexicon sub voce.

3D

(xi. 6. i. e . the last verse ofthe last hymn in this gana ). The

prat‘

ikas are iv. 33. 1 ; vi. 23. l; 24. I; 57 . 3 ;

61 . 1 ; 1 ; 66. 1 ; 67. 1 ; 68. 3 ; 69. 1 ; xi.

6. l; the Ath. Paric. 34. 26 has the same text (joining on to the

W in the preceding passage) , and it ends

m W u 711mm 11 1 171 1 15: 1 5“55m m

arm: nQ6 The Ath. Paddh. in its description ofthem alsoknow s the distinction betweenW W and m m ; cf.mi . 4 , note 7 .

svi.

6 K andAth. Paddh. m .

7 The prat1kas are i. 4 . 1 ° 6. 1 (cf. note 2 on this page) ; 83 1 ;

iv 13 1 (them it“. So according to Darila : 3 ! 31 ! ( FRthe Ath. Paric. 34. 27 , which has simply the pra t1ka W

21 1 ,and the Ath. Paddh. m in m ) ; vii.

xi. 6. 1 . Ath. Paric. 34 . 27 has the same gana, aand it

is there cal led agar so a lso Ath. Paddh.

11W 5?2 11 1 c

11v 131 1361 13 1: 1 1 1113 5 13 1 1 1 3? 1 11

fi gmfi uéuw mfim w : 3 ifi i1 fi s 1

1 1113 1 11 113 13 1 11 1 1111511 13

3 1 11 31 1 3 1 1 1 11 1 11111 151 1 13 1 1 11133 1 11 1 11 1111111

“ fail? m m m m (Kane. 39. 27 ;

43 5)3 D (scho l ) 1 1131 11 m am a 1 1 111 1

(RV. iii. also VS. TS. SV. etc.) 3 1 1“ “ifan} (i.o r ii 25 1) 1 11 11 1 1 151 3 3 1 11111 W W Wfit-1 11 111 3 : Ath l’ addhW M 1 3 3 31

’1 1 1F1 1

3

fiffl m ; these two hymns stand at the beginning ofthe first

gana , the mfi nm (Ath. Paric. 34. The remaining pra t1kas of

t his gann are xix. 1 . 9 (w anting in the Chambers codex) ; xix. 1 . 10

vii. xix. 1 2. 1 ; cf. the two cantiganas above. There is

further 11 M W in the ganamala , Ath. Pa ris. 34. 20,

w hich contains the la tter ofthese hymns : 11‘

lfi‘

iii 31‘

ll(mfi tfi mfitmm afizfvwmfim m The pra

t ikas are i. 6. 1 (ii. 25. xix. 10. 1 ; vii. 69. 1 ; xix. 9. 1.

Ch E have a colon here and not a5xvi. l. l.

Ch rm ; D omits the passage from the beginning ofthe sfi tra

up to this word. 7 K BiD (text) and Ath. Paddh.W ; B1’

iWin the text El

3 0 11 the margin. E Bii Ch °Q fi n ; D (scho l.)1 3 1 113 113 11 1 1 1 ltm W 1 1 1 111 ( 1 11 1 11111 1 1 1 51 1 1

1 1m 111 11 1 1 111 (fa 1 11 1 1 113 ; Ath Paddh 111 11 1 1 1 111

D (schol.) aim m (an. 2)

31 11 1 11 51111 3 3 c111 1 1111 11

«ma-F1 nss nmmmfi fim fih 9 11 1 1 11

D (80 11 0 1 ) “fl“!118 5m ; D (schol .) R Tfi

fl 1 1° 30 1 K “fin; D (schol.) “6 1 1 165 D (schol.) and Ath. Paddh. m

11 3 18 D (schol ) Q 1 11 1 1 135 1 1 1 1 3 Ath. Paddh. and

Dac. Kar. introduce the corresponding passages with the words:7 D divides a sntra here ; D (schol .)

“ ( fit1° mi 1113 1 13 ; D (schol) W m “

w .

lvii.

1 3 Ch Bii D (text) fi lm m1 3D

(scholm m m ; this sfi tra is 1 1 anting in E.

1 4 This entra is w anting in D .

1 5iii. 16. 1 ; vi. 69. 1 ;

(ix. 1 . l; xix. 3. D (schol .) W m m MThese pra tikas are part ofthe second Hm , Ath. Paris. 34. 27 °

cf. Kauc. and I2 . 10 no te.

"5 D (schol .)m fag-

i

man.

1 7 mm (i. cf. Kane. 7 . 8.

1 °Cf. Ki ne.

100 40

m fiwnnhfin.

0

6D (schol ffi rfl

m m m um m

comparing Hemac. 625 : M W “ ; cf. note 14 .

1 4 K E

Ch m fil; D (text and schol .) fi m m muh (0 M

W “)W 1 w m s' fmhfin m aimfim

38 11 1111 111111 1 as 1 c111 11

Fa m ‘

mm fi‘w fi ww’

sim afit ngM mmfl a gm m umfi fa‘

W W W M Q 1 M Nnfi mw fi m afiiw fiaw m fl w

11 Q 11 11 °1<1 11

film" W fi 1 s 1 fi fi fi wfi fi

afi 1 s 1 afi fiW ’

ifii fl‘

w -‘

mfifl 1 8 1

W fi gfi mfi fi fizmgé azqw fi fi

3 E m 0. D (text) omits this word ; D

(schol )m am (so M ) 33110)“uh-

{ in 51m h mi. 9. 1 (cf. the first Hm Kane. note) ;

35. 1 ; v. 28. 1 .5 0 (schol.) nan

-

1 m m11m m 1 s im m fwfi vq m fi rfi!M 1m 1

( 15113611 (Cod W u wm fifl m ; cfKn o b?

20.

6E PM ; D (text)m m

7 D (schol.) to the entire

ofthe text mea dow (Cod. 0 1 11 11)mmadam tla w ?i 11113: ” D (scho1 1E m a ; Ch has m on the margin.

uE P Bi D

1 iii. 22. 1 . Thefirstm um/1 111 . Paric.34. 10) contains thefollowing pra tikas , including this one : 51 M yM yW W .

11 111 1ffi mfi mfi vfini'm'

aft 1't mm a fi a ! fi vig31 1 m «m “11 1111 1 11 1 0 11t film . The pratikas are : i. 1 . 1 ; 9 . 1 ; (cf. Kano . 1 1 .

iii. 16. 1 (en. 22. l (8 11 . vi. 38. l; 39. l (511 58 . l; 69. l

( 811 . ix. 1 . 1 1 ; xiv. l. 35,36. For the second fi m see

Kane. 12 . 10, note.

3 D (schol .) fl fi W fi fi mB?m .

3 D (text) t ap ; D (schol .)m { i t {fi t a n

fi t rftwfiaz’

a: lw fit. 1 11111

fifaW .

5vi. 88. 1 ; 39. 1 . Cf. 811 . 1 , note.

6 Perhaps

am is to be substituted for any [cf. Katy . Cr . v. 4. 17 , 3830)

W I] ; K Bii E P Bi Ch (sec. man.) W ; Ch (prim. man.)«1

W T; Eh D (text) D (schol .) m m fm i t

3111111: “W" if“! m fi mfium “ 1 171.

8D (schol .) m artini m mmfit

m t g-

1a w rfi t.9vi. 38 . 1 ;

[D (schol.)ffi wfi ufi graft aazftzj; 111. 16. 1 ; vi. 69. 1 ; ix.

1 as 1 11 8 11 11 93 11

griefW“1 9 1 (“13m (11111131111

W 1 Q 1

vrfim1

iwrfi1w1s1 arfivf1 8 1

W fi fi l l‘flm ‘

P Bh iflH Bfi Lex

fi lmmfi w een ) w6 D (schol uaw d a fi qfir.

(xii. fg. , cf. the secondm m Kauc. note)mW fi m filfl ; cf.Kauc. 54. 5.

7D (schol.”TEN “,

3 1 ) introduces this chapter w ith the w ords :M ? cf. Kano.note ; D (schol to this sfi tra ,W WW (fm m l

W m“ R W )M M 1 m annifit

we!“m um-

1191 m m 9 D cor

ruptly, W h am “71mm zmmw’

r m innw ittDwznm

m w ra ith ) sm og m uffi n:wfiuje’

t aw1 1D (scb0 1 ) 1l

'fN T “fiat W I mm itfivjz

'

w ufrmfrfit. Ch mit t ;D (scho l) Irm a-11m (0 m mit t:fame m i mfit ‘ 3 D (text) in "

; K mffl t'

t ;Eh 0m ; D (schol . if! (1) (m : (lfor ‘ffiwfi

(Cod tw ice is! ) ( fit affi rm (1 for ufimmt ?) wvw

t M 1 w zmgwm i=1 zfii m2 1 1 , v1 65 1

aavsmflrraufit m u 1 5511 113 1 e§ 1 wfifi

W mfif331 { m fi gmfi‘“1 as 1 951351=1 1m

WW W ? 331 171 1(1 1: 1 m ug-1

“IQQI

Wm a dmin: Ilfi'

ifi fl'mfii lea 1 5511 111

The corresponding gana in the ganamils, calledm : (Ath.

Paris. 34. contains the fol low ing hymns fi fl‘

lm IN URfl

M afia". The pratikas are i. 2 . 19. 1 ; 20. 1 ;

1 1 1 19 1 v. 2 1 . 67 1 ;

1 ; cf. a lso Kane.Bim ; D (ecbol) 1f11fliW W M

2 aD (text) m . Bi oufi ; D (schol .) unfi t ( tinm ”fi ft D (text) W .

5K P join the word

“3: to the preceding entra ; D (schol .) “ 1? 1m ‘Erll

M “Quni fi .

6 D (text) m éfin D (schol.)

fi tm wfii.7K P Bi Bii Bh “11m ; E flmr: 11m ;

of. Pet. Lex . sub gm; D . m , 31111 111 n'

errfirmm

m m m : (0 1m m m m— 1 26 1 ; D (schol.) w w q t fitfinm m

ltm ; cf. Ki ne.9D (text) 1 12 111 23 1) ( schol.)

m “TW 101ii. 1 . 1 ; 2 . 1 ; there is no corresponding

gana in the ganamilfi. D (schol.) m . D

(schol .) m :m ‘ 9 1311 D (text) grit D

« i t ?fi t 151 (l)W iv

go 11 1 11 11 11 111111 fill11

1 111112 11

1313 1 1111”1 c1 1 W W W

—1 11 511

“ 1111

W m mmi‘

m am’

fifl s wamm .

3 11111 1 11 11 11 {1 111 1113 331m 1 1 1m as

1 11 1

fit n fim‘“3111 1 1111 31 111 1 fizm mia 1 Q 1

1 1a”m a

"

3133 1 9o 1 1=1 3 1fi1§ a=1wfi $111

fi r m1 531 1m m?”

{ 13 mi ( 1 1 mué 111111

fw mmvfii"

1 C11 1 aw 515113 1911 111

”snea

Famn

m 1 11 1m”GW fiWamn

”1 93 1

1 K °fi 1=11u1 D (schol ) 1112 11 11 1511 1 (1) 1 11 1 11 111

fi v i 311111 u 1 11 111fi 1 11111 1 31 1 1 111 11 “ . vfirm t ufi t v

fm fiim u) . 1 13 1 11111 1 1 . W W 111 fi rqmi 111

an;3 D (schol .) mfima n dam .

4 D (text)m ; D (scho l .) HQ

! afl l5 See Kauc. note .

6 KP

°vm11§ ° —7 E ? D ( text) °W ° 3 D (scho l )“( H Taw u nm m m 8 Ch D (scho l ) 1 11 1 1111 51 111 1 1 1 1 11 1111

(we m u tt ?!9 D (scho l) 1 111 111:

afi m1° D (schol) 6 1 11 1 11 115111 1 11 1 1 w g

'f’tv r 1 11!v 2 4 v1 13 1

‘ 3 D (schol .) aura ( Ti m fi t ; cf. Kane. 14. 8—10.

5 ; D (schol ) am m fi fl afum 3 1111 1v 2 6 ; D (acknoww vfm w u (Cod t im id?

chm-

( wh im 16 Bird-

1 1 ; the rest an1"K

D (schol.) corruptly ,'

fl (1forW W?) I!“M i m i?WW W v 2 6 x 11 3 33 V1 1 3 l 1 10 1 111 1 1 8 22

D (schol) fi 1 a( fi 11 1 ra11 1 1 1 11 111111 ( fit 8 11 1 1 11 11 11 13 11111?3

19 D (schol. m ; — 20 D (scho l .) m W‘

affifa 1 1'21 BuD (text)fi rm ; D (schol. 5 1

11 11111d ° 11)31115111 11111 1 1111 11fora 1111 11 111 111 m am m°

li(Cod.aflymh

”KBuBiEfast. as !) (schol.)

11 111111 11 1 1331 91 1 c16 11 1111

3 3 1 111111 W 1 c18 1M am ”8111 161 11?

0

1 1 13 111311111 fifi’

nw im fiw mfi mfim

5 11 17 111 33 1 1 1 96 1n F ifi “5 13mm 5515 3 3 311 199 1W t

mt 1 11611 119 11 11

fi a‘

fa “

31 1W ”

Hi'

arfii rf‘

m1 11111511 11

flifi r'

ftm 11mm"

1 11111111191 1 11 11 11331 1 11 13 1113

11 1

aifi hh 511 11111111 1”

1 13 11 131 : 11111 11111"

1 8 1

3 1 11: ufid’

film ‘gz

1 u 1 w fi a m afifi

gl

fi

a

nwzfiz m m gm 111 11311 1 811511?

D ( 1m ) wa r-

111113 ; D (schol ) 1 1k 1 1 1 1m m 3 11 11mafi i’tfi wfnwmfirfi i fi ”

E Bn‘

i mnfinm ; 8 1 11 111 11D (schol .) corruptly , (fa “h aw! tor W I“ am?)

“1 am (God 1 11 1 1 1111 ) 311 111 11 0)W a’

m fa l 11111 1So P Bh ; the res t OQWRT

Ilfi.

5 Ch (prim . man.)D (text)

6 Ch 11 1 11111 .

7 Ch 511111111 , D ( text) “i t;D (schol .) to the entire su tra W ifl

'

lflw fl iii? (Cod .

i t 31 113151 11111 : if?! 371 li ra D (schol) 111i?K P Bh " 1113 1 1 1 1 ; D (schol) ( lam a : ( unrefin10

v. 20. 1 ; vi. 1 .1 1 Ch Eh

D (scho l .) ugh fi ii m ina‘tra am (cf. Kane.

1: Ch m .

1 3 D (schol .) nfrur { fa -

gar 111 16 11 . v.

2 1 . 1 .

”0 11 11 11111 1 1 1 D (schol .)

3 113m m . I w in m‘ 7 K 31 31133

corrected toW ; P Ehm ; Ch E Bi 8 11m ; D ( text)emf; w hich is glo

e

gsed by fl ag‘ 8E aah

-é; D (text)

23 D (schol .) vi N ikk i. 1 .23D (schol .) {fw

fi (sfi .

“34

1 1 1 03 1

as u« my? «6 n

affirmafim rfir‘

lénam a”

{ fit afin’

m’

fi’

ls lmm mm z‘

lbn{ i tmflfiafil’

lqu

W ‘

g fiw fim nmw flnfi‘

m mm‘iflffifig

w w'

filw t‘

fl filfiifl

fill“tas !HM

“EM M

m lfl m fimtm q msum fim z‘

fiw

ww firizrfi w rf‘

ammfiw‘

flqalm

D (schol .) w as-

as fl auntvium:m am a) ( fit a nimam! (

a rm (Ki ne. 14 . 28) 1 m :

8’

d. a im) m am umq

9vii. 1 1 8 . 1 .

3Ch Bii m

40. l, 2 ; 50 . 1 ; vii. 9. 2 ; 91 . 1 ; viii. l. 10 ; 5. 22 ; xi. 2 . 31 ; xiii. l. 5 ;

xix . 14 . l; 15. 1 . For the second Hm (Ath. PariQ. 34 . 29) see

fi t } : (Ifor Ofilftm z?)9viii. 8 .

1 °The same

‘ HQ beginning a t the second w ord,'

flfirqnD divides a

3mm after“ 1 and glossesm (se. U ta)m m g t.‘ 2D (schol m fi z

am id - u m :m (t for

fi tfv ?) I m ay rte : 1 15 2 m ay: I arg ue:urn-

fl .

1 3 Ch E join this w ord to the preceding sfi tra .

uD (tex t) 1“

mm:; D (schol .) am 51m 53m m: 1mm'

3 infram am!ITfinaifi (Kane. 14 .

'5Bi D (text) W it ; D (schol .)

1 ?m (for Q“ ? cf. D i rila to Kine. 38. 7, w m u:

miz?) mfimimi amm fim uffi n

N 3255331“Fam fi 130 1 1511 éfi fl

u

i fifi fl fl

fi afi fifi fifim fi nam1 1511 fi tm fi m

uzlselfiqmiumlfin‘figfimiigafi fissmenmqén

D (schol .) m m “ . vgt rmrt ; D i rila ends

the seventh kandika at this point .

38 0 Ch E ; K BiiP B1 Eh

0 3m m ; D (textmuw z D (schol 11mm 151mm!)W

11315 11 11 1131m mm q mfi fi nfim :(Cod m t)

a“m ; cf. B6 . Lex . sub mm and W‘

Q.

3E 1 1

M 2 3 D (tu t) m ; D (schol) aw ait! “ W 1

1 1m :fi t-ml“1am :for 31 1:m 3

fm . D (schol .) W . i. 29. 1 .6 Ch B

(Kane. 7 . 19) ( a t .— 7

D (text) m ; D (schol aft mw for m ?) m i ° 8

D (schol ) fl m fw ait

BM W “ : i. 2 .9 5 6 .

9iii. 3. 1 ; 4. .l P

Eh“wf the restam ffl ; D (schol

W ren: 11m“

mm 1 1 1 11 1 11 :i amuco

qfim fi mfi i W e (onD (schol) alim sfi

'i 1 1 1 11111 133 1 1 1 1:D (schol) m 1 1 11mm gunfiw afifim

‘ 3D (schol1 unfit:

(Cod °

3) 1 11 1 1111 1 1W fi autfié E vita" ; D (schol)mumfi r1m 1111 1 11 111 111 1 inanim D (schol )

(Wai ta t":m ; D ends the eigh th kand1ka here , but designates

the next one also as the eigh th ; cf. ml. 27,note.

11 fi lm?as 11 811

i1hW WM W “infig

za'

nM emm11 1«1141 41 41W W afie

m‘

rl: 1112111 111 11“{ SigW m fi fim

1511”

afifirgnfi w am ?W afifihmfilmi

W 1 q 1 q§a=fi §1 fi ag fi afnfi w311 11 1

.

m"

1a1 ih 583111"

m 335511W ii

fit"

19 1m m’

fi‘

fi saw h m rfiwi ufifl n

a fi‘

fimag'

a'“m afrmm m fiN fiWT-IT

man ifmm mméfizfiwfixfiwfi‘

iw

(schol .) arm-

r3fgm m G M O) .

6D (schol . )m .

7So con

jecturally, as containing double sandhi offlfi min (cf.mKane. 6. 1 7 ; fi t! 6. 34, and preface) ; P Bii Ch E BiW ”W ;

P 3 11m m um) ; D (text)m 0 ) m oi; D (sch9 1 11m «31

“fi atmiarm W 3 ( M uffin m m: 3 11 1m 4141131 1 flat 31m . E nr.

-

14 41.n m esam 1 germ vfiugaa 1114111 mafi a

9E raven; 8 6

m ; D (schol.) m m) yam urtifi (1 for em ?) aimW “r“? (lfor °Ta ?) iii] .

1 0Bii 3 2m

1 1D (schol.)

m m .

‘ 2D ( text) gm .

‘ 3D (schol.)

mm . D (scho l . ) m am-

1 “ 11111 1121 1 ( 111 (Km7 .

1 5D (schol .) W .

1 6D (schol.) :rq i. E

D (ten ) WN W ; D (schol ) M ai ne timfifi i fl fi vfiw fi t fiufi oee sm s) fi mfwfi iizi l 333i?zfi fiafirov.

1.D (schol.) 1 11 1111mufn wra fiamd

fu rr gwfi rafa 1 13 1 1161 1113« retu rn 1111 .

86 11 i ’tfilmfi as 11

fi nfh‘ 311111” 1 1111111 1 1121”1 as 1 wa

'

ri’t 1 1

51311 111113 11:M m fi m fl afi m

1 11 13 1 1 98 1 218 :ma’

uw fi mmm3 1 1111311111 1 91. 1 im am rqfifi fi mfi fi fii

{11 1 99 1 am zafia fiagufiw 3 1113 1351“111

"

1 at: 1 3m mW amfi Qw

q mfii“31 1111 1 11 1 11a aa tfi 3 131 11611? q

6 D (text) ( fam ; D W :W m “7Eh ov um . D (text) ov a

-

ah ; D (schol . corruptly M i11 111111 111 1 finfifil 31111 1mim 1:fi rew ood?

« 11>

W 1 111m : 11 113 11111110) 1 131 13 (1 1 11interpolat

°

afrom 811 1 6, and commenta ry)

age Qaiwfm i 1“mm3 So in accordance w ith the unanimous reading ofallMSS. ofthe

text ; this can be maintained ifHim 18 conside1 ed as the product

ofdouble sandhi from 3 113 1111: (bahuvrihi‘accompanied by allhis

children ’or allhis property

’andm ; cf. sutra 3, note, and preface.

Darila’

s comment is very corrupt and unintelligible W fi111 1 1511 11 1 fania aim -

1 11 11m m (1for“811 10 3 1111133M W The P1 1. Lex . emends to a im (am and

um , setting up the feminine abstractm ‘entire property

’ forthis passage alone ; see preface for the interchange between a and a .

Weber,lnd. Stud. x . 1 9, emends hesita tingly to am W “

and 111 111 1 41 simpler emendation yields aim .

9 E 3W 0

.

1° K Bi have a colon here ; 8 11 leaves a smallblank.

1 1 Bi has a co lon.

1 2D ( text)M afia ; D (schol . m i ini

m am aw uri (Cod 11 1 1 11 11 1 1 11) 11 111 m m t fir 1 1 1 111 1

11 ( 1 1 1:mi 1 111 11 1121 1 11 3 1 131 111 10)

Hfmg tmmm fimm fififi"

1e 1m fi 1‘ 1

1m

551m m.

W 1 e 1m aq nméia

“fl i tt 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 33 1 1 1 22 1 23 1 24 1 ,

57 . 1 ; see Kauc. 7 . 14, note ; D (schol.)mm mfi iwfil5D (schol.) m 3 333

6D 1 1311

1 111 17D (schol. ) anaem ia-

1 gum ( 1) 3131 m

m figm rflfiffl ; cf. Kanefl i

8K Bu P Bh m : Ch Bi m ; O (sebol . ) m

9D (schol .)W m lflg

; Kano.

1 0D (scho l . )W .

“m fim fim fim au .

1 2This sutra is omitted in D ( text), but it is referred to in the

comment upon the w ord m m in the preceding su tra , 3 1:

1 11 11 1 11 1 1 W m ; cf. Kane. 7 . 1 .1 3D (schol .)

f“!m 311111

111 1 113 1 1511 51 111 111 1 11 1 119 1 118 1 31 51 1111 113

W WWHmu M a: sum m

33311 1“1 1 1 1311

“WW mne

1 &"

1 96 1 1118 11m m ’ 13 wfim1

D schol. D sch l .) qfifn 0 )cf. Kine. 8. 1 7 . D (text)

11 1m mCf. Ki ne.

(scho l ) 1 1 11 1131 1 1 1 11 for 11 271 1 11 111W i t 1M afia

-

q 1111131 1. cf. ‘ 6 D (text) 0 1m:m a . D (text) “g nfm fa ; D (schol . to the entire s1'1 tra fl

m uime 1mm 31111 13 1111 111111 11 1 111: erW u m m

1 15 1 111111 1 1 1. 1 11-

11 1 1 1 11111 1 11:3 331 11 11 Elfi nW m

1 11 1 11 W 111 (vii. 1 1 5. 2) 1 11 11 11 1111fi 1 1 M 1 11

111 111 1 ( fi1 ii fm firfin8 111 111131 vii. 1 15 3. Efq a

' 2°v1 1 . 1 15. 4.

91This si

xtra is w anting in D (text and4

no 11m a: 11

wéw‘f

mW infi mmw wfi zfifi ffflmfih amm zM m fin amm fi

1111 11 w mfiifi vfiéfi 1 1111513 56m m

M afi fi t fi flmfi w a 1

fi gm i’1 1151 1 11m m 1 111-111 1

frf‘

éfl 3 38 !

h it 133113Fam fi'fiwfi W 3 28

fi gm

fi1°

11 11 1 nm rfimménf

zfifi a“W am

nuzti’ramm m ufimmh m nW R N

1 .“D (scbotwtnm u i

fi lfi mmfi m fi fi m fl fi dmw ufi fi m rfilwfl a w ; cf. Kane. 7 . 2 , note.

3 D (schol .)“a ugmm : 1 111111 1 1 1

51 1: W W W mm t fi m mm . 7 . 2)

11 11551)D (schol .)

_W m fi | gq fir Im mm m?M W W H

7 113 0 311 1 1 .

8 The pratikas are

1 5 1 ; 6 . 1 (see Kane. 7 . 1 (v. 6. 1 ) ; ix . 9 . 1 ; xiii.

1 . 25 ; 2 . 1 ; xvi. 3. 1 ; xvii.—5. The corresponding gaps ofthe

ganamala ,.

Ath. Paricista 34. 22 , reads as follows : “ fl “aft !

firfa 1 111m m m 11 1 1 11 The pra tikas are the

same w ith the addition of (m at

'

flfi 'l) and xvi. 4. 1 ( the second

ofthe "W “i ii ) ; cf. also the W “ 113 , Kauc. note.

The Atharvaniya paddhati in its description ofthem (cf. Kane.

fg.) furnishes still another set ofpra t1kas for themnamely : 11 . 25. 1 ; iv . 1 . 1 (v. 6. iv. 7 . 7 ; v. 6. 3 ; ix . 9. 1 ; xiii.

fiftfl fi ) ; xiii. 2 . 1 ; xvi. 3. 1 ; xv1 1 . 1 . 1 fg. ; D

(schol)m fn u1fi1 1nfi 1 fl m'

fl 9 D (schol) gfiw m1° 1) (schol .) fi sfi finW {fa (Kauc. 1 1 . 12 fg. ; 1 2 . 4)m1 2

f'lf'lfi '

lHEW (1for W ?) grant

man“: fi wfixm ffimmfia it 1 am

fn lb lfimfi fl

mm afifim‘

fl e u

W ‘

fi f‘

gflmm air M‘fisol

enragfififi s91W mfiW 1 7 °museu

mw m ahanfi mrfiam f‘

a"

get fat1 D (text) ow z; D (schol.) an mmmm . D (schol .)m m M M wu m 1 nfi n ( filmggmum

3 i . 15. 1 (xix . 1 .

4 Bi has a. co lon here.

5 BiiW WW ) ; Ch “1i i.

; D ( text) W ai n ; D (schol .)a (God 1 71) w ? 1 1m n m fi m fi gfimm l

fear-121i; is the last w ord to be emended to m ay Bi has

a co lon here .

6 D (scho l .) flaw m M W fl 1 11 1 !m fiw. D (scho l .) minim amnat and { film '

“W .

8 Ch mm .

9 D (schol .) Van g farq’

( am m w w samurai?! 1W m?! Mm (Cod wflz) wfa 3 11 611m 1° D

(scho l .)'

irq'im m .

1 1 K1 2 ii. 24. 1 .

13 D (scho l .)m uffin?)nfi s nw fa faw art-

”lat 1

q igm 3 132-11 (1for on?) 3 1 132 ; cf. Kane. 1s. 7 .

1 4 D (text) w a s15 D (scho l .) vm an immrimm:m

m ut ter “ um 3 131 1 outfi t for m “in:u nfit 39a .

1“D (scho l .) una tt am'

fim 1 m mip i

vrm'

(for mw av fit . P) 5535t a.

‘ 7 P Eh e

ggao; Ch E BiD ( text) aw e

; D (scho l .) w t eim wfi! (1)

aw ai ted:a?W W Iwan-

( fit?18 E °

gum fa19 Ch (see. man.) D (text) 3 3m m; D (schol .) to the entire entra,WW afm mfu iarqfq (1for 11mm .m.

“m arti n " «3

“3 1 93 1 113 11731 111 13 : e fi’fi

a u'

afi rfi

fil‘1 so 1 fl aw {fain im a

firmmmm fi fiqw mw rzfifim fi

mmfi qm’

m mfi’uem fi

affi tim fl m fl nfimfi sfi fi m ?

sna‘

iiififi’

wfi w m w fifi w m

11519 11?l 1QM QQW W 198 1 Hfini

W ad fw fl‘

h m mm fi gfi 1m fi sfi d

m m “11 1 . 26. 1 ; iii. 14 1 ; iv. 21 . 7 (iv. 21 v1 1 . 75. vi. 1 1 . 3.

3 D (scho l . am W 151.3 D (scho l .) fi zm t (Cod.

W ) fi jfi=1w zufi wfi w fi qfi‘ D (scho l ) “

m vhfim iwfimform iafim1 1m ” D (schol) W M W W WW W 1

unfi z.7 D 8 D (sch

m m :v acu um 1W m? { fit“ (ComW ).

9 iii. 5. 1 ; viii. 5. ;1

118 "W an n a

2111 11 3 171 3 11213 133 121m fifi fi amfi’mm

3 1 11511 53 1111121 nafim‘

ma fl fiam zfit van

Fez E 133118 awe-

6 11 111" 81 11 11

fi n

W fi fiifl fli’

lemW W E 1em

W m “ “ Taiw an: fi fima

1 30 mmmaim m 1am 11 11 11 11 9 2 1

fi ttua fififi

“3nm ua=fifi ” m 1m

m ama-

1 1 1111 1 11111 1: nq i fi mod 1 111 111 ) W e“vi. M2 . 3 .

7 iii. 10. 1 ; cf. Kane. 133. 5.

8 E 0m ; D (schol.) ll?vinaitét w fimm 1 w mm nm m 111 1111 10 0 11

mm 1 111 11 11 gi’rfa 9 D (scho l .) fiftmwmfi 311 w t ; cf

Kane. etc . 10 D (schol . am m m fifi t fi m w fin fi wfm:W t

1 1 E has a colo11

here ; D (scho l .) 3 3 m m m at am cf.

Kane 138 2) m inmi ta) i n a“) m :‘ 2 8 171 Ch °fit

‘Iifi t ; D (scho l ) “Smu t v1 mi n 1 111 w: 1‘

( T‘fi m

M u iii 1 7 1) w mir s men'

qw fi 3m m

fi rm-

t

{ fit m zafi m mv’mfinw zm m fi n fi

fitm : i nfi gfi

115 11m m “

m fa‘ lqs lW ’

M b lfi fi'

ifi

g fi nfi m amfnfi c1m 11 1 11 111 11 9 1111

f2111 111f11‘ Q0 1 m am 1 11 11t 11fi1 1=111o

f‘

m finw fimfimg 2 1511 11 1111 13uuhgamf1 1 111 1111 zfinfi 1 111 111 11 1

W fimm fi i mm { 131 1 1111 3 33 1 111 11

111 .1111.m 1 1fi11fi°1 Qu1m §1fliflm

nm€glns u 11 11 0 11

1 1W W W N 11 1 W 11

{all1 1111 5 1 afifi m

1 Bii E“m ; Cb D ( text) m ; D

(schol-1 vfii) 111111 1 1 1 131111 11 { 131 1m inn 1 11

1 111 111 1 1 11 Bfi fi m fl fl fln D (schol-1 11111 11111 33 111 .3 4 D (scho l .) 1 11 111 11 1 11m

ma fi a-11 : (1for

5 D (scho l . ) 371m mwail(cf. sfi .

6 D (schol .)w “firm m .

7D (scho l .)W t :m 0) 1 1m ;3 D (scho l .) 3 Wm

m fimzm m { 1111 1111 1 11 11) 111 1 1 1 1 111111 113 1 1?

9 Bim .

1° D (schol .) dir t 1 3 1 1.1 1 D

(scho l) « 311 111 1 11 111 (Cod 1 11 1111111 1 111 1 (0 111 1512:13 iii. 24. l.

13 D ( text) reads m and does not separa te thispassage from the next sutra ; D (schol .)W M a i n14 6 0 Ch onl) , E m m , Bu P D ( text) m , B: 1 1111 , D

(schol-)W m m afor W WW "

111 11 171

m°1 11 1 151§ 11m a

1 1151"81 1111 1 1 11W ”

1

W ’Tfi fim

Hafi m’

finlt wrfigfia

1 11mm fi ié‘

rfa 1 1 1 1 11 111 11 1 11 61" 1 1fi11 0 1 11 1 7 1 11 13 11 1

“m m

1 111”1 1 1111 1 11 11 1 1 1111 1 R al7iw " 7151

1 1 11

GW W a”1111 131 1 1111 1 11 11 1.1mm

Fa 1 1 3 1 fi aufirgm 1 1 1 11 11 fl aw

1 D (scho l ) 1 11 111 1111 11 11 1 11 1 1 1 111151 1 1 11 1 1 11 11 11 1fi1u1‘

rmi’ D (echol) 1 1131 11 11111 11qfi 11 1 1 1?11 11 1fi s 1 11111 13 11 1 1113 1 11 11 11 1

15111 111 11511 3 D (schol) m 1 11 111 11111 1 1“11 11 111 111? 1 1

111 1 1 1 111 111 3151 D (echol) 1 1m 1 11 1‘

11 aah vi 79 1

MSS . 11a 7 K P BiBt'

i Bh Ch a’

fi ‘ v .

8 K P 0 131 1 ; E11

31 1 .

9 D (scho l) 15m m (Cod.mo) N : 1 11 111 1

1 11111 11 (Cod 0 1m) 1 11 16 11m1° iv. 2 1 . 1 .

1 1 D (scho l )1 12 m (1for 1 112 1 11 : 1 11 1 13 1 11: (God 11111 ) 11111111 fiaafeug

i 1 1

gm 1 1m 1 1 1151111 1 1 1 1m fi nmm m2 1 . 1

°

(iv . 2 1 .

13 K Ch 1& 1m ; D (scho l .) 1 2m 3!

w .

l‘ Ch E Bim ; D 11113131 1 111 1 1i

’f1 1111z1 1 11m 1 1 1 11 1 1111 1 1 1 1: 111 :m W filfim m : (D

Cf. Kane. 66. 13.1 5 0 11 Bfi E

°

D ( text) om ; D (scho l .)

(1) G9 3 !“(Cod .

6 iv. 38 .

1;ID (scho l .)

1 11 1 w i n d a! m nfiwm n (Cod W P ) ( 3 1111 111111 11511 1 v. 1 3 — 19 8 1 3 1 1 31D (scho l ) ( 1 511 11 11 111 1 1 1 1 1 11 1

11t 1 1111111 11 :3° KBh Ch (prim . man.) D (text) omfiqz; D (schol)m m(Cod °W > 11m aml1nfi 1z

n

m vftft a1'

irefa (Cod 111 11 1 1 111 111

m fi mvww fi” Balm ; v fihflmw unfil

q: "M 1 1 11

W uh ms na fl gwm’fiv

51 11 1 1 1111

11 111331 115

1 1 § 1 111511 1

D'

w ’té 1 1111 11 m fifl 1m mm ~

111 1 11mm”1 1 1: 1 1 11 111 11 ufi

'

iwffim1 1 1 1

111 1 11 1 11 111 1111 11 11fan:mam m'

anm

13 Egfiwfil"

W W I“!

131 1 auirfafi ”1111 11m a

fi 11 1 1 ; D (schol .) 1 11111 11 1111 ( 1 for 1 1111111 (God.0 1 1)

1 11 1 1flm 1 1111 ( mt .

This read ing is conjectura l and ba sed upon the word f!“barley-flour ’ reported by theAmarakooa ; Kfi fi fin; P Bhfi filfis;Ch fi nfig Bifm fin ; E D (text) and Biihtlingk

’ s Lex .m ;

D (schol ) 111 11111 1311 1 3112111 1111511 1 11 1 131 1 ufim ram min

(Cod °fi 1> 11fimr fim m m111 ifir111 1 111 11 11W 1 u 1nmi111

fum aumwffl l)“

P fim 5 D (schol ) 1 1191 116 11 11 11 1 1 W !

wm mfl b v 1 9

7$0 15 ; the

rema ining MSS D (scho l .)W (l)W “m in

finfimniz3D ( scho l ) 1 11 111 63 1 11 13 131 1 111 11111 1 11m

w h mm m fi fafi

9K P Bim ;

1 11 1311 1 11 11 1 11 1 111111 111 1 1 1111111 111 3 111111 111 11 1: 1 1 1mml°D (scho l .) 1 1111 111 1 1 11111 131 1 1 11 1 111 1 1 1 11 1: M 1

11 1111 1 0 1111 1 1 11 1111 1 11111111 ufi gafl fi lfinm w aft-11 1 11 11 1fi ufi m aw fi! 1 11531 1m fi a zm 13

K P Bi Bh f’ll'

t

firfi ; D (scho l) 1 11 1111 1 (Ifor W 1111 11 11 m a?)

t fi1 1 1 1111 111 11 . D (scho l ) 1 111111 1 11 11 1 11“

1 11 11 1 « 11 1W:m m (God. are )m . v. 2 . 7 ; D (schol .) W“ 1 1 1m tanm ‘ 6 Ch (see man )mlfil

E ffi m ’. So K P Ch (prim. man.) for W C)

m it w i th double sandhi ? cf. the introduction ; E Ch (sec. man.)’ fi'fi fi“B “W ; Biim fufrfit 3

E 1 1 11 13 111‘K Bh D Qz-Ff.

5 mm .

“En Ch Em ;

Bi0 1111 1 11 110 ; K Pgmfl aao ; D (text and echoloum gfwfi; “i1 11 111 11 1111 1 m i ifi

'

0w ‘ rfi rqfi t fi1 w 1 1 1132 3 6 11 113131 11m m W m .

7K Bii 1) ( 1m and

once in schol .) m ; Cb E P Bi and D (once in scho l .) Wm ,

_ 8Ff

m .

91) sabotnrrfzw m iW

W (1) m 1 1m m : (Cod . w ear) m m? (1 1)W?? D (schol) 1 111 1 1131111W 111 miW 0)gm ta

m“

1 11 111mm .

1 1 K Bii 0 11 P 8 11 D (111111 0 1)

m ; E gfi t1 2D (scho l .) ( Fa m (Kane. 15. l) lUln

11 6 13111133 1 1 1 113 11 Ga

2 51 151m 1 11 11;1 m1 1 De M i

w’lqélnun new

W WW W ‘

HM m

m m (cf. 811 .av . 26. l. D (schol .) m ain

-mm:W OW m am vi i. l D (scho l ) 1 111 111

10 Ch Pm 1 1V11 . 60 . 7 Ath. Paddh . ( fitm

18 mum £1 1111 mfi as 321mm .

—1 6KB1'

iPiPBhfi :1mm; O (sebo l .)nfi ufl‘m mm :m fi m m mm m m1

Bi Bh P D (text) ; of. D (scho l .) to the nex t two entree ; K hiw1 11 1 1

1 1 Bfi fi 1 11 111 11 11h ; D (scholoi tfimn (l)mm ; is the w ord to be corrected to M W ?ofrw i n

the commentary, and Ki ng. 38 . 26,note. 19

D (text) m .

8 6mg; D (scho l .) an m :ung’

m fin

a "W av e“

m emflafiifaw ztm fin 99 1 1 113’

ia1 1fi

1

gmw nfi n” W 131 M 11 1 1

1151111 1

1 961 1 1 11313111 t il” W WW

m :”1 qo 1 11 11 15 11 11 1 3 11

3 3311531111“eis

fmzmafl c1 1m

313

11 1111 53“mréirgw qe

"W M “13

zrtlfi m w tfn mfhfiv‘”M m e -1111“

am flfor w zw h y“.

13131 1 W W Wm vi.

1 0 0 11 m m ; D amagwa 11 1111 111 infra 311 1111 . mien- (011m :

D (s1111al) m 0)m v1 33 . 1 .

Bi fim o. m . 1 1 1 14 1

.

” Bh D Oext

and (scho l . 1 111 10

.

2 ‘ D (scho l .) m a

68 11W e? as 11

W ‘

msmm fil’ m fl c111 1

qgum m w fi xfizmefamfh‘ 1 c1l1 1 {isé fifm fi m

'

fifl at. 1W 715313 1} 11

.

W fi qm fim wzfin afi’

n

W W ”! c11: 1 { are 1 1111 .man

“w e

W m nfi qafi”1 so 1

1 111 116 mfi qwrfia

1 1131 115 mfi qmfi 113W?mf‘

a'

qwfh 1 1m

afi mfiq‘

n 1 1311 111 1 113 a rfiqam fifa

1D (scho l .) 11115111 11W x1 1 . 1 . 58 .

3D (schol .)

m (Cod . no) q u i. D (scho l .) m ay; W111 11finrqfa ; cf. Kano. 23. 5 v1 1 . 60. 7 (vi. 73.

5 K PE Eh 0m ; D (scho l .) 3m .

7vu . 73 . ll ( ix . 10 .

8 B1‘

i

M ; E P Bi 0mm . D (text) ( fin .

‘ 0D (schol .)

guru-11 1W (!for em ?)

1 111 11 11 { ewfi fi rfa (mamm al; the { 1 111w :are not degby Dari la , but judging from the fact that the hymn conta ining themconsis ts ofsix verses (W m ), they are probably v1 1 . - 6.

1 'v11 . 1 1 1 . 1 ; ix . 4. 1 ; Ath . Paddh. I“ W mm {ft

3 11 11 31 111 11111 11 1 1 1 Flt I! iifa i w31mg: { fi rmq iif85171 1 i fffi wW m. 141 . 2)

m afi W .

1 2D (text) ”am : D (scho l .) wi th:

1 1111 11:i s n'

t 1 11 1 11 1111 1 it?sfaqufilm anta .

1 3Ath.

Paddh . andAntyesti.W ah 11m :

1”K ; Pm ; D schol. “Taft i t W aa q vfia God.

1 6 K Bii Oqéfi'.

v"K Bii Brasnd Ath . Paddh.

(omit

( j .

1 8 D (scho l .) '

fl :m .

19K E fi n ; D (schol .)

enzym n u i m ih w 11911111 11“M O)

11W HO?! 2 8 11 611

m wm afi q m‘wm

W fi fifi gm flifi gaq’lw lW W ?!

« 1 13 1111 1 33 1W 31 1: 1 111131 1351 mafifil

fi ié’ffi 1 3 19 1“ 1356133513 1 1 11 11 1 1 11113 fil

w afifi muf‘

awfi‘ mw wé fhfl t t fil‘ m

wfii"use lw zfi

q fiafi'fifl sm 3 1 154

m afi h’mfifi ssw

3 1113 1 38 1 311 13 1313: 1111 31 15311“ 111111 11 1

am’

ifi filfl amWW PQQ 1 111 11 1 1

-x" 1 1 w m t fi

(x1l. 1 . 38) afi zfifa (cf. SD. 37)mazu’

nw rfiz1 1 1 11 51113 13 1: (xii . 1 .23—23 ; cf. Km; 13 12) 1 1 W WW (N ) 1 1mm

M y1 wm t fiu xii 1 30) fi g 11 3 011. Kane.

58. BET“ ; 1) (111 11 1) «13 151; D (schol .) zfifM 15’D

(?cf. sutras 24—27) and xii. 1 . 59. Biim .

1 1 iii.

7 ;

— "3K P Bh

111 1 111 "D (schoUW a wa

’tfi “D

(scho l .) “1 a rm 3 111 111 11 1 ;W ; xii. 1 . 1 .

‘ 9 D (scho l .)to Km 23 . 1 7 , 61 1 1 q

u’

nfim mfiv111-111111 13 1 11 1 20 1 ) m

m m (!for 1 111 3 1 313111 38

( see. man .) m .

2 ‘D (scho l .) nfi Tfllfiifi (Cod .

0 ”vlfi‘

) si’

311 !

W

1 1313 1 1113 111 1 311 1 1 9 11 11 1 3 11

11 41111 1 131 { Fifi } 89 111 1: 1 1111 11: 11

1xi1 . 1 . 42 ; D (schol.) M g?m . 3 1 1. l.

44 D h 1 “fire?"

wfin‘

mr l( 1 11 111 1 1 11 1 11 1 .ftw 31 1 1110So P Bh E ; K rm “ fw ith the syllable m over the line

betw een the two w ords ; Bif“

! H T and the syl lable t i over the linebetween the two ; Bh Bii D (text)m ; D (schol .) n

rwrfi Hf!W “ ma gi .

5xii. 1 . 52 . Bii mfij c

; Eh 1zriW Q

7 K ° 1 1W F¢8 Bh 0m ; D (schol). M a

1 11 173171 (Cod numb) fixtfa 1 1111 111 M m (Cod.

ew e) .9xiii. 1 . 21 .

1° D (schol .)“

d an gwh t i urgi

tfa 1 111111111 ( 11 111. 1 . 1 111-

1 1 1 111 1111111 111 111 W ( Fa 11

m fi 1ft: 1 1 D (111111 111 )2l 1’ D (schol.)

ElIr!

i11 1 1 1 1 11 1111 w ifimrfi iit 1 1 11 11: 1 fvwmfiTfifi'

(Ki ne. 18 . 19) fl gra m Wm .

14 For themsee Kine. 1 8. 25, note ; D (schol .) a:WW W ‘ fil3 1111111 1 111 11 1113 111

11 13 13 111 1 1 11 uqa um afi znfi‘

m a wgf‘

aqafil’

ms m fiiifw fi °1 qu 1 fi

7

fi ii

fi fi séu m fiim W M Qm i m mafiim wfi

’ mm awfi fiwm fh“ 1 1111 1 3 311 1F1i=1 1 1

“1 112 1 3 1151 11

1 111 11 1 11 111 1 11 311111 1 1111 11 1

11 1 1 1 3 1 11 13

D (text and schol .)«m m -um

D (schol .) w

M a nia. 9)mm gfm 1m31fi1) M m W m . W MD (schol .) mm a

5 D (scho l .)D (schol) fumbfinhgg

(Cod 1 111111 1 1 111 1? aim So K P D (tex t) ; E afii;Ch Bii BiD (schol. ) fi (of. i. 3. 7 . wafm at ! Ifetc.)3 So Bh 1 1111 11 11 ; K Bii Cb E P Bi fi afa ; D (mm)m ; D

(scho l . I“m M l“ 1 1 8 the w o rd to beemended tofi fi-

l‘

llffl orrm from the rootfig and preposition

fi 1?9D (schol ) “1171 1 1 321 1 1mm (1 for wit ?) fl i

“mood wi nfi u fimfi’0K P E Bi Bh D ( text and

mw w w fi 1 fi W M wifi 1 w

fi fl m 1m fi:W MVi. 51 1 1 ; 0f1 the two mm ,

l( aq 9. 2 414 D (schol ) a.

W W W ~ W W IW W 1 of. D (scho l .) to King.

3. 37 . 51 . 11m mW m fi vfi tw

"W ?" 11 62

1aq 1 a1am éizfia"

W 1111 1

W m m fi“1 113 1 am

1 11m fi

gfiafi aM m mmgm’

mw m afiufin i1

afimmmw mr fi mé li‘ mm m

1 161 1131 111 1 613 1131111 11

fiafi“111§1fim” m ufi wm

1 113 1 1215 3? fazi {51155 1171 1 mm : mafi

1For the pratikaa ofthe see Kane. 8. 25. D (schol .)

(Cod

e

efih t nn zafi m 1 11 1 11 11111 11 1 1111 11 1 1 113 1 1“ cf.

Ca ntikalpa 21 .

5 ED am ; the P0“Gm70 11 113 9 oufi i. 8 D (schol .) firifit 8 151 11 111

7111

“ in?“ 0 08 110 1 1111 13 ? D (scho l ) 1 11ma 1 11 11 1113 10 1 1 11111) 111 1 11 151311 1 1 11 1 137 1 1 1 1 1m : (Cod

m 0 ) 116 K uwai t-(i ; P m

The ganamfilé (Ath. Paric. 84. ll) assembles under the head ofG

W ths fol lowing hymns and verses :W URW n

1 111111 1 11 19 1 11 21 11 i11 1 M ili tia-

«M m (cf- the second

m um,Ath. Paric. 34. 29 ; Ki ne. 104. 3) 1 fm ltm« fai th w om an wru ng N 1 3

1 11

W 1m gm e gm m a€fw nfi1fi fi 1 v ii

W ilm atifirm s“

! fi fi ufi tufi fi m vwfifia w rffiuqqu. The pratikas are i. 27 . 1 ; vi. 3. 1 ; 4. l; 7 . l; 13. 1 ;

c. 24. 5 ; vi. 37. l; 40 . 3 ; 93. 1 ; v1 1 . 1 ; 86. 1 ; 91 . 1 ; 92. l;

1 1 7 . l; 1 18. 1 ; viii. 5. 15 (xix . 20 . viii. 5. 19 ; xii. 1 . 1 1 , 12 .

Dac. Kar. (King. 137 . 4, note) introduces the description ofthe ajyatantra by 3 m m ,

employing some ofthe hymns ofthis guns,namely, v1 1 . 85. l; 86. 1 ; 1 17 . 1 ; 1 18 . l; xix . 68 . 1 ; cf. a lso Kane.

8 . 2 .

1° i. 10. 1 .

1 1 Chm ; Em ; D (schol .) at

gfifi mfiit’‘ Ififilflfil 1 so 1 M ai? 1 1

mfi mm m f‘

a mm W fi w g’

W fi m s fi m nfifflm‘11m m

wam ufif’ 1 68 1l qfi afi fm w w

afim fim gfi m fl w fil’

1 951 1 1 111 1

fi°1 qe 1 a xfifi mm u

mmt

awam m efi“

6 1111331 1m mW fil 1 e1lz 1 m ma ‘

fl « 1 3371” “

3 1111 11

W fit lau fifi fi mfi m éfimmfim vz

fl aq W 1711 11 1 111“Rania

1 1 7 D (schol .) W fi lfin“ M UM ?"

fil

i

al“1 1m “ 12 Gm aD (text and scho l .) omits this

m m ‘D (schol)m v1famfm 1m 1fw

nfwiiz1i via (1) {fa ifi m5D { 11151

G!“

1 11 22 1

1m 1 1911 1 . 1m 1111111131q m m fi lW W

1 3 D (scho l .) am m w fihnmw m wfi 1m wfi 1 fi m Wof. i. 22 . 4 and Indische Studien w . 415, end) m :

(Cod.

0 3 1m

24. 1 .

1 11m“1 (to 1w 2 1 6111 111 33 11 111

K P Eh Bi am .

9So Ch 8 11 ; the rest up ; cf. Kane.

D (soho l .)m g‘

afa ? (?lfor I'

d-

T1h!!i a m 1 1 1 111 11 11 11fm i (1) m fifi fi i fl fl ( Dfi

'

mfmm uff-11 171 1 1 6 17W (!forW W ?) 3mm 'fitfi wfilfi

(Cod3 D (text)m ; the rest i f“ ; D (scho l .)m a sfi:nrw'rififi

rfl: 1m cmfi fin fi wfi lmam mD (scho l ) m fi ! 111

-lath ("or armfn?)W I“

m ”

n“at"

! (iv. 1 5. 1 ; vii. 18 . 1 ; cf. Kano. 41 . 1 ; a lso Kano.

so. 12 etc.) 1111 1 W fi fi'

atfil 1 113? «it 1 11-

111 11161521 11 !q u it 1 16 1 1 1 1 11m (1) fi

éffi‘flffl fimm 1 ra nfinm

(lef. note). 1 . 25. 1 ; cf. the am , sfi . 1 .

note .

5E P Bi ave

-mafia; D (scho l .) m : am7D (8 0 112

1 1 110 11 1 5 1 1mm 1 1311113311 11911 11 MSS m ;

D ( 8 1111 0 1 ) 13131111 11 1 11 (0 0 11 1 f? ) 1 1:fi t:W 111'

flHfi'lazifiag'

mi

{gm (1for w w 15111111 1171 (1)m s ( m i

D (scho l 1 Cod °W m 1fwmm°

“ 1 11111 1 1

1 1111 11 10 0 111 15 0 1 11111111"

d 11 1 111 1 111) 1 1111 11 13 1 11 161 31 11m fmgfci‘ m wfmfim 1

— "KP ChBiq ni mfiqg fiqfi ;

1 116 11 13 1 11 1 11m m 1 1 1 171117 13 1 1: (0 0 111 1 131111 1 1 1 13 1 1 11 1 117111 1 D (8 0 11 0 11 m i « 6111171

(Ki ng. 25 . 35) ma mmafi fit an:W W ; for the a(m and the m hymns see Kano. note13 For theM n or theW see Kane. 8 24.

(scho l .) firm-71 7m m . K Eh P BiB11 1112

19 8 11M t g? 11

wé‘

w mfmam fimsfi’

nfi’rfim fih

“mam “mfi sm m m mfifi llffifi fi mi a‘

fifi'

fiafi nn nfi fl a? 1 511

fim fi fi éfi m zfiwefi fim m m

fi 1 aa 1 mh fia m w agtgéw fim

fi“1 38 1 ufi a flfi t w fi

1 au 1 fi vfiifi

maining MSS. film flt. 3 This division is according to D (text) ;D (1 1 1 0 1 )mum 1513 1 1 11 11 111 11 11 .rm 11 111113 11 1 11 131;13133111 131 unfitW ait aq i

’t'

a'

t « 111111111 (1for

D ( text) am ; EhW 71 1 D (schol .) 1 111?$ 3 ufi miw

’rfifim 111 11 111 151 1

51 1 . 7 . 1 ; vi. 85 . 1 ;

127 . 1 ; viii. 7 . 1 ; the same list ofpra tikas occurs in the ganamili

(Ath. Par. 34 . 24) bearing the title ( fit 1mm ( 1 allMSS.)“firm unfit ; D (schol) mini W rfimw rfil Wm ama.

6 D (schol.) v im-ii film 1 3 1 1 (v1 . 1 27 . 1)

1 1a 11113 1 1 1 1 1 fi §wfi vfi raw Em miffifim amuvifiamfm fi i m fit m am m 1 cf1 811 1 391

7D (schol1 )wwfi §miw 15311 1 011 7 1 1)W i ttmi 3m 3m

11 1111 111 1M aifizm nfi.

3D (schol.) ‘li1 1

512 11} 11

(ii1 25 1 1 ) 1131 13 11 1111 (0 0 11 1 QM ?) 11mm 1 mfi saint1 1 1 fumamnvi. 9

E K P EhWmm fi iw gfi vfnD (schol) aa h im am ( win ( 1 1. 85 1 1 ) 1 1m m 1 11 111111 1

D (901 11 0 11 )m fi afiflm( 1 1. 1 09. 1 ) fima

'

fi‘

m an? 31 11 W u 11 21) (scho l .) rm (vi. 1 27 . 1)

M mirt h (Cod1°f0 1

m aflzfllfli imp-

[flan Fania mmfitam unaffifl qm W fianfi nm

W 1111 11 1171”

1 «12 1 W afi fit”

mi?

3 1 1“1 1 3 1w e: 1 11 wg

tfit"

m m

n irfit“

1 318 1 3 13 1 1 53 713 and?"

m un-212 11 Giant

s 1 1 11 1 1 15 13 111 1 1 61 1 51113

‘11 . 10. 1 ; cf1 the W Ki ng. 26. 1 . D (schol.)

a rfinim afia (Cod 1 mm ) D (schol1 ) v m w

fi vfnBium ; Bfi arm ;

D (scho l .)“fi t un fit ufi aft 1 111 11111 11 “em a ci avfit6D does not divide a s ittra bere1

7D (schol ma n na“

fi t 1 11711 1713113 w i m a ah-

{ ti nfw W Wfi rm am gw a tfa (1for om tfit ?) m m

KW ; B1 qw o (scho1)D (schol . )W m

1 1 . 29.1 1 D (schol.) “1

1 2 ii. 31 . 1l”D (schol)

m 3311111111 1 11 . w ; Bi 131 1)

(tex t) D (scho l 1m 111

m : 153 Ch B E P and AV1 ii 31 . 2 , 3,

as above ; of. sfi tra 26, note.

L" K P Biim ; Bi a m1 11KBii E P Bi 0fil

'

a'

i; Ct 1— " D

aa nfl'

l

fa"

1 2§ 1W fi a zzfi"

ah gq“1 as t

W mW M"

1 2 1: 1 gf‘

mréifi“

'

1 1 safesfittaemfhm m :W m aufi

fiam

m mm 1 D (schol ) { unfi wiai’t im m ( 111 111 32 5

") m g1m m m m1

_1 1 11111 111 111 .

9D (1 1 11 113 m umm 38 11 1

“ So K

Et'

i Eh D (text) ; E W ; P Bi“ 0 ; Ch m ; D (scho l .) 1 1’

m m at . D (text and schol. mm mm (1) 1

D (text and schol .) “WEm W ; of. 311m

14, note .

13 ii. 33. l.

14 Cb E ; D (text and schol .)

M W W W QM

manuni1 111 1 111tfmm fiiatm m inf“ (Kane-261 16) am

i’m‘ tziw ifi mmw m fi uni vafuvfa 1 ifi mg111 11 1 111 11 131

1 11 m <11m <11m mm gmu mm inifl W 1 in?aim m mm m .

‘ 8D (schol .)m

m aria: W fi! a

“ W t fl fl a ugm

0 1: 11 fi rm ? 1 at: 11

am 3111111 13 1 33 1 WW131 1 38 1 11 3 11 11 2 19 11

m s"

sam fit1 11 1gflm"

m m m fimét

1111. 1 1 . 1 ; cf. the m 1 Kane. 26. 1 , note. 131 011

(sec. D ( schol.)mfi t a‘

lfu:W fi

mifi'

fi‘l wfamfi mn: 1 ufiwm'h : 1W W Imfitfiimi'rzm“M fum e111111 1 11

-

a (Cod . amt-( i )W it 1 11 111 fi w v th an!

W T“

am. For them seeKane. 9. 1 ; cf. a lso thePet. Lex . sub voce , w here th

e

e

iw rflfl

'

l’fi l are identified w ith iv.

—29 “K umw

22m M a

gm

a

1! 1mm (iv 71 t u1q

m m813 m m ; PW ; D ( tex t) m ;

m m t fit w_m m m m a

9D (text) 0m ;

1 31mm D (schol. fifi w D (schol . W 1

1

fi nin g? ufitmfufl 11 1111 1 111 (iv 6 1 0 1511 11 1? 1“use.

fif‘

uflo.

1 6 111 . 12 . 1 . D (schol .)w .

t o 11 1 11111111 1 111 Q3 1 QQ 11

fi fi m m w fi rmm 11 8 11 11 2 11 11

fi fi!’

m fiw‘

l3 1PET-flaw neufi’m

m i nfim fi’

1 a 1 W “1115 1311591

film ’

w lq'

ifiwm nafir-fifi lu aafi r‘

affirmwfiflffi

“{m afi zm ifi wfiifim fil

fim1 1111

11 1 m

film fitmfi a‘tWm 1 Griffi n

'

3 E P Gfi ; Bi“ . l)miw rfn v. 13. .l

(iv. 6 . 1 ) m m m li t fitm ; cf. Kauq.7D (schol .) W u,

v.

8 D ( scho l .)wm i st { mix D (text and w ho!) amm a)m 1

w afi m fmqafzfi uzrww ccw’

t‘fl ) fi fi fi lm 1

wK P B1 Bh fq '

l‘" 1 1 Ch Bii OfiI

’ffl ; Eh Ofiffl'

; E 4311 ;

D fixmfim iim ; D (schol .)fmflmfm m firm a

w fin w mfw am m fin wifl nflfi“11 8 13 111

1 11 1 1 .

1 3 0 11 Bi B11 111 1111111 11 ( 1 11 1 1 1) 11

( 111 11 1)W 1 D (schol-)a‘wM anigfi: 1 11 113 111 1 1 1 11 11 11 u1mfmje :wfwfa 1 qmfi ( mm Cod 1 aura

-

1111 1 v

fi rm W E fafi-J cf. Kane. 32 . 24.

1 3D

(schol 1 ) 1 1m W W I“ (Cod fi ') 21 11 111 1fi tmfa ; cf. Kaue. 32 . 251 By W

itwrfé (1) 1 1111131 1 . w ith ? (7 Cod m o mm ’ D (schol )a fi fim m zfim

:mmfa 11 111 1111 111 1 mfinhmum m 1 7 8 ?

P D (text) °W i D (schol .) 1um (v.

am m fa D (schol .) “film ” 15 1 1 11 111111 1“ft :131111 10.

"’D (1 11110 19 1113! m

( v 1 3 10)u 13=5zéfan - 1 1 11 1 1 1 11 1121fm fi D (schol WM O 13 1 11m 1 12 1

1}111111 1: 1 1

t fi7 (v1 115 1) “Io—( m :m a8 11W WEm ; D D (schol.)m

W m imw od m m1111 1 111 1 11511 12 11 111 nfilm —Wh 1 D (8 011 0 0 1 111fl aw :

fi fl n fih (1 forfW TfiIZ1 1

1 . 22 1 1 ; cf. the

1 .

‘ 5D (schol .)

m am r: 1111611111

mr

1 113 w vfi iwfifirflf‘fl Kauv27 1111111111 1 13 11 (Cod 11m m 1 1minwhim 111

-

an u

“3 K 8 6 E P Bi 8 11 mm ; D (11 1111 0 1 )m (cf. Kane. 6

an 11 fifl fi flfif’ afi fi fim fi’

fi m m

W 1 QQ 1W W “W ‘

tim

W fil‘ ifillao l 11 11 11 11 QQ 11

P BiBt’

iBBh fi w0 ChBiBt‘

i lift“; of. Ki ne. 28 1 1 3 ;

D (scho l ) 1 111111 11111 1:m 1 . “fi n- (Um 3111 1111 777Wm 1 D (text and schol .)m ; E P insert “fat after

111111 word.

5D (schol .) mfi q nrwfa i t? 31m ;

V. 23. l.7Bii and D (text) add here . Q'

fi fl'

fii andCh ha:it on the margin it ; is probably a gloss. D (schol.)

W W W“ vi 21 219 ChBiiE ”Dina ; D (schol .) Wwa rfa lt ifihw

l°v1 1 2 1

" Bi

mm ; D (schol ) 1111711 711 8 111111l “m et 1 firm(cf. Kane. 23 . v1. 14. 1 .

1 ‘D (schol .)m m .

‘ 5xi. ‘ 6 Ch“71 .

— 1 7 So conjecturaIIy as bahuvrihi

compound ; K Bii Ch P Bi Bh a! m ; D ( text) a! m ;

to the next: sutra .

‘ 8D (schol.) gm

fi um lm q wf. K6 1191 7 1 15.

m m w ffifi m fi

=8 "M am as 11

WW “fi m 1 11 um fiafir

finafi uw mfam ufim mm a fi gzaz

Elmo

w ww w w w safer

1K Bii Bi Eh " ( fi flP D (text)m m .

(schol ) 1111 11 . N m i“: 151 1 i 1 l1 1 m13 111111111 11 1

1 111111 1171“1 1 11 11 1111311 1 111 mm?) 1 13 1 1111111 11 111 1

fi v fi m fi fi t (1for w . 1 11 1 11 11 111 1 1 0 1 11 1 110 1

Darila has the following . m.

am w a .

m ani a-01 (Pm ?)“W W W 1 18 the 11mm to be com

pared , as far as construction is concerned , w ith Kano. 27 1 29?‘vi.

261 1 ; of. the m m Ka 11c1 261 l, note. This pranks occurs

a lso 1 11 the w arm,Ath . Pario 34. 6 :fixin mu ng

-

111m(MSS.

11

3 111 111) mmm m fiifilm 1 { 111 mmThe pratikas a re : iii. 3 1 . 1 ; iv. 33. 1 ; vi. 26. 1 .

5Bh“ 1

Ch 11511113 11 11 (111 1 ai tniefifl ) ; D (111 11 1) 116116 1 11 16So 1 1 1111

doubtful emenda tion ; allMSS.'fl

'fin . vi. 8D (schol.)

w 1 w m w a mfim :1 111 11 1111 111w a 111mM an ama ?!

9 All MSS D ( 11 0 110l Www m wufi W O)“11 1 1 1 M W ( 11111«111111111 1111.W 1 1 1m (Km 25 37) 111113 1 11 11 1: Ch 111 1131 1 111 11? D (schol ) ( 11151 11 1 11151. minM ufi mfi afi —"

vi 32 1 — “K ufca rq ; D (cen ) 1 11

1 1111 1 1 ; D (8 011 0 11 ) 1 11.-

1 1 1 111111 ’l‘ll1111 1111 Ch fi lm ; the rest

fi n ”.

‘ 5D (schol.)fm m . vi. 341 l.

1 7D (schol.)

31h a thfil(1for a fifi f‘

a ) ; vii. 1 14. 2 .

1°D (schol . “W 1

"m a y“.

W m fa ‘ l 11 1 smug 171“m

m zi 'm fim m m ws 1

wi ii sa if‘

a‘

q fifi

fi fi fi tfifiwfifi fil"1 1: 1 zfiw 1 1

”W 31

wfinle 1q mmif

afififi1’

fin1 so 1 fi fhfl ‘ 3

m11111W a

fl sm nfimfi fl smmm

ufia lfi rM 1 1 m fi t filfsarfilW eak ’vi

Q

44 W“7 7 BuEP as above ;D (um) m ar D (schol ) 1 1mm 1 1m mThis word is w anting in D (text) ; E joins it to the next sutra ;

D (8 0 11 0 1 1 ) am 1 11-133111 m asq am m 1 1 1111131 11

m <m u¢ 29 18 ) 1 1 1m fi ufinmnfi mu Wmifl ‘

a 3 11 111 1 wm m afi (Km ; 30 1 11 11 11 1 11!

fei 31m m m wvfi’rfit (Kamc 1) 1 1 21 11 11 11 11 1 vi

90 . 1 .6D (schol .) w afi fi

'

fit I “ a?! “M 1 11111:

111 111 111 1 1 11 11 m 1W fir(1forw rath?) mi?1 1dI

'm .— 7

vi. 52 . 1 1

8AllMSS . except D °fi 1a

°

.

9 Thus

emended ; MSS. lfifi" ; KP B1 Eh" Him” D (scho l .)flfi m fim13 111113111 11W 1 (1 for firth :nus ufm 1mwmfi1fi1

W D t ar mgfi'

mi‘ 3 D omits this word ; E has a colon after it. ’9

vi. 83 1 ; vu .

76. 1 .

2° This d1vision is according to E ; D does not divide

here ; of. Kano. 30 . 1 6.

2 1D (schol .)m M R

w n fimfi firfiifi”

vi 80 1

W W am sm fmm wisfi1 1111 1 3111

"Ha m

tfhgw f‘

a'1 1 1313

fi mfl ‘lfif'w lm flam anfi m w

im a gf‘

rfimamfi fl aw m fi m fi m

W mé lw nfi fi fifm fif lam

21 11 21 111 111 afl zfirfifi“m m

”1&

W W W ‘ M ‘ FW m m i sarf

awffimu ns u sw

‘Dochol11 11 11 11 11 11 1: .m wfi m fi fi fi fi mpes

N W o

2 '

lhis sfi tra is wantinginD (text and schnl“)this sfi tra is wanting in D (text and schol cf. sfi . 1 1 . vi.

5D (1111 11 1 1111 1 1 ; D

“D (schol) n m m 1m 1 it mufa 1

M u nm w m fi m fi . vi. 96. 1 .80 11 111

1 11116 11 11 : D (sch0 11) fi gé1n w m fi fw fi w m fini

K Ch E D ( text andvi. 100. 1 . E D (text) 1 121 1“Bi 1121 3

-1 11 11 , D (schol.)

to the 1 111 1 1 11 1 1111 11 W M 1WW 1W 1 11 111111 1

“ M ushm m w fli w w ufm mw 1

1 3D (schol.) “ Ith

“1 11 1111 11111 wfzaai 1 { m m 1 1 13 1 1 111151 1 111 1 1511 11 15:cf. Kine. 28. 1 5.

1 4vi. 136. 1 ; 137. 1 ; D (schol.) mam a

l"’ Ch 111 111 6D

(schol 1 1111 11 11 1 11 (Cod 11m 111111 1 11 1 11“1 1115: (Ifor

m ,with haplography m mm W (for

m ?)W W W U3 im m flveher’

s hesitatingemendation to m am [lnd. Stud. v1 379 note] 18 thus

rendered unnecessary) | 1 1 . 3m m .

1 D (schol) am’d a

fi fi 31 311111 m m m mM W 2

D (schol) 111111111 11w 3 D (schol.)mmfl dm m fi m m m fl fimvm aimm filltfzt fi v hm ew

‘vii. cf

m m w aflm n m 1 m nmfifiw a1fifa5 111611 18 11 , cfKi ne. 1 . D (scho l .) w

”m amm emsm i 1 1mm imm“?

(form an“ (ix . 8 . 2 1 1 D (scho l . ( an m

w aft 8 11 1 (fa (iv 6 1 ) m faigen“raw ( 11 1 1 ;

l) .”E ula; B1 “é Bii

; D (schol. Q: m m 1 11 11:m : (1)W 13 3 (Cod.

1 1111111 { R 111 1 11 1 11 51? (0 0 11 1 1 111 1111) 1 11 112 111 1 gm

fi'

fl m N (i) { m (cf. Ki ng. 35 . lsm to be emended

tom ? cf. Ki ne.

‘29. 6.

1 1D (schol.) Um (?Cod . W )

fi flfi w mm 1m ’h nfi t 1 x. 4. 25 ; D (schol.)

m 7 (C° d~ °

M ) m “fi ll“Ta .

‘ 3D (text and

D ( schol) z'

wm um (Cod 1 1mm fw fa 3 11511(Cod. awnfi fl f

zm m u 1 . cf. 11 1 11 1 . 29. 6.

16 K (prim. man.) Ch (prim . man .) 1 3 : D (schol.) a liq‘avh (Cod.

T n?) 1 111 Vii (Cod 1321 1)“W a rn“at ; cf. 11 11 111.

flamm a‘

afimaimm m afimm 113211

angfigm’

éfi‘1 131W 3Grumm

h’agfi

w a ft?Favffi’

m fi'1 c1 1 ua

'

t‘

ififi ifiait: R 1

D (schol) 1 71 112711 11 1 11 11 11111 11 1 1 h is vfafimfil (!for1 111111 1) 3 15 11513151 (1for 1 11 1 111 1151 1mm(Cod °mfl fl i> 1 1W (God 111 1 1511 111 11 W a in

(Cod 1 m ° ) 1 am w1iim m uh fi n1 11 1 1

1212 121

}m

fifim m m am

$5 t1riéW m N G0 6 1 32 113 11141 11 1 3 1

1 1 1 1 ( i d 1517 1 11 1 11161: « m m m(ifor m a! filfim

‘rwfw t1ai

W I“ ” h um m p M mm . The ganamala (Ath. Pa rio. 34 . 3 1) git es the fol low ing as

This gana is w anting in Chambers 365 (Weber’s Verzeichniss der

Sanskrit - Handschriften in Berlin p . 9l) ; it is found in Biihler’ s

codex (MSS. orient. fol. 973 of the same library) and counts

as the 23d gana in the Atharv -a Sarvamxkramam‘

. The prat1kas are : i.

8 1 . 2 ; iv. 23 29 (im m un e-11min, “ 96. 2 , 35. 2 ; 1 m. 1 12 1

(xiv. 2 . x . 5. 22 ; xi. 6 (omitting verses 7, 9, 22, and D

m :W W W 1W 1

“Cb Bii D (text

and schol.) 0m “96

K P 8 11 m ? so also Ch on the margin ;D (schol 113 1 111111 13 1m m wfiiw firt fi firm mod

W ) u%1fi1 m (cod 1111 11 11)

Q0 11 n'

tf‘

mrg?31 11

fm m g‘

1111 1 19 1 3 1 3Q=11m 1 1f¥1 3fi£m

m m m w m nfififl m a

11 1 11 1: fim rfh’ 1 6, 1 ufi1 111 ; W 1 1111 m m wfi W1 1511 W in

“1 1111

”SW fi aaifimm“ 113;

mi“nfifimfi 1 s 1

ss1w 31 1 a mmm ma t 3 1 113111”

D (text) 1511 11 111 1 5 1 D (schol -1 ( fl ing rmm am . l" D (scho l .) ( rm . D (tex t) 0W ;

D (schol.) g1”

a (1)W m m . B11 Q1

fi l’

g ; E D ( text)QT“ ; D (schol .)W W W m .

6D ( 1m ) rag

-

5m .

7D (schol.) m a nn a

-

an: 111 11111 1? 11

W 1 11 : 1 w gem fiim '

. mia'

mnfi t Ch “11111 11 1 11

m .

9Ch E “

( Ti1"Cf. Gobh. Gr. ii. 6. 6, and

Apastamba in Sayane’s comment on RV. x . 145 (Miiller

’s edition

p. K Eh D ( text) a we E Bti 11d ; Ch 1 d ; D

(schol) M int? 0) ufem 1 1 11 112 5 11 (Cod.

arafi mfi fl avfimfi ‘ 9 K Ch E P D13 1mm ; These two padas occur RV. x . 97 . TS. iv. 2 . 6. 3;

VS. xii.13 So Ch 3 11 ; K P Bi E D 1 1 1 1 1 W 1

‘ 4So Bu 111 6 rest ammo

; K P Ch Eh on .

“1 5D (schol.)

11 1111 1 111 111 «maimed.

1 6 K 8 11

Ch BiD mfii" ; cf. Paiicav. Br. xii. 5. 23.1 1 Cf. RV. x. 97 . 20 ;

TS. iv. 2. 6. 5 ; VS. xii. 95.1 ° K B11 Cb 1311 D o

n e.

ca 11m as 11

W W fi h m m fi m‘

ifl m fi

m a rfimafl afi §W 3 fi gfilfifi gm

m { fi llfa .m .

8D (schol.)W WWTFW

fl“ figgmfl :W rit.9 Bi has a co lon here.

no D

(schol ) w m fi gfi a vfi flt fl fi lthm 1mm (1for «a or can

1 ‘D (schol m w e

fam mm.

( i mam?unfi t ; ofsum 1 Ch 1 13;D (text) “3 ; Biimm.

‘ 3Biiw fl .

uE fl l

‘fflfi ; D ( text)ifi

‘f‘flw; the rest, as above (dua l ?)1 5 D (text) 0mm ; D

(schol- :N fi tzw wfi (Cod oi z)“ 133 :m a m-161m mm m : mum-1 1m m m (!form ?)

1 13311 na’

im fi rimaafia 116 1 11 3 111 1 1 3 .

m fiifinfi fi fi fingm zfiam m

fi1’

1qu 1w rzfizm mm fim fi°

m

aw fiwfit'115111 111 1

"1 66. 1 mm m am?

m a fingfi fifi zfifl mo 1 53 1133 511113

W m fiu

mmafi flfi”flif

<m 1 1qc1

fi nm ‘

m‘

fi emm afi fi“

5 131

11 1 1 5111 11 11 m'

ifit"

30 W

1 . So (1 1 1111 1111 MSS D (schol .)W Wm 'fiww t 11 61111 11) 111

—1 111121 11m a r lin-ii qtgfim ifq gfim1vg

'

i G’

wfimW WW 1M W 1W R W M (cfii

z. D (schol) mfim (1)m am (1)D (schol ) nu m a { film m m 1 ufir

fi mm nmai} (1 0 0 11 °u1m mum °) 11m m6E Bi

éam zfifl ii 36 5 ; D (scholfi n! m m ilfi mD (schol.) amfm '

ui(t).9Thus emended ; D (text) 1:

gfi ; the -t t im m am :1mm:w m zm 1n n:M m zw m gfi nfii fits titch M am: B11 im aafim D (schol)fi n m m 8 11171111 11 m

'

fim ‘

t (!for“

a:’

flm ?) 1! firmww n fi t uwfim (?Cod amt) m fiii

ri‘tm

'

wn m‘ 3 KChB1 EhBii“( fin D (schol.) to the entire antra , (fa twi

fi wm m fi vm“K P Bh vifi ; Ch D (text)

t han v. 1 . 4.‘ 5Bu

gum ; Ehm a ; mo mmy

cv. 2 8 (xx . 107 . ll) . This sfi tra is wanting in D .

1 8

ea im a m“

géifit‘

1 a? 1 m zaf‘

figW'

imfi fi es 1“

ii!

flwffil 1m? 1 Q8 1 11 90 11 11 38 11

QW TFR‘1 <1 1 13 3m m ?3am? 1 e 1

aiiififand aft?f

q gfi’ W 1 3 1 W

naHeaven“gril aflfim m 133 1111 11um

'

i"W ad i

“anm

hfiinfizfin fl 81

W e?”

m m mfi flm37mi n“(3

tnaafi ifififim flmfl” 35111 11 11m m ?“

1D (schol .) m m 1: 1 1 11 1111 111 31: 0)m M

m u ( ml: w h iffgi mm P B11 m 0. D

(scho l.) tlim nut-

amt mm rash m miinn m mfitfl aw “TflTfil

‘Ath. Paddh. and One.Kar.“am .

58 11 has a colon here. iii. 23. 1 .

7So only Bh ; the remaining

MSS. and Ath. Paddh.W K.

8 So K Bii Bi Ch (see. man.)D Ch (prim. E 11 11 11 Ath. Paddh. (1111 1 11 MSS.) owe;D (text) Ow?” P Bh

9 So D ( text and the rest

{ train one oftheMSS. ofthe Ath. Buddh . has a colon

1° D (1 1 11 1) 11 11 11 Ath. Paddh. fagufi ; D w arm :M “

a h a-

11111121111 1 gufm nfm vi’fin ufim’

ia graft quit 11W T“ ( fi t um ; D (scho l .) and Ath.

Paddh ( 513 1 1 1 111 11 s’

ri“remit ? arm'

s-1 vim ;

cf. King. 2 1 . v. 25. l.

13So KP BiChE D ( text and

BiiBh Ath. Buddh . and Dac. [( nr. 1 ! inhum4 N a

6 51 1 6 111 111 11 1113111 sm u g ?“ gm 1m vfi filafimflffl‘

dfi’

nm‘

qfa .

'4Before this w ord Ch E Bii insertW fi '

1 5Ath. Paddh. and D ac. Kar.W W fm'

q'

m mfg ; g’

.

m ain 1 w afi fi fi t (viii 7 27)W .

16 So emended ; MSS. a.

17 K P Eh

fi‘

mw mm fa’ me lfi i‘

m fi ffi “Ehfi aurfh‘ lam m aim a fitw w m

11 1 11 1111“611g zfir

‘H m

m w amW a’ 1

m W ffll QIGW Wm n u

lQQl

rm with M W fi 11111 1111111?3 11 11 W 11 1

W mifnfa 6 18) 111 1 11 1 11 ‘ 71 W mmwmfiu mmaformfn)w 11m

1 1 At11 . 9 11 11 1111 .“ m afia“.

W fi lm mfilufiwmm wss W “ , xix . 68. l)

m fg w m fi gm 1 fi i fi wfifi n w W 1

w h am wir (second Cod w?) gm 1 11mfl ami w rfin mfi mi m .

102 l.6 Ch °

gfl lfin E °flrgui 1z. D (text) om .

‘ AllMSS.

9Ch ° t 1gfl°;, K oav§q .

v K Bh urn-

d.

" m ummy -

3131 1 1 1 m m 11 1. 25. 1 .

’3 Ch of

M ’ E iiw a ’ B' D (text) " 13 1 1151 ; D (scho l .)“ET (!for on 1 11111 1

2111 with m i (Cod. q zfin

(text) Eff; D (schol.W m ; c£ Kauc. 2 1 . 13.

‘ 7Bii Eh 0 11 13

D (text and schol.) gs .

1 8 K Ch E P B D (text) ofa -

t o1° P D have a colon here .

2°D (schol .) m 8 2 (1) Im

fi mfi fi eu 11 1 9 11 11 311 11

1 11-18 11'

s fin”

m 1 c1 1 3m in turm

am mat sfiimmfwm ua gafa“1 a 1 ( at

3 13 623118 51 11 1 Elfin“afm m mé

“3 711

afi na nfifl 8 1m 1§ fi ftfi115fifie=m1°

1 11 1

ll.

2K P BiBhW ; D ( text and Chfm .

3 1311 1 11 11 111 11 .

Ch w as ; D fi mzfira “it“N am es

( 1) 1 11m 11 1111151 1W m aa fi t ! (1)5BiQfi ’fw .

6E P B1 Ehmi“; of.Kauc. 32 . 8, and D (schol .)

to 47 . 55.

7K P Bh 1 111

13 1 .

8D (schol.) unfam |

“ 311m m 1t M m 1111 1 " . ufu t( 30 am fim fi1 ;

cf. -git . 5 . 1 .

wifw nn 1 11m m 1 W W W W1 1D (schol) (dig? 1 1m m) fifth-111 3 3m in1 1mm mm “ fi t 1m «mm

-

tW ar t am m giiv aéflfa Cod.

0m 1 2E has a colon between N and m :

D (schol m ai l-

u (Cod " PRUTh aimfi fiim D

divides sutras at these points .

‘ 4D (schol. “ gm fim fi l

vi. 77 . 1 (vi. 44. l) .‘ 6D (schol .) m

W W W (God. W WW

W afi m m’

é‘

afl u m fi

W aéifil‘m 1 fi lfi fl fii

fl

W 1 Qo 1m fi °1 qs 1 ufia m =flfia

33° m 9

fiw wwfill

w w mfi nfi t rfafl sm mfimfafii” mm faaufir“1 93 1WM mm firfi t rflw

W m éfim zfl smm a‘

é t fir"

m m fl W fiW fim fi ‘fi w

K 1 11 1 1393 1 1 D (schol ) w m m rmaforW ?)“vim q :. —4

D (schol)w “if“ufim fimm fimm g W fii 1m .

iD (schol.)

m ini: 1111111 1 11 111 .W fi 1 1mm 111 17

1311111 1 w fil

6 K Bii D ( text) fl a t ; the rest fi m . . 89. l.

8 K

CbE PBimu ffin Bu D (tex t) as above ; D (scho l .) QIm(Cod m fw'fmo“ti-1 am :3m mum-1139. 1 ; vii. 38 . l.

1° Ch E P D (text and schol .) 0m .

1 1 K omi ; Ch em1. ’ 2D (sebol.) m 1W '“

{ 3 111 fi’iw ffi muw mwufi ufinm fi M W 1

1 11! 1 11 1 1111 1 11 1 gm uf‘

mn fm sfiaim cf. Kane. 33. 13 fg.

‘ 4E P K m e ; D (schol.) “fa-

111m iifiu (vi. 130 - 132) w

W :fm .

1 5So emended ; Ch E P Bi Eh Dm 0

;

K 8 6 151mm W ; D (schol) 1 1m mfmrr (Kittie~ 35 25)vim vfitgm :(0 1 11 11 1 111 1 11 : arm-11m m fi ufil

1 .

" Ch fifi ;

cf. su. 17 .

mm 11W:mi: (1form a c ?) ma mm als (1) 1 11m

vi. v1 i. 74. 3.

’ Cb E uf‘

m-

q z.’ K P Bh

war D (schol)fi fi 1 fifi §fi rmfn 111 16 1 111 ; m mfgfi i fi ii 45 1 , 2) 1 um m1 fuifvzfima i uzzifi1 1 vfimh fi éh fim fi film Huff! ‘

D (text)m ;

D (schol) fi rmW W (vi 18 1) « a sfiafi iwm mii

m 1mm um fl’

zq k ma (1for m fi i‘

fl rli(Cod. vii.

6

W ?) wit nm fii lW ait (see Kim}. 25. 1 1 13m woa m

g) fi mfim cfifum .

7

Kin; 1 1D (schol.) m m (1for t iff m 5 1

1 3vi. 43. l.

1 1D (schol.) m a !

2 113. 33. 13 ; 36. 1 « 11 1n

W W IW fl flfi fi " 1 34 1‘ 6 Ch 1511 1 1 1511 1 11 . E 1 1 11 11 1 13 111 1 . D firaw iiw1 8E Ch (prim . man .) ‘ W W o

1 9 CD (schol.)m ; cf. Kauq. 7 .

2° D (sch

afi m 1 mim m m sfi m §m m « 1 171 1 1warm “ un

it ; cf. Kine. 28 . 9, 10. D (schol.)W

nmm fiim

11 1 11511 11 111?QQll qog

smifi 3 1 0 1 11 13 13111“ M ug'

éwffi w

lfi'tl‘lsb lw fi fi fi flfi w fiim fifisel

wfi m‘

flfwafi '

flw 1 8 0 1 11 012 11 11 312 11

11 13 11 111132 fifth“? agvii 31 111 1 1:mm : 11

D (schol) fin ? (1for 311111 fin fi i 11 12 0151111 91:

131 . D (scho l .) mmm (tfor arm-

eh?) m m

(8011 0 1 )N 11113 1 11111 1111 flifit D (scho l ) 11 11 WW IIH?) maid

-

111 11 1 111? 113711 1 1 13 1 1 0 . 4. 1)

m fi rm “. l.

7 So emended ; Ch m

fiatrFa‘H s uawé mgaé vg

m fuafinW W 1 1: 1 { 111 1 1 1131 113 31

Mm e.“gimméa

mt il

-”

1m 11

W W fitm fii“ 1 e 1 { 61 3 31m m

11m”1 9o 1 s.1 11 11 q 13i1 1 111fi1 11aii figm

m 1 1 1 11 1711 1 fq em ; cf. Darila fol. 6 ; (to

Ranc. 7 . m m ; cf. a lso d m the nex t sfi tra .

‘K P Bfi fi w ; (311 111 11

11.

’ E fi ’ Ct‘

fimi

fa. D (schol . to the entire sfi tra w vii fl m W I

1 1 11 111 13 11 1 1 1 1 11111111 1: “ 1 11111 111 11 11 10 0 1 1 1 1 11 11 1 1 1111

fmt fi :

grain?

fi at-

aim? (Co;

11 11) 1 11 11 em 1 mi31311 11 111: 1 1 1 111 1 W m (!for m ?)

w m fi fi ga ffiwfit v1 1 1 1 1

1So K 3 11 111 8 11 P D (111 1 1) “Ifaimm ; D (1 1 1 0 1) to

the entire entra, m m GN U)“ m Hm

m 1 fiW <DW tW§

mas-fig?)m m .-

w9 Al l MSS. ,

except Ch D ( text)‘ ° K P Bii BiBh aw ; 0 h w .

uD (schol.)

31W ? mhfili M am w zfirc. fiat gal-

16m nm fiq nfm wnfi rtm .

1 1)m « 1 11'61 1 “Ch 11 111 1 D (schol )

m ifitiumiifa 111 1 1111W W W 1 1 fififi!11 111 112 11 51711 1 131 1 35 1 (1 31 3) w u fi fiw u w cd

sfitras 12 -116)

11 fi rm ?a=11 110 11

fi 1 1 1 1 fi nm fi fi W 1 qa lgmmm fi“m a ting

“ fimnfa 1 c13. 1 W m

am°1 98 1 w qmmfi§ a lqu 1 s1fiafi sfl

fimm fi aifl w w fl fiw smfirméu fi

3) 1111111 1? ufiwam nrafiQHrm'

i 111394

19 11 1

1 K Bii ( fire ; E D (text) ( fire ; Ch gfao ; is the w ord to he

emended to gm ‘

lfin? D (scho l .) m 1m m (x1 1 . 1 . 1) fi(lfor tfiH -Dm fit wfirfm mart: afi fi: v im -

1 131”D

(schol) uflm mr 1 vfiww 1 13mm: 1 1m m 1 1 1

m an (Cod gn aw")W 1 w e m ay 111

D (schol.) t:ra (1for oq finfi?) m

m vm firfit a filifiafil3111311 131:“ 13111m fi m '

5KW ; D (schol. ) to the entire sfi tra

a

(schol) u m m a) 1 1m v i'

amr 1511 1: 1 . . 1 1ui sm

( NW m fifi r. 31 1 . 27 . 1 .

9D (schol.) ina n ima

unfi m ufitmfimmaafit finmt D (schol.) nfmnfam D (schol)W anda“ :wm

'

ifa afi fiisufirmT i « m i-am

1”So Bh D (text) ; the re

maining MSS. ofthe textm ; D (schol.) 111m (1) fluff(i)fi afi m '

flm fl fi m fl fi m (cfii 27 1 1m m

na n gm m m (cf11

Kim 39 1 fg ) 1m faam rt flzW 1MM m (tf0 r w ?) 1 traigat wi D (schol .)

ii i ! ( fin 111 1111111 nft fi mfiufi fi rm W V

chm -

1 111 11?mi n“in 1t11 8m m in?fi a

m afi m m t fit vfi m ma

«106 11 infirm?at: 1 311 11

a 1 :0 1 1 a-

1 n 1 IQ3I0

m m q’mm m afiwa

’m q m

mfi fi ifirfigw m°

m n fij w fmafi1

W m W in 8 ! 11mm m m muffl ‘ atit.

v. 3. l.5K P EhBiCh Ef’q aj‘ m ;

6D (text)

mm ; D (schoh) 1mm 1m m?(1for 1 1m m?) Im im : (1for “W 3 1 11 1 1m finmim n fim 111

mm:nw m 1m zt t an tra-mm .

7vii. 12 . 1 .

D (schol .)W twi ufm .

9D

1 °xii. l. 58 ; cf. Ki uc. 24 . 141.

1 1x ii. l. 54.

(instead ofOM ) ; D (schol . )WW . 1 1. D (schol .)m W W W“t win ? 1 . .nm m

'

i (1for 1 11113 1 111m (1)mm“?than?1 w ritM Iin m m 1 a“w ig?“W WW (Cod.

11mm : ufat tm 1 1m in

arwm‘ am 1 1 1m:m (Cod. fi tfi ) filmtrfiltmn h a

mfum :1m :W m (cf-11 1111 11 8 45) 1Em m i .

Ch E firm-

go

.

1 6D (schol .)m : (Cod.

o‘

fiz)WW W W W Ivawm .

1 1D (schol.)

m am 1111

1 11 1211 (Cod " JDm um

ffi a gw wfifwwfsfi qm m t

W mm m fir’

ms w fi fiw fifw u iwW am wfiréém

"1 1111 1m m 'flm d

1 D (text) vwfi QzfirWfir; D (schol .) gm .

fi n: 511111“ w m i 11

W W ilm a) v. 14. 9. So allMSS. Is the w ord to

be em ended tom ? cf. the next note. D (schol . m(1forvfim ?) 1 11 1

1

11 111)m m (1for 1m : 5mm1121 1 11113 11? mumm mmm ogmn mW é

l‘

fi wfi i“w ad . Ka 11c. 32. 8 ; 35. 2S) mafi fi fltfi)

W I 2 11m 1 1111'

s 1 1111 11m m mil“ m(1God at

“; sm fcrmwod ”(fawn111 1 1: — 1 0 1111 1 1)

m agi-N i 1 ufamzm i

1D (schol

m 11111113 1 1 fa : anggi a 3mm (1) { iifirfirmfi t 11111 11

11131

39 “111 17111m 151111111 1111t 11111 111 ( a n{ fa( ‘ i H Um W W IW fi Q 11m .

9E joins this word

to the next s1'

1 tra ; D (schol. W m m .1mm W

1 1 11 111 1 1151 311 11 qoe

trufa 1 11Q 1 «an 6 11“M W “

m afi fi 1

115. 1 1311 1163 111 1

fafi fl '

da 1 as 1 afifmmm 1“

1511 !

m aiifitwmwfimfi bfi mzfiam”130 1 551511

? TQSIT11 .-

313W mfimfifiWQmuauuaeu1D (scho l .) ( 1)“fig .

“iii—11 ( 11 13 P “1

m e ; D (schol.) 1111 11 3 36 1 111 1 1 111 6)1 1mm w wfa l

mjw fi agfiuwafim3D (schol) lam itra 1:

D (schol.) Hf‘flfi flfhfifl) m 2?W6 3 3 cf. Kauc. 18. ll, 16.

8 D (schol.) a i “ g um .

6 D ( scho l .)mm :W fiW m

’ D (schol) zfi m fl mufim W 8

D (schol ) 1 1 in fu r: am ail“fi m .

9K PB1Bh ED ( text)m a ; D (schol.) m t for

w ?)m _ 1oED (text)“ um ; D (schol. m ?(Ifor

W ?! 1 (Cod .1 1

1 11 ) nfm firs 11115 11 11 1116“11 l 32 -

1

1 D (schol)m finm lin nanom fifi bfi w (!forfivfi lm ?

) W 1 111-ii 313 19 1m 1 1 D (text) fi w’

fmn ;

D (schol)fimmitfasa’

tm ug-

e1m finm wfiaw rfmcodW ) m mfmft fi tm m (Cod 1 11m )M fmjtamiW M ON éfi ; cf. Kauc. 9. 6, no te ; 43. 5 ;

‘ 3P Bb

m H ( fa ( vii. 1“Ch E filfi'

fl lfi ; the entire

sfi tra is w anting in D .

1 5D (schol .) M ix: allm } m

mm 2111: m um m mm i 1 11 11 1111 11“ 1 111 11 111111

3111

5 1 1’

1

.

D (schol.) 11111 1 11 1 {3111 (8 11 98) HTf““WW?"

11110 11W 80 11

aafa” 1€, 1m fimitt-1 1 116711 17m 9:nfila‘fi

arena 33m7111 7531 1333

“7 1mmfi ig

ifinms

W q“1b 1zfiw fi afé” fi f‘m w

3 11 7173171 1 1 1171111 1 117 1! t 750 0151!11 711711 (7)WW W

-

( Trai t mivm lv ihn: (1 cf the wordscorresponding to this corrupt passage in v. 3 1 . l 4

iii. 1 3. 1 .3 K P Eh uraqafit ; E mflw fit ; D (SChOI.)

a! it" (Cod T 7 13 {1111513111773 1

7171653311m m23

1 1 111w 111 1 am m un

W m 1 11171 1a © 1 3 98? 7i2 111 fira

111 1191161171 1 1 11 1111 119 1 1mim fiufi mhfi (Kane 7 1 6) TR

“TR IW WW 1

3Bii m ; D (schol.) m

nfim .

1D (text) of

gfi gqso.

1 K 1311 1311to the entire sfi tra , fim

qmfllfi q a“HQ33“ Im m 1

fi iafi .

6iii. 13 . D (schol .) 11121 ! 31 11) (Cod .

fi aé’

fqfi m fg .

7iii. 13. 7

b.

8D (schol .) i f“?

mé’tfit im: 1 W W I

1mm . fi n gfimfi ffim a fl m um w ufm 1

fim gfiqfi m a ; cf. Rano. 32. 17 ;9iii. 13 .

WD (schol) 1111717111 111m : (1for 317 11711: cfW 111. m .

Sli m , and Acv. Gr. iv. 4. m fifl w .

1 1 iii.

13. 71

.

1 2D (5 1

1 11 11 1 ) 3 33 133 D (Scho l .)m ag} m

vi a aah 31m amatfm tm 1 1711 7 11 7171111 mm m : it

(Cod vfi:)gsinmnzn: unfit 737iiti-19: (God 111197112 75 71

E D (text) van-

1d ; D (schol. 3773 (God. i afin) m1

3min

(1cfKauc. 27 . 10) 71 a W m amtm (1forW ?»andwfw mrat WEEK?)W avi

‘ 5BuBiBh“It

1 °E P m ; D (tex t) { a n D (schol ) { 19117111 7 1 71 71 ‘ lfi

11111 11 1 11311311 3?so 1 811 11

m‘

m fi afi’

mm ufi w mW fi mfiqw fi amfih qémmM am m a

“1 1 3 17 1 111 1 1133

11 1 17 139113

q 11 8 11 11 8 0 11

117mm 11 m é fit” “

ammfi W7 171

1 11 11 1 717iaa

"3 w =1fi1 1 7 1 1 15fi7 1 1517

1111 11 1“ 8 117137 111 111 111111 11 1111

1 : nfi imam lfi fit “711 71 1

m umflfvtgf‘

fl : (Cod 1111

111

1 11 ) :1111711 11 1 11 1 7 1 (?Cod immi

m 1 mm fiwfi m am m‘ E Bi tam wfim m ; Bfi m m ; P m fl tm

D (scho l ) corruptly, m m 1 11 3711fa3171 0 110 1 2 60 113 31 7 1 1

3 3 11111 1111 3 11 1 111 {fi t an". 1 m

ifi w ‘

tfi ! (P 11 11 11 41- 26) (Cod 11111 111

mi sfi t fit fifim flmm .

aK B1

1

11

1 C11 E Bi 1 11-133 ; 1

1 1111

711 13 ; D (schol ) 1 311 1 1 1 1 1 11 3 1 a ( fit .

11 1.

5D (schol.) ma int

-

( m u mmi :1 1m m afmm nfi 1 11 1 1 171 1 :1111

1

6 1 630 6 1mm) 1 1 11 1

ffiim IW m an (Ifor lifi ) ; cf. D (scho l .) to SD. 18,

q fe tc. \I. 72 . 3 ; D (schol.) W M “316 11W : 1 113 1 1 1 1 11 17 1mitftta (?Cod 111171 10 1 17 1 if“vi. 10 1 . l.

8 0 h °§ffl § Bi 0 ;a E ‘WIW B .

(1 14 ml) umainfift M mfiam 1 11 1171.

I5. I; vii. 18. 1 ; cf. Kauc. 26. 24,note.

1 1 B OW ; Ch D (text)1 733 71 ; D (schol) 1h 11 17 11 1 713711 m ew-1 1 11

-756 71 1 711!

111 1 2 11rmafi tfia 1mm 7

313171 1 117 1 1731 1 111? (1 101 1 17 1 7 11117 17111 1175

1

615117 11 71 1 7 1 m fzm n‘ 2AllMSS except

D , UH“ ; D ( tex t) Hi?“D (schol.) m . fi sffl . W 111 11

1 171113 sfi t m uffin 1 3 11 17117 1 1 711710)ané’tfa (Dhampatha

26 95) ma fi fing‘

fi: 711

51 1 11min msfq fi r t1aii 711711111

1 17 11 71 1 m mr7fifit fl 1 11171711 711 w i n s-11 11 1 11 11111 1

W imfigwém i 1m m 11am “hm ; cf. Kant

11 1 171a 811 11 11113

7 1mm 3&1fi1‘1 3 1 7131 7173: 71711717 173: 1157 111

81 7577 11

‘71’

1 8 1f7 17117 17 a “m umm ifi

M 1 s 1m fi fi fi n fit m 1fifi fimfig1 1 115 13 1173 1 1

11 1 1 7 111 171

1 11 0 1 5m g

fi afi mmm fifi fifa‘fl qmmfiafi

D (text) omits m ; D (schol .) m m m WW m m 1m a 1

1 1m ?) fimm 117 17 11 m

ifruit (Cod M ) gfim ttm?a W W W (iv.

15 1 ) 7 11 1 71 W fi fi wfi nu p isteW W fi tm w owfi vfiafit

m mW at

t;( m m W ; cf. Ki uc. 26. 24 ; 30 . 12 ; 40. 7 .

(scho l ) h um : (cf11 1111 ; 8 16) fi m fi 717 1 gen 71111

t a fi 1 1711 11 11113 Ch fim fi a ; K 1 3 1 11 1171 ; E D (text)

~m 111 1 1> <1 1 11 1 1 1m 1111 m fi m 111 —‘Ch E D

( tex t) I!“ (for Q“ ; cf. l’et. Lex . sub m ) .

5So emended ;

MSS D (schol ) 157 1:fi n: 511 11311 : 31711: 1117-

1111

m a w 1 ttHfi m uw1fi t w 0for m ?) wm rtfi g. 5

D (schol. Bi l (iv 15 or vii 1 8) m7 K Ch E Bi D ( tex t) fli rt " .

3 D (text)15 7 127 17 7 1 1 7 1

; D (schol.) mm tmmfi nfim mining fit

m .

9iii. 20 . l; 11 . 7 . l; 11 1 1. l. l; the same pra tikas make

up the“ m min the ganamala, Ath. Pat io. 34. 25, which is a lsomentioned in the AV . Anukramani 1 . 3 ; cf. also Kauc. 82 . 31

D (schol ) 1 1417 1 111 7 1 1 1 mm wn q tflm “fats?u nim W W W ufu

t 1737 111111 1 1 t D

(scho l ) 11 171711 « 7111 “151 1 1 11 171 M m e (1 1 4 1)finmt 7113 1171 1 “iam ttfilmfi (1for 7 1 77171: 11 1 1

1312 1 71 D (scho l ) 111711 117 11 7 11 7 17i ( 717 117 1‘ 3So

emended ; D (text) Gfi 'fiffi ; Bi itfi aififit ; K 3 6 Ch 7115177117 1 ;PBh éfi t'i

’tfi t; E 71151711 171 ; D (schol) m a ttin g a ll(!for

m ?) fi gWfi WfitU)

qqg 11 1 11111 11 117 8

11 11

7117117111 717 1 711311 711 717 171

1

7 11 7 7 1Wfiw firfifW WW 1 c13 1 $ 1 511

711 1 : 7 7173 7 1 717 171

Fé7 7 711 7 717 11 1 71171 1 7 71: 7 1717 7 71 71 711

m fi mgm w fi m awmfi tfiw

61 177 1517 171 1171717 7 11 7117 1‘H c18 1 7 7

'717117117

1 11 11 1 1 11 711 871171

w fi fim mfi1 °

1 q§ 1W 1 qs 1

7 7 1 7117 137 171

“7 1717171

”1 c11: 1 7 1711 717117 1 711

71117 1 7 11717 7 fil:W W ”

1 W 1 117 1:

7 117 1 17 7 11 711 4 1 1 7 1

-

11131 7 111

7 1171“57

109. 1 .3D (schol) w fwfi amfilfim wfirfl uw 1

zfi mgfi m n (1cfKane. 7 . 19) “m an 1 . 7 1 17 171

( fi nfi fi fiuvi 62 0 mfi am fl m 717 1 1 1 11 171 01

1 1 7111 1 1 1: 1 M W “i. 41 1 51 ;l 6. ;l iii 1 113 1 3 vi1 119 1 ; 23 1 1 ;

61 . 1 ; cf. the uni am'

rfit, Kane. 7 . 14 ; a lso

Bi D (1 11 1 1) firm o; D (schol .) 7 1 1 7 1 (Cod.

Eh °Q1Qflfi .

’0 This w ord in w anting in D .

‘ 3 KP Bt 7 11 7 11 D (scho l ) 711:717 1771 7 117 7 171 1 7 71 1(80 11 0 0 711: 717117 7 111117 1

1717 717111 71111W 171fiIT:t fim

'

ani. vi. 92 . 1 .1 1Ch m

-

raft.

in fi qmsrfiiftm zfa’

nfi m m fi m

W i ss lm afi mfi h m

Fflmfi°

afiw m fa° 1 98 1 m am fi fil

am ggm l w l ufifi t ma ni mal

6 (cf. Kano. 98. D (schol.)m (ifor

filfimamfi mifa ; Dav Kar adds : i tch t rim(vi 1 1) m w w em m m ;

Ath Paddb =i’m flwfir t w ain

: a 1 m m

m ; of. King. 59. 25.2 Ch E m ; Bi

h m ; D (tex t) fi lm D (schol .) « WW ?! 1 1h “11 1m

m am 1 1“ am mm’vii 89 1 (L 5

Ath. Paddh. ut th f; 31 (fa wagfi-r (i. 5. 1—4)W '

m umfl w m afi nm fi ai 6 23 , cfKfiue fii l.note) | ‘mfi Wm M ; Dao. Kar. um (xi. 7 .

witW W metc, like Ath. Paddh. D (sch o l .) afrW m fnfi umfm fivfrfi w w anna?w -lfi

W _ 5Ath. Paddh. vfi fm 1

-

firmM sfi fiw fiw : arm ; vii 89 1

. 2 4“D (scholfl l

finfi wm lW a w llaw m a n“7 D (scho l . mm tflwrM W nm (ii. 29 . 1 ; xiii. l. 59)arfizm w ram firm ( <s m mW ap m ufim uwm ; Ath Paddh

.

v qffi:ura nium) ; D 8 9 Kar m at agfiifl The verse AV. vi. 55. 3 is

therefore not referred to by this pratika ; cf. the verses fol lowing,as a lso TS . v. 7 . 2 . 4, and Weber

,N aksa tra ii. 298, note 1 .

11 i t“ ? 811 11 «no

m’l

amgfififi srfiwfii gér?92 m mnfi afi aaufigfim éfi fi

am fnm u

Wanting in Oh. Ch Biim . So emended ; K Bi

m ann a ; E Ch fl rru z; P Bh oq z; Ba n nin g‘ So

emended ; Bii Bi Pm 0 ; Ch m ; EW P ; K mwi tt fi ; m sfi fi ; Dac Ra w —m u tt

’E m

un i ; Dae. Kar. «m t MSS. fm .

7The pratika

ofthis verse occurs Kine. w here Di rila designates it as

m ; a lsoVi it. Sn. 4. 22 .a D (scho l.)m m m

’D (schol)m um m filmfi afl rfin “W t?Ch E D (scho l ) m ; Ath Paddh adds : M me

-

fir

(xix. 72 . 1)m . i.‘ 9KBiiCh (see. man.) D (text)

Ch “fl uff; D (scho l .) mm . D (scho l .) ‘ fim i (i. 26. 1 ; cf. Kau¢. 14. 14) w 1 1:W

e« fi (iv 33 1 )m mK only ; Ch E Bii D ( text) fi na l" ; P Eh Bim .

‘ iWfin“ .

6iii. .9 1 .

7D (schol.) film fi m fi gfl

{ 1m (1) m lW?

( firm mgf;

fiunw w'

l

a (lfor 0

5511 ofKings. 23 ll) “1 I 313 1“are« 02

1

6 W m faqw W W W 1

t 1m m firm m firqw m ura lm m (Cod.

(scho l ) firm (i) m a s (1) 111 1151

m um mm m ’vii 4 1 1

( sec. man.) Ch (sec. man.) D (text and schol.) Thus

emended ; MSS. (with

vfa va r-Wu zfii 1 211 m m (iii

ofKine 6 23) 1 vra 1mm WW 1 tam“: (1) 111 111 1111 11 1581 111 1 wifiu

fi (0 0 6 111 W m imm m1 1 11 11 1 10)film-121m?“311 1W C)W

film W ilt 1 1 1m ?“nm wfm m fi fi (Cod.

W ° > 1 tmw r i wm fi 1 fi im lm gfi a m;Jm fii iii-1511 111 17 1 va rififa m i 11 11”

1

Paddh w W W’

s (cfKi ne 23 6) 1 1 1° ia1 1.

i( few

1 11 11 mi 1 1711 15 111 11 1: W W Wim‘

li‘fl am m fi m scn 11 83 "

gm :

Thns emended MSS .m .

”Cf. RV. v1 1 . 51 . 1 ; TS. 10. 1 ;

Qafikh. Cr. 1 1 . 16. 1 ; Fi t . Gr. iii. 4. 7 ; Acv. Gr. ii. 9 . 9 ; Ci fikh. Gr.

1 1 . 14. 5 ; iii. 4. 8 ; Gobh. iv. 7 . 32 ; Mantrabrahmana i i . 6. 1 ; Ath.

Paddh. designa tes this and the next verse as 1 11m fl ; also

as 3 533 . K P Ath. Paddh. m . Ch Ofinj.5 Cf. RV. v1 1 . 55. l; N irnkta 10. 17 ; Par. Gr. iii. 4. 7 ; C

'

afikh. Gr.

iii. 4. 7 .

6D (schol.)m gfarm 1 am

1 1616111 1112 0) 1 amm wfi wod afu) m ay:—W:i

2 1 . 1 .8B6 W it; D (schol) W W : 1m m?“11171 1

are 1111111 11 “ 10 m fam ififa 9D (scho l .) m

awfi fim m 111mm.

1 ' 113 3 1 0 11

(sec. man. ) D ( text) 0m .

1 9E. P oqfii‘hi; D (schol )

m um -

1 111 11 10 1 M a w ?)W ufifnmmmm .

1 3K D (10 11 1) W ; iii. 2 1 . l D (scho l .) fi fl

fi rm m iti ‘ 5iv. 2. 1 .

‘ 6D (schol )

11 571513 133 88 11 (1119

UN M na tw mfizmfln afi m

M am a‘

sm’

ifi‘nmfi aw gfim

fi‘

latfifimmamufi a éfimfi'

a‘

m fitfiffi

m fi gfitfinénzfifi ém ifi wwW fi

gm m mfa fi fii mmImm atia filfflvmflfl fis’ t b t 531111 11 21mgW fi t e tafafi fi wmmfixfiaw gfi m

317 1511171 111 1125 111 1

“1 c1c 1W W

fin”1 111 1 11W WW “

1 as 1

W M M M « 131 1161 853:W

w1“"fafawfi1“1 as 1 Ima m

-

41 113m

D (scho l . m M W : W mm , °fim °)3 Cf. Ki ng. 53 . 6. D (scho l.) Hfiil‘ lm a 111111 1 i l

ls(iv. 2 . 1) ( fig.5D (schol -

11m m wm fim ‘

t(scho l .) 1119 1 1 1171

“« w e 11m

mfl w ‘lfiifilflfl éw m ; cf. Kane. 9. 6, nog 9. 27 ; 43. 5.

'ii. 34 . l.

s E inserts here W W W ;cf. 311 . 10.

’D (schol) vm t 1mzwfitmmzW W W ufi qfa

1 ° K P Bi D (text) m m ; D (schol.) wfi rarm (1for

afafirnngm oe l 1 111 ?“ q t

mafw n”m

f

aiit safam 1 11 1161 5 3117 1“1 11 11 1

D (schol ) 1 11 1 111 m ai 1 1e (God W ) 3 131“

( fl av oziifi lfi tzanti: 1 211 11 171 1 1 11:W u3D (scho l .) 1 11-61 11 1111 1 11 { rm w : an

( 1 1W (the

nnnvaka beginning w ith viii. 3. 1 ; cf. Kane. 8. 25) “fa llamina

-

i. BiiEm ; Ch BiP B11 mg'

zm'

o; D cites only

the pratika m 1 awft fii (i). 5 K Ch E 1 113 10

.

6Bii Ch

(see. man.)7 Cf. TS. iii. l. .4 3 ; Ka ty. Cr. xxv. Cfifikh.

Cmlv. 17 . 10 ; Gobh. iii. 10. 28 ; Mantrabr.

8D (scho l . um

fflfilmfamnmmt w ee 2am { fi t (so a lso the fol lowingpa ssages are filled out) fi fi fi . mm mm“m a

a ammm . s. cf. vs. vi. 15fg.

D (schol) 151 111 1 11 c tr-11 mim iD (schol .) 1lzim m m m m . Cf. VS.

vi. 15f. 18 D has a co lon here though it continues the satra

«1311 11 3 15 111113 88 1 811 11

W W W -3 3 3 111 1 33 1 53 1

aiifi"’

1'1 1 80 1 11 11 11 11 88 11

m fimfi m afl mfi'

i mfi flal

W W W‘ W W H w

fi amzm :W 3W m 1

ma m m m w 1 s 1

m afi amfia wfi m m fiwfit fi afl mm

333°1 €1 1 33133 1€ 1f3 31 3 13 13 1 3 1 33 13 1z

W °

fl W fi a 1 t 1W fi ~

m 1 o 1 w §flfllflagflfa 1 qo 1

m 3am w'

aahfifafim m fi w‘fi

D (text)W ‘

9W . 2 . 1

a D (schol .) aft inf.

Ch 5AllMSS. except D , W WW

6Cf. Katy. Cr.

35W ?" (Cod . 113 313 12 11) 33331m (Cod . m ) flatmmwfil313 1 11133 1m a fi am m !m

3 3 135115 3 13 3 3 1 3331 113 1 13“

flfiu 3 11 13 3 113 1aaifi the last pada is ca ta lectic. 8 So allMSS ; is the

w ord to be emended to Wm or “m ? D (scho l .)W35133 1 113 13 11 m a t 3 13 3113 aamfi 3 1113 313 15 11 31 3 3 31WW

9MSS mm ; D (schol)m

W Q'

QEL1 ° K 8 11 E P Bi 3 13m. v. 12 . 1 ( 11 1

27. 1 .‘ 9 D (schol.) a tmfa: afifm m , vu. 20. 6. 8 11 K

(prim. man.) 1 111.

11 3 1 13 1 13 83 11 33 11

W W 3 3 3 3m zaagu3m m z

Ch E m ; P Bh aa z; K aa q .

2 Pidas ab occux° in TS.

-fim ’ Ch E

D (text)m ; D (schol.) mm K Ch E fl :. ;TD (schol.) to the entire sfl tra

, wtfi‘

fi vfi5 P Pi Bii ‘

QQHTQ.

5 K P BiBii Eh 11 1 2; Ch HT; B i t.7 Cf. VS . xxxv. 20 ; Acv.

Gr. i i . 0115 11 11 . Gr. iii. 13. 3 ; P111 . Gr. iii. 3. 9 ; Gobh. iv. 4.

(xviii.

1 60) 3 3 13 0for 3 3 111131519 D (schol .) 3 1 13 3 111:

3113131.1 ° 80 emended after Cb E m m ; KB11 B1 P §f§

W .

1 1 8 0 Ch only ; the rest am m1 3 Of. vii. 20. 1 .

« 6 11 1 151313 33 31 1 86 11

W W W WW H M

11113 11

3 1 : 1 ae 1 11 o 11 11 8 11 11

W zm m m m

W h‘w m fin m nfiafim fi a

i

afi-{m mmfl m fi fifi‘umfiwm

W W fi m113 13 111 1 vii-

13 1111 23 1

311113 353 1 3 6133 93335113“3 31111 113 11 13

3 115 1 33mm ; 111. 99. 7 , s; xix. 52 . 1 ; vi. 7 1 . 1 ; vii. 117.

15

2 Ch E P Bi 3 111 11 11 ; D (111 11 1)m D (3 1111 111 ) 3afi

'

fiéfa'

flfilfi (vii-61 1) 3 10 333 11m fii firfimfirfiumimQ

'

i fl ifilfi fuafirfin.

3 So Ch (prim . man.) D ( text) ; Cb (see.

man.) and the rest“

NW T; D (schol .) 1 1 1 11 mm m m“mm (fa. v . 1 . 7 ; vii. 43. 1 (et

5D (schol.)

M fim m mam a-1: Hit 713 37 (1 for 311 3335?cf. Kane. 7 7) “ if?! 1 113 533 .

6D (111111 0 1 ) 3 3 111 3 3 311 13

m : 1 3 1111 1 5 3 11: (cf. 1111 11 11 111 9. D (scho l .)fm zaanz1113 1 1 1: (9 1 113 3 : 1 1 11 1 “3 13 1 3 13 13331 1933 1 11:3 3 111131? ( 3 33 11 1 11 1111 1 1 m a umfa a .

7 . 1 .

9D (schol.) narrates; m .

1° D (111111 11 1 ) adds

3 1 3 1113 111 1 11 3133111 1 1 3 :q afin 3 1 1 11 1 133 13111 0. 7 . 1 ) 3 1 1 31

1113 3m a tria“.fm 3 w 3 1w =fim m

1 111 3 1 11113 1 11 13 13 1 11111113 1 W tfiflfil) fi gfa zoef.D (scho l ) 3 1311 13 1 11 113 11 1 13

aaz11 1 1 3 1313 111 1 infamfaufi fiém D (scho l .) 3

3 13 1 151113 3 13 11 113 1313 111 (v . 7 . 5 - 10) 3131 1 1313 3 ( vii. 57. 1 ,

l’P Eh 3n

D (schol) 111121W . 3 3310 11751 111 11 11131111111113 3 : 1ga first! m an . vi. 27 . 1 ; 28. 1 ;

3c 11W ing?86 11

111 113 1 1 1 1111 1111 1 131 111 131 3 13

:1315113 1111

mfim‘

m lao l-‘

afi fiafl :

3 133 113 3"

33333 3 13 13 3 36

3353 11 3 3 13"1 1 11 1

3 3 33 13 3 1533 133 133 3 1 1 3 1 1 3 3331 3 1713

3313 3111 155 1 3 3 1 3 3 13 3 311

3 33 3 13:

1391 33 1 3 3 13 13 33 31 51

333 3 1 1

31 31 1

W “323 3 3313

”1 38 1 1135 31fi1

“3 13

3333

13 11 1®=r 1 31 1 3 1 3313 33 33 1 351“

1133 : 1133 3 31 13

3331513 8 13135”

D (scho l ) 3 3 35337113: 1 3 11513 33 10 0 11 113 0 3333 13 1

W 1!W W —’D (schol) N ifi mfimfi 3111:3 3

firmer.

3K Bii Ch E D D (scho l .) mini

a ] (vii:89. 1 , et al.

.

m ' D (schol.)w (Cod.

’D (schol ) ga m m a 3 3 3

3 13137 1 33 13 13131171 ( 111 63 viim ai i‘mfw v

’t

vi 63. 4.

3 1 333 151 3 3 3 33'

1f313D ( text and scho l .) 1 th W mfq gtrrflfi .

1 4vu . 106 . l.

1 5D (schol .) M y

vi. 1 10. 1 .‘ 7 D m { annom q

'

rfirfaw aéafizr111 1 13 3 3 131 11 1

'

1‘

13 1a'

1f3 111 113 3 3 11111“vi

1 12 . 1 ;‘ 9 Ch E D (text) ouf

af‘

afa-{ www D (schol .)11533 13 3 11 10 1 °f3f31fi az Hfi fi fi an z31313 1w (Cod

11130 3 133 1 111“

t 3a3 13 1fi’

11 1 1 13 :_

:mit W M W35 3 5 3 3 13 51 3 355 13 3 1 3 3 5 1

(schol.) “fl m fa 1m]: (1. etc. ; cf. Kane. 7 . 14, note)fl31 171 3 11111 11 33 111 D (schol ) 321 1 21 31 3 11 11?

W ’

mm fm sm anqé‘1131911 3 13131 181 1

W m‘

5 11 111 11111 11 sumwifi rzmfi’

1 81 1

W WW N OI1 111 11311"

{ Farfirm1 111 1 1 11 1W 131

“113 1 1111 1 111 1 afg n g

‘tfi 11 1

f‘

ww rfa‘” 6 11 11 11 11 1113 11 1 11111 1 113 1

fifgn a 3 1W “1516 3 1

1 1m 11111113 1161 511 3 11 11

Him afm fitm w

m afi aafi w aau

W W W TR M : gnfi

fi fififi mfl

v1 1 64 1 . D (text) u nfi fi ; D (schol.) M In :3 Ch Bh

u

vn ; E v D (schol.)vi i. 65. l.

.

‘ W1;

1 . 1 113 1 111 11 11 1K ( M D (schol) if};

1 11 111 11 1? vfiw111-1113 1111w rn nfwm m fi m m

m . The N aksatrakalpa , kandika 36, has the fo l lowing passage:3 1 11

33111111 1 1 m 1 115132113 32111 fiwW WHt fit

1 1 Thus emended : allMSS. { 11 1 .

here, and 1 11 the following padas, fl1 { .1 118 6 m.

ii. 430 8.

W 1 8 1 W W N 1Wififl

fiw 33;-

1 & 1 m fi1 1 o 1 3 1fi

1 D introduces this adhyiya as follows m m (Cod.

1 11 1w ere (God. m M E W 1 rdm fi fi Ofor « m . see on 40 1 1 11mm I1

m m fah m uim. Cf. Kane. 1 111. 4. D w.

'

fi firvfw amm 1 m fifut lfi 1 i

f“,

as M 1 e 1 fi t § 31 fi t”W it

mz19o 1 1'

fimfiairhm fi fl‘1qs 1 111 3 13 1 1116

W 1 1 1Wi gwfil 1cm naiitgfufa‘ 3 1 1 11 111111

mfi fi m mfifn mfim wfifi vm ufi fi mm 1 vi t

M n fim 1 1 1m m1 ii. 19. 1 ; D 19 of. them , Ath.

Pat io-34 21.via3 121‘s 111 1 8 1111 151“11 11 111119 1 1113 811111151

Cf. Kano. note.

1'v. 29. 2 , D 29.

cf. Kane. 3. 19,note.

8 vi . 75. l; D (scho l .) an ; cf. Kane.note. D (text) omits the syl lables . D (schol .) 1 &

1m m (1 16 1 ; cfls

sfi 93) 1 1 1111 1116111: 1 11mmm h cfsut 11 1 133 1

”E Bi lza

m ; R OI: 1) (text) 11211 1 1 ; P .m . , Bti ash-

( r.1 ° W only m E and D (text) . cf. the w ord W V’ 133 1 3

the rest 1 1 So KP BhBiiBi; D (text)mmm 0 ; Ch Em 0

,w hich 1s fol lowed 1nD by thegloss 51 m .

11”The w ords

W a are w anting in D (text)’3 D (scho l .) m (Cod.

cm) Ww a m t fit fljm fl fi‘

ilfl wfi fl

Thus emended ; MSS .“a:(cf.m l]: in the

sam Cf.for this pads , RV. ix . 82 . K m .

5So onlyK (see. man.) andAV ; K (prim . man.) 8 13EhCh E P Bimthe verse ending here occurs at xix. 44. 4.

6 So emended ; allMSS.

except D , W m ; D (text and schol . “GET“ 7 Ch Oh'

qfi ;

D (schol .)W U) gs fimfil1M gm8vi

9D (schol .) ifl

'

ufl z.1 °D (schol .) a t urn

“ ugh . vi.’9D (scholJm WW 1 m l

awéfam m m m fi fiwfi zm fi gm wmM m 1 fi m xfilmfiuc 6 1 9 1 42 16) 1 1)

-

1 111 11 11 1113 3?mfio) 1 1 11 1 1 1 13 111 1 1 13 1 111 1111 1 umrfi m w fifm w

eiie'

ah'iiftfi fw ’tm

"K Ch 8 11 ? « 3111 1 3 1 11 3 111

E wai t D (schol ) 1 131 8 11 1111 1 1 1131 1 131 1 W H O“!m .

u‘K Bii Ch P Bi Eh °m ; of. x. 5. 36 ; Kano.

1 11mmi. 16. l.

11 1-1 11111 11111 11» 11

fa ‘

1 sa 1 fl m w 1mfi 1mn fiw

f1 1’ 1 33 1 1 11‘ 11 1 1111fi'a 111fiwfiau1 11 1fim q

wm fi afi flgtfl l’1 3§ 1 t r§11111zm1n

1111 11 1 113 11 118 1 311 1W W Wwih

‘a gm m : 1 111171 1113 111113 1 30 11111 1 1

1 So emended ; K Bii P Eh D (text) m , of. a lso D i rila to

K5 0 91 48. 20 ; Ch EB1M a . D (schol )m m 1213 111 11 1 1 1 11131 11

325 1 5

.

K 1 11 17 1 1 1 ?$a’

; E 1 11 5 3 ; D (tex t)

.

oile d}111m . B (schol ) 11 1m m (God im

11) (scho l .)m e (Cod. w as) fin fi q

(Cod .11W ) M ira (see sfi . 1 7) via

5D (schol.)

M W 11 11 111m 1 116! 1111 1 11 111511? (11 12 1)

mafi s

m m w i wm m wmm m m ifi ll! fi flffl 7 So Bi K (prim . Ch Bii E D (text)

Ea t ; K (see. man.) P Bh D (schol.) W 1 110 1 1 1113711(0 0 d “ fil lm WW ail; 29 and

D (text)W affl sfa ; E 1 111 111 1111 11 :D (schol )W fi1 111111 0) 1 1 11 11111 3 111 0) 1 11 13 1 1 1 1W 1 1111:

(Cod 11 1 1) 111111111 11 1 1 111 1 1 1 zfiw rm i Ch 1 11 11111131 11 11 1

‘ 3D (schol ) w w w w w

( 11 11 on: 1 111171 630 1!

llW 1 80 11

83:mqfif‘

fiwazraw 16131 11 1111 11111 1 M im

i

188 11 151 11 11 1s 31 1 111 1“

113 111111331"1 8 11 1 w afiéamqétfi fiafi

”S‘Jfi

Tflfi imfl': G um

“fiJTFR

"1 89 1

M m “81.fi ufl flg

'

qqfi mmW ‘Womfi

1 1111-

2 111: 111 111 11 : m 1 131 5151 1 m m 3 D m .

“D (schol) 1 11111111 M irna 11151 1 (11 1 2 1 - 8)5Thus emended ; MSS. w aft. 6

K

m ; B!) m .

7AllMSS . except E m ; D ( schol .)

E fi fi fi fimfi ; 131 ° 1

1 1111111 P Bi «fifafii' ; K B6 wfifirfii" 8 0 M uff»emended ; MSS.

1 151111 .

11 D (schol .) 1 11111 m lW W« 111111 10 0 1 °u1i1 1 1:) m (”or W ? cf Pet Lex

0 1 11 1 11 1 113 1 1 1 11511 1 1111 fimh ufifa 11 11 111 1 1 D (schol)

i ti] firtfa M 1 1 1m : mamninmfi tfi! 1 1111W i flw ‘ .

13E Ch (prim . man.) D (text)m m ;

D (schol ) W ar-

111 11331 1 (cfan 1 2) 311 1 11 115mm m 1

its?! ail-1 11 111 1 13 111. K P Bh uni.

‘ 5D (schol.) 1113

a W m “ ; ii. 12 .

“5D (schol .) 111mm (1for

111 1 11 71 1 111 1 ; “ unfl annzv m nm 1 1Wfl i nfim m m fi amm mfi a m a fl

m zfi w g (Cod. WW ) (“ 11m m1 1m afi mw’

111 11 1

a 1 1 121 1 111 11z11 1 1 111 131 1 1111 11So emended ; MSS. W ; ii. 1 2 . D (schol .) W W ?! ( fill

1 11 11 1 35 1111 1 { 1 1 1 111-h 1 1 1 11 11 11 1 ( swim 1 3 11 111111111

(Cod 3 31 10 1 11 11 3 1111

qgc II“ ii i 80 l ll

fin’wfi mgfimnfi ufi mmw

fifit fi tfi m fi‘

lum m fifi w fi

33m 1 11111 15

1 113 1 QM “

W mo nm nuw n

Ch E D (tex t and scho l .) Hm . D (schol. Inh'f:M 1 1m zh fi m : cf Km 43 1 4

1 2. 6. D (schol .) 13?M fiifm .

5D (schol.)

fi ifit 1 111 1111 1 1111: m m wod1 m6So (m ) only E t

i ; Ch E D(text) 1 11 133

0; K P BiEh (W )W 1

7B11 E D ( text)

D (text and scho l.)w ith“ m

m an i a-1111 1111 1 111111 111111Ki ne. 35 . 28 ; 49.

8D ( text and schol .) EN ?1 1 3“

(0 0 11 3191) 1man“

an gram fqufi l; 11 11 11 Kano. 32 . 8 , 35. 28 .

9D (text) mm ; D (schol .)m m fi flfi

1° D

(schol .) m m (Cod . i i . 1 2 ; see su . 1 3. ti.

1 8 1 1 D 1 1 8 1 0 0 1 11111 1:“1 11 121 1111 1 1 18m mm d zm i 8 11 11 1 1111 1 rm : cf. Kane.

—1

‘ 3 D

(schol m m fi n afi m w fit (Kaw 7 1 5) 1 111 111

T ill: Im WM QE iii. 13. 1 .

‘ 5D (schol.)

W 3 1 11-1 1 0)fat: 1 1 1611 11 111 31 11 1emended ; MSS. mai l: 1 7

1311 11 1 11 1 11 ; D (text) (1)

118° 11 i f“? W 11

W 1 q§ 1w fifi as 1 fi t§=gafi m gfl qm

W ‘

n fi ‘ mm mm fi a

im am 1 § o 1f8t fi< a 1qaz°N a ra

-

en

namfi afitrfit’wm su m rfih 5 51 18116

(cili a ) emended ; MSS.°m 1

6 Ch (see . m an.)m ;

Bii W3 ; D (text and schol .) corruptly, “W W?(0 1 311 113 0) 1}

m m ( ! cf. schol . to an. 22.7 D (schol .)m

m (lfor lira or m ; of. King}. and note) m( m in W 1m m ( fi t an (c£

Rims. 74, end) W fi 1 1m m; cf. Kane. 41 . 2 .

8So

Bii P Bi Eh K (prim . man.) fu n} ; K (sec. man.) g ift ; D (text)5 3 1 1 10 11 1 51 E afi ; D (schol1 )m t n 19 -§fi1m fi af( m(Cod m a) It :fi ft fi‘lfl!“m afim fi

Kano. 47 . 29 and 38.

9 E Ch (see. man.)m ; D (schol.)w illm m —(D'tm nm 0 0 11 1 ofschol

to10

vi. 37 . l.

uC P Bi Bh ‘fiz'R .

1 2 P W ; D ( text) m ; D (schol . W mm gfi mm m 1 12 11 01 1 1“ m : 31111511

(Ifor ° thir1 ?) 1 E

1 11613 0 (schol 1 ) wfmm fiu’

u nfi t 1 wfimfi Sma rt? 111fi imtt.

1 4D (schol .) to this and the fol lowing sfi tra

,mw q

'

ifimfim rfia (Cod .org 1 1 1 mi am m

m vi. 54. 1 ; vii. 70 . 1 .

26D (3011 0 1 )

fiwiasmi'aéifaH1sa1ai‘éfiw tfiafi1m flfix

m

W Wfi m fi fiw"m are-11 1 1 11 1 11

Ch D (text) 0m v1 75 l

D (schol.) M WW ‘ Ch (pnm. man.) t ru

m Em e ; D (text) fi ve .

5 Ch E 1311 B11 D (text)D ( 1 1 11 0 1 ) inf-is: m m (ofKane 4? 1 )

W“

(tror Eta?) W 11 1 ( v 0m ( 1 fofi fi m fl ) 1 11m m filifiufi t

1 m fi m ‘ m fi fi cw

M a m m fi mflue m

(prim . man.) 0m .

7 So emended ; Bii rm m ; K Bi

’ v i 1 138. .1

D m ; cf1 note 18 1

u EW : D (text

and schol .)“Q0 (tror w ?) K Ch E D (text) m ; so

a lso D (schol.) to the next sfi tra .

1 3 D (schol .) m m

fi <l> fifarwfiz 1 vw ifi mfifi 1m 1fi 1w m m 1 11

“a! dfim (0 0 d m m m m flfor q .

fifi fi'

fi flfm cf. Kano. .47“K Bii

115 11 111311 1ww w wfi w wmnmnwtu

m . 34. l; 108 . l; 59 . 1 ; vi .1'Thueemended ; MSS .Q.

W ren-1 11 1 1 11‘vii. 77 . 1 . W Wm i! fiq il Ch E D (text and schol.)

Wu han; D (schol ) m m ( 0 1 1111 11111

W W <1>W W — 6m . 95. 1 .

7 8 11 1 111 1 1 11

w fim fl rfi wfi gfiwu m fi m o

“k w M cf. Kaue. 32. 17 ;10 Ch P Bi E D (text)m .

1 1 Bi and D (text) have acolon here .

1 2So emended , as vrddhi-deriva tive from fi g !

(see Kano. K P Bh m ; Ch Bii B i m ; E m ;

D (text) h D (1 1111 0 1 )m y“ m 1 15 1111“K P wfi rfirw

tz; D (text) 1 11 1 1111:

mfiam maa 1 n u m a m fit viifin 11m mW w M im i? w arm lfi'fizmfi fi w rit)‘fl

'

ufifiN Cod.Ofln

'fit ; cf. Here ends the commentaryofDarila.

«1811 11 1 111 1111111? 811 11

figfimfim fimfiwzfinfl im flwmfiHa fiwffirfiwufi fiimm 1

°

1ia 31 11 1 1 1 1

m mfi’« m i

-

1151 1 3 11 1 183 1 151 161 :111 11

sdtfa'W m mtmmfifi‘

zfi'

ifi wfim1 1 trrfinw mfifi m

1111 11 1111 1 11 qa 1 w fifirq§m 1 qs 1 sif1

m'étfi a fiia ‘ afi na ah mw afi fi sfii

1 Bi has a colon here . x. 5. 15, 42 , 50 ; of. Di rila to

King. 38. 2 ; 47 . 31 .

3 x . 5. 25. v. 3. 1 . Ch EBii P m .

6 xiii. I. la .

7 xiii. 1 . 28 (et

8. 1 (et xvi. 6. 1 .

8 Cf. Kano. 47 . 14, 25. K Bi

133 ; E a? RT (waft ) ; Oh a?RT; of. Kano. 47. 28 and Dirila

to 48 . ll.

1° K Bi (3 3pm Qfi i1 1Of. King. 48. 42 and

Darila to 43.

I”AllMSS.M for Hi w ith doublesandhi see the introduction.

1 3 Form see Ki ng. 35.

28 ; 47 . 54. x . 5. 6 ; cf. Kano. 41 . 31 . x . 5. 7 .

1 ‘ Cb

°flmwfm xiii. 1 . 56.

1 °xvi. 2 . l.

glimm éfiwfi 1 q 1 fifmwmfi m fi

Ffm élfafi fze'

iz‘lolfi

fi m d m

m t rfil11 1m m91 fi1W m

«few rfi

wfi ty fim

fiu

mmw

i. 2 1 . 1 ; v1 1 . 55. 1 (x1 1 . 1 . Bi has a colon here .

Cf. Kano. i. 26. 1 ; 27 . 1 ; vi. a. 1 ; 76. 1 ; cf. the

Km , Kano. 25. 36 . note ; E Bi have a colon here .

This division in E ; cf. 11 11118 23. 1 1 .

6 Ch rm ; E 12 11 .

7i. 27 . 4.

8 So emended : ‘ reciting down upon ’ ?MSS .

N 1

9 xi i . 1 . 62.

1° i. 31 . 4.

1 1 K 8 11 Bh corm(ap

p ) with double sandhi.1”iii. 15. 1 .

‘ 3 Thus emended ; MSS.

D (scho l .) to King. 14. 25 : am i Q W fgfil( iii. 26. l; 27 . cf. the

'

note ibid.,and the

W , Ath. Paric. 34. 16.

‘ 5vi. 1 . 1 ; the hymns vi. 8 - 7 .

WW W“1 1 1 1 11 s 11 11 110 11

{ filmW ifn fiaa

1 v i . 59. 1 ; 93. 1 ; 107 . 1 ; 1 28 . 1 ; iv. 28. 1 (xi. 2 . 1 ; The

W 6 (cf. p. 145, note three ofthe pratikas in this sfi tra, one

in 811 . 18,and two in occur in theW , Ath. Paric. 341. 17

fi zzlq m fiw fim m w uwo MSS 1 11 111111 ) 1 111 111 1 1 1 w mfi m m

alarm i s t-

em u

111-

aft m m’

311 11 111 11 2 1 11 1 1161 wit(Bl

ihler’s Codex ends here . Q”

!fifi W !)“

i t ‘ft (thisw ord is wanting i n the Chambers Codex)m 1 1 111 11111fi g lfi fi afiw mw

o

fiffim “111 11 1 11 11The pratikas are ; ii . iii. 26 . 1 ; iv. 3. 1 ; 28 . l; v.

v . vi . 59. l; 62. 1 ;

46 ; xv. 5. l. iv. 28. 1 (xi . 2. l ; 6.

3vi. 128. 1 . Darila

,fol. 1. 4 (to Kauc. m

m ; cf. a lso Ath. Paddh. to Ksuc. 76. 19. iv . 28. 1 ; vi

1 28. 1 ; vi . 56. l; xii. l. 46. For the last cf. the W ’

note.

6 So allMSS. ; is the text to be emended to W I

gal7E P B i 3 11 11 11 .

8 E a lone reads °m ~ 1h

};rest 0m m Is the word to be emended to Ow n ?

(prim . man.) E (sec. man.)W T? Is the w ord

to be emended to M ? l° °iv. 3.

1 1 Km ; B1'

i 1 13 .

m 1 1 8 1m a'

ffil‘

m ga’ W 1 8 1

m ammm fiw W WIW

m fi lt lfiwfi m fi 1 e 1 flflq fi afir“

M u mm fifl w m

i5111161 1 8 8 1 1 11m fi fi fiflmnmwf

m rzmizfinm‘

ifanwh m fi““

191 1

mi8mm : 188 1 fi qfi afiwfi“r ain-agar?!

W W ”1 8 11 13183191

"8 76113 11 191 1

1See 511 . 2. vi. 55. l.

3 Ch has a colon here. vi. 84. 1 ;

P ca irn »6 So P Bi Bh K (sec

man.) Ch (see. BiiEK (prim.man.) Ch (prim . man.) I“ .

7 K 8vi. 106. l

9E Ch (prim. man.) R ; P 8 11

1 °Bi has a co lon here.

1 1 D (scho l .) to Ki ne. 40. 5;

‘ W 711m m: fa il—qu r . cfm

iw ’.w . andA w

vii. 6. .2 Ch K im .

1 .

" ’K Bb z fimt-m.

‘ 5

‘ 7 K P Eh finio.

1 ° Thus (w e) emended ; EW ;

the rest Q fin . vii. 102 . 1 .2° For theW

see Kane. 82. 27 , note ; 58. 22, etc.

i. 30. 1 ; cf. the m , Kano. 54. 1 1 , note ; a lso 59. l.

i . 9 . 1 ; 35. 1 ; v . 28. 1 ; cf. the firstm , Kane. 13. 1 , note.

Cf. D (schol .) 1 0 Km . 1 1 . 19.

1ii. 13. 1 . Paddh.

W W “; D ac. Kar. W am ; both texts treatthe m immediately after the m (Kano.

Ch m .

7So P Eh ; Bii Bi and Ath. Paddh.m ;

11 1111 18 111 18 . 8 1 11 111111 118 “1 1 153 For want of. Kane. 7 . 25, and D (scho l .) ibid .

9 0 11 E 8 6

w ; of. Kane. and D (scho l .) ibid .

1° E W .

1 1Ath. Paddh. adds as fol low s ( W ife: IM ]“W

(cfAev Gr i 17 3) m m 11 m (AV

xix . MSS. m i”m m ‘ 9 Ath. Paddh.

=fi m afit fi m z tfivm m 61 1 2)vficam fi; (see Km 57 23> 1 11 m m as 1) fi t:

w (see ibid . 811 . The passage contained in this and the

next sfitra is repeated at King. 67 . 20 fg.

° fg. ; 185. 4 fg. , etc.

8 110 11m ay? 118 11

1 Ch E ea rn s cf. Kane. Ath. 9 11 111111 . 11 111

1»E w .

3 K Eh Ch ( prim . man. ) 1 m(with double sandhi).

91 1 . 13. 1 .

1 °Ath. Paddh.

1 1Ath. Paddh.

azvfi 119 SO

fain ; Ch E 1 1m ; D ae. Ka 0) « 1113 1Ath. 2 , andu "

K P Eh 54. 19. vi. 8 . 1 ; Ath. Paddh.

and Dec. Kar. m fi afi fi gfil‘

. But Dac. Kat .

in citing the verses in ful l substitutes viii. 2. 1 7 for vi. 68. 8 ; cf. thefol lowing sntras.

8 118 11M W?88 11

fi am f‘

a vfi vfifi m‘1 s 1 w

mm fafifil’ zfinifia wrists-8 1 1m m

W mm mfitfiifimfi'

m fi m zfiamfl m fi m'

imgfia aai

m s 1 118 1 8o 1

11811 811188 8L$1118 fire {WW W

m .

fi’188 1mm sfi sfi gsafif1 88 1mm 9

w m fi fit: 88 1 13331 83 1

gafim m az“188 1 3mm

” “

8 3113151: 8 11

l1 1 . 13. 2 , 3. 1 1 . 13. 4. Bi has a co lon here ; Dac.

Kar. 8 11 1 1115 w 1 11 1 111 1111 ; Ath. Paddh. m wag-rigm

ii. 13 . 5.

5 xiii. 1 . 1 6 - 20.

5ii. 15. 1 ;

vi. 41 . 1 . For the first ofthese prat‘

ikas and severa l others, fo l lowingin this and the nex t four chapters, cf. the w , Ath. Paric.

34. 4: w nfizm 1m fl gzm wa1’

am mh m w fi m m m w m m m mss.

m )fi'mnftrm rgmfin18 1 The pratikas are: ii. 15. 1 1 7 . 1 ;

33. 1 ; iii. 1 1 . 1 (i . 10. iv . 13. l; v . 80 . 1 ; W1 . 82. 1 ; viii. 1 . 1 ; 2.

l; xi. 4 . 1 ; xvii. 1 - 5 ; of. Kine. 52. 18 ; 57 . 31 , etc.

7 D ac. Kat.

am“ (Cod . m ) .

8 ii. 1 6. 1 ; 17 . 1 ; cf. the precedingnote.

9ii. 28. 1 ; cf. note 6.

10Dec. Kar . m 11

1 138 10 0 1 111 5 8 ” M fi m m fi qfi a m fi gso

llm |18 1 1111 11 8 118

m mmm’

hmm umm is‘

mmfi ti8 111118 11? Qfim fi

’l88 1 mfiim m s

mfifit‘ m :M l83 1m fits’

fi

Ath. Paddh. 11 111111 ; fi m fi lwfi fi ! “ in“m (of. Kane. 53 . Dee. Kar. treats the 1 m in ful l

(1 111 mm?fa rm? 111 W ). agreeing with 111 11

Ath. Paddh. in employing ii. in connection with the m9 viii. Cf. Ki ne. 58. 18, note ; Dae. Kar .

i i. 29. 1 ; xiii. l. 59 ; of. for the second pratika

note.

5So P Bh ; K BiBt

im ; Ch E

; cf. Kane. 53. 16.

7 D ae. Kar. and Ath . Paddh.

W o

m a n mm flfl w w wfi mm t wfifmm m fin (iii. 8. 1 ; cf. s1

'

1 . 18) t fi W 1 amth

gitfit l as m utt

1 111 11 1311 11 m a fw an w git t fit eiw ( ii 13)

3171111 1 331“ gfiim 8 1 1111 111 1 316 ? 8 11 111 1 1 1 818 1

m i 1 111 1 11 181 1 fi t:m fjr ;cf Ki ne 53 6

11 111 . 11 1 1 1111 . { 11 1W .

m

viii. 2 . 1 7 ;

68 15m gu lmfim rfi1 <fi ® fi°

1 vfzfaz 1 1 18 1 1 811 11 11(vi. 68 . 2) m ; cf. Kane. 53. 17 fg.

10 v i . 1?Thus Bii

a lone ; 1 11 1 1 ofizsrsh ; Dae. Kar. 11 11 11 Ath. Paddh. m W it

(Ath P addh 8 1132 10 8 3111 1m a ch-

1181 ; cfKano 53 20

11113 a lum i na“

fiffl a m wfim t u t afi tfi u

W a rm w mw‘

ifitwt sm i

‘f31 131 1: f 1 G111 1“it

W W W W W M M

fi mfi wg flw fim m m fiw

D ae. Kar. and Ath. Paddh. give them 1 0 fu l l , as a t Kine.

54 1 “ M u tt: Paddh W W W )etc.

’ E mn ; KBt‘

iChP Bb m ; cf. Kane. so. 1 ; 67 . s.

E Eh Ch (see. man.) “NW 1 8 the passage to he emended to

“N H ? Or are these w ords an interpo lation from11 1 1 1; 60 1 (“hum an m 1 m m n fizfi tw fi

Ath Paddh m afi5Bh alga ; Ath . Paddh.

and Dae. Kar.m un m lm { fi Ath . Paddh. and

Dae. Kar.w W .

7Ath. Paddh. and Dae. Kar .m

W am D 8 1 . Kat -WtW M 1W 1 113151 111 1 0)m S! m

.

) I!“

9Ch (sec. man. inserts In between

an and W ,but this 1 8 again e1 ased.

1° Cb omits ( fi t1 1 Use.

Kar. and Ath. Paddh. . . . wg'ffi “M lm fl gm

Dac Kar arw muh 1 1111 11 ; Ath Paddh zfi w’

mfi

W .

1 3 So emended ; allMSS. ofthe text and Ath. Paddh.

tn ; Dae. Kar. mfgmo. So allMSS. , except Ch (sec. man.)

°fg1glfi ‘ fl ; bnt this correction is again cancelled,so tha t

am 18 the final reading ofthe MS. ; Dae. Kar. W m “!l"’

v1 1 10.5 1

W Wm W 1 a 1 atfit aan-

Ft 1 qi aa

fi 1 w awfi t wfi1 m 1 2fl m

afi fi m aflwafi tm aflwfifi m w

fifi'

m fi amHfi R‘fi t ti mfi W H

-

a m’

m m trfi sfm 1111: 1 11 11 8131G

1t'

g1111111i11

‘i1

Thus emended ; MSS. and Dae. Kar.“1 ; cf. P111 . Gr . 11 . 4. 2 ;

Aev. Gr. i. 22 . 2 1 ; Gobh. G1 1 1 10 4 1 . v1 48 1’ E

W 177 ; Ath. Paddh. and Dae. Kar. m (Dae.

Kar yt fizm w t fi m t w fimfi w i tm mW m vfi mfi fi tatfi it tn m affi m 'fi

'

fl ‘ im fim emv ti t w wfi t fi mit m 1 w m u fifi i 1m6 113111 1 18 113 1 1 1 1 11 1 13 111 w fiwfl

’n 1 131 13 fi t

iz'

flrfi t 1 1 1113

6 11 1 1 8 1 1 n rfim m w tfi tm mfi w mfl afi111 151111 1 egflwfwfl 1 w m f'ffi an?Ram t nfim w 1 via 1 11 1111 1 ran? 1 1151 1 11511 1 1 12‘Bfl

'

fi u Dae.Kar. ( tw ice)m . Are the w ords to be emendedto or fi m n? cf. 5

Cf. VS. 1 . 5 ; ii. 28 ; Maitr. S.

i v. 9. 24 ; TS Tait . Ar. iv. 41 . 3 - 6 ; Céfikh.Cr. iv. 8 . 6 ;6Bi‘ wli .

7Is the word to be emended to it?cf. 85 . 6.

8Ch has

faw faat a mflt ’ nfnu wfi t‘g’ mmfi a‘

W wfimm i ‘

m wfiw fi tm itm nfi

the numbers Q, 3 etc. before the colons ; Dae.Kar. fi l ls out as fol lows,in accordance with 9 111 1 11 6 °

1 1h 3 7W? (Cod .0 11113) Iiifi lfi i

gt t m'

anw omn fl zfifm tfim fl m m fit t“ W N W . Cf. Aev. Gr.

4 . S; Gobh. Gr. ii. Br.

Ath. Paddh 1 191 1 . uf‘tzzwflfa 111-

1 1 1 « 1 °

1hf1 t 1 Dav. Kar im“11 1 111 111 1 11151 « 1171 1 8&

g-

q-

m qa etc. as above. Thus emended . Al l MSS. and Dae.

Kar. (cf. the preceding note)m ap ; it is probably an o ld error,d ue to the subsequent occurrences ofthe word in the formula .

‘ Ch 113 ; B11 ow .

’Dae. Kar. R m .

“KBfiWD ee. Kar. { mm

-

q .

9 So 11 111 1 11111 11 ; K P BhBi 1 1 131 11 111 1 1 0 11 838 5 and Dae. Kar. mm ; Pet. Lex. emends to migufi (dativeof1 11 1111111 11 1. So 11 11 1 1 11111 11 ; K P BhBiE 1 11 1 115 ; Ch 8 1 and

Dee Ka r.“a ; this la tter reading is emended tom by the

Pet. Lex . to match the emended mfiufi ; see the preceding note.

Cf. also viii. 10. 23. 1 1 Ch here inserts“1 1 above the line.

nut : 11 fi ne? 116 1 we 11

m fizmfi m a W a’nfi

mfitf‘

fi ww fi w:ufimfi fi m m‘

1 c13 1 argugiu 1 c111 1 111-11m mm afi a“c16. 1

m zn'

am‘ufin w m afi mfl

m at-

m am m alia n

W rafi znfi m fi fi c151 1 11 11 11121 1

mm gféfifh 3 11 111”11 11 1111 11 £13 3 1 at

m m w fillm lfi'fl mfim W W M

mfir’

hfi fim 1 3 1 M m fim m1 E and D ac. Kar. m a fi m

qm . Wanting m K.

1 Dee. Kar. reads the passage beginning here as fo l low s fi ner!

m 1m nfim m wfiim 1 t fiw fiCf. Ca t. Br. xi. 5. 4. 3 ; Acv. Gr. i . 20. 8 ; Cankh.

Gr. iv. 18 . 2 . v1 1 . 105. l; Dac. Kar. and Ath . Paddh. vfi l

mm m .

68 6 mm ; Dac. 11 111 . vim . P

8 Ch W ; Dac. Kar: reads the last tw o pi das as

fo l lows : m In m fi ufi m fifi m m’

Ath Paddh

m ti:t a m m m m . Cf. T1 111. Up.

i. 4. 3.

9D ec. Kar. and Ath . Paddh. add here : 11m m

'l'

Tfil afifa l 1 1m m ( iv. 10 . 1 ; cf. Ki ne. ( Fa W .

wfilldumrfiafia n flmm wwfi uan m i m . A“,Paddh. (l for N i Qflg

a’fiimcf. Kauc.

note. 7 1 133 4 5uCh Bi fi

'

flfi‘

lfi

0160 11m ‘N ll

m wfi 11 31m m:m’

fifil’mm

l1111 13 111 1 1 11

em fawf‘cfifa ‘1 311 13

11 {1 11 1 3 13 11l

m ifim ramfitm m 1 61 1 11131 313 153 1113

mm finmm"13 19 1 if511 55111“{ gufiwfi

’ m

fi qfifim 3113131 1 ac 1 mafnu wfi i mfi'

nmw mmmm fimm

a rgfifigumfi acn 1 1m m a mmal} 11

fi lae l nb n 11 110 11

1v1 1 . 98. 3. Bi 0m .

3 m . 33. 1 . Bii Ch E Bi5Ath. Paddh. and D 1 1 . 11 1 1 . 31 1:fi n“W e 1“i

m 33.

xix. 64. l; Ath. Paddh. and Dac. Kar.

m :fa“

! m m . Then fo l low in Dac.Kar. four versescorresponding to xix . 64. 1 - 4 with the fol low ing variants : Versem for“3 ; m form , and at the end ofthe verse

there is added fléflfg:m a ; m for 1 1 m .

7v1 1 . 89. 4 ; Efilm .

8 vi . 108. 1 .

9 Ath . Paddh. Ifii.

vi. —3 ; Dac. Kar. cites the verses i n full, substituting vi.

for vi. 7 1 . W fl 'fi) ww w W 151 fil1 1For the“m see Ki ng. 54. 1 1 , note ; for them 1

Kano. 10. 1 fg.

1 2The Ath. Paddh. adds a chapter “W t ,

to w it :fu t -1 1m 1 111 13 1w zwffluh 111‘

fi n lnim ftw fi mt tfi rm n w

3m m -m i di W W I w t Ufi fin

gmfnmsrfi im m W 1 3m W rit"

6mwmfi tut tiW f

lfi 1 1 1a 1m mm etc . (as in Ki ng. 56. 5, note) W W m 1

m ama-In t uit efnu wlzu'

rfi lm w m u

w M inimalm m mrqfit: 1 11111 11 11111 : (41 . 1)

W m mfnfi tm lw n t fi gw fl l

wm w fi iwfit in ?« 1 11 11 1 11 1m il-

11m m na

ffl'W m M 11“m obothK

m t am (MSS. xix . 68. 1 ) w fi 1m a sf“

m gtwfi‘

gam fi m ga n

fi m fi’

gm w fi gw fi ufln 1

W W ufitw‘

n

W W fiW fi l

W am m m fiza“

fi a fl W mm fism m fim

111311111 15 1 1 :1m afi‘

fi flmW W 13 1

E’s“531mm 3 11751 111 1 arm s

-

am“{ fit

M n i t fi fin fim fi am m 'im‘

m t fi fit

(Ki ocu -w lfsh gwrfvmwfi a I'N Ififi lft“ W W W W 1 vfi vflui 1 fi m

’K B Ch E Bimg

o.

‘ Ch w fl cw .

iii. 31 . 1 ; iv. 13. 1 ; v . 30 . 1 ; 32 . 1 ; viii. 2 . 1 ; xi. 4. 1 ;

xv1 1 . 1 - 5 ; cf. theW ’Ki no. 54. 1 1 , note.

8 E has a colonhere.

9 VS . i. 6 ; TS. i. 1 . 4. 1 ; Ti itt. Br. iii. 2 . 4. 1 ; Ma 1 tr. S. i.lo

xvi. 2 . .1” D

( schol . to Kane. 3. 4, m if?! fl gfi !‘

(xix . MSS.

;mw ith Vedic sandhi (Whitney 1 27, end) . iv. 9. 1 .

u iv. 10. 1 ; cf. the Paddhatis, Kauc. 56. 1 7 , note.

mi?811111n M 1 1 3 1 ssw“ W ham$111“tsémfnmfi fifi tgmum mufafl

salfi am“

W 1W ‘

fl so 1 111-21 3 1111 11 111

1 v. 28 . 1 .

9 v . 28. 14, 1 2, 13 ; 111. 1 1 . 1 ; 11 . 13. 1 ; vu .

v. 30. 1 ; vii. 32 . 1 ; viii. 1 . 1 ; 2 . 1 ; xi. 4. 1 ; xvii. 1 - 5 ; cf. the ITym ,

Kano. 54. 1 1 , note.

3Ch cam . xvi. 2. 1 .

5 Ch E Bii ‘

nfiIO ; of. King. 28 . 13. Or isW t the right readingas in Ki ngs. 29. 22?

6Doc. Kar. and Ath . Paddh.m m

m m mm m m m lm tmm m M (Dac. Kar.

0 1 1m ; cf.Ki ne. 18)

m at ri m mm qwmw fi mn 7

of. them Kane. 54 . 1 1 , note .

8 K 0m .

9Ath.

Paddh. and Dac. Kar. W1 ( Ham m w0m ?firirqfil Then fo l low in the Dac. Kar . verses 1—10 of

viii. 2 , in ful l .1° K Ch (prim . man.) cf. Ki ne. 8 . 15.

1 1 Dac. Kar . and Ath. Paddh. m (Ath. Paddh. m fg)finm rfifi a fi rgm tru

'ff‘

a. D ac. Kar. and Ath . Paddh.

mix-

arm“:m 3 1 1m t ritium “ 1m mw’

gfrfor 31 11111 19111 1m en film m u n

{fm (lfor °‘

fl:“ifm m . viii. 2 . 16.

1 4Ath. Paddh. and D ac. Kar. it?

w ith vm fi ! an: 1 1WmfflfaW (viii. 2 . 14, 15 ; but Dac. Kar. cites in ful l only viii. 2.

14, dividing the who le into two verses after fl I2 , a t the end

of111 1 second line ofverse 14) q-

rfvtqafiqm i (11. 29. 1 , 2) an 11

mitfi t moi (xiii 1 59. 60) a'

tfw lfi M 3 1 11 1 1 1

m m an arm (both MSS. ofAth. Paddh.ow fin

q m m a afihmm mm

1 1m : 1 q8 1 m fi W m

mu m ’m m smm w

W IQG Ifi tm fifi swimflfzfifi iFfi t gmmiqgwfi vfiafiww

mm rfin

W m mm zwgnmufifiim it

1i. 30. 1 ; cfi Kenc. Di rila, fol. 5, describing the

contents ofchapter 59, fi i 21 1 (fa rm “ (fam .

a i. 82 . 1 . 1 1 1 l5 l

Kauc. 50. l2.

8 0 hm ; 3

m ac . Cf. Kane. 1 1 . 7 . vi. 58. 1 ; cf. the first

m ,

1 1vi. 61 . l.

‘ 3vi. 86. 1 .

“vi. 87 . 1 ; se. 1 .

cf. them ,Kine. 25. 36, note.

m1 1 . 6. 1 ; vii. 82 . l.

‘ 7 iv. 39. 1 .

1° v. 2 . 1 ; vii.1 °E «fit. vi. ea 1 ;

v n. .2 l; 6. as also for v1 1 46 . l ofthenext sfitra cf. the m (I), Ath. Pa ric . 34. 19 Wm m <viim 47 0 1 hfi ifiw aflwmltfdm ?“u Cf. Vi it. 31 B

qt

phas a colon here.

as E Ch (prim . man.) 03 .

1 1m m m n mm « gnarl-

am“

W mmafi nfim m ’m m u

m W fi fi fi sfi fi ufifivjmm a eém fi m

fifmm m m fim’

iw’

m me lefiwn ifii" W W W

wfafl mmfi wwfifa”m inim“?

m an-

aim : IQQ Ill cto IIII'IQ ll

11 minim?afifiuaiqj‘

runfit SW ! 11mm“11

vii. 17 . 1 ; 19. 1 ; 20 . 1 ; 24. 1 ; 25. 1 ; 26. 1 ; 29. 1 ; 46. 1 ; 51 . 1 ;

79 . 1 ; 82 . 1 ; E has a colon here.

2vii. 1 10. 1 .

3vii. 1 10. 1 .

3ii. 34. 1 ; 35. 1 . E has a colon here .

6 0 h °M flflfi .— 7

cf. .Dac

Kar. and Ath. Paddh. to Katie. 42 . 1 2 , note.

8vi. 40 . 1 ; 48 . 1 ;

cf. the first W , Ki ng. 1 3. 1 , note.

9vi.

1 0Bi

has a colon here . vi. 53 . 1 .

1 9 So on 1311 E BiK (prim.

mam) ; P Bh K (sec. man.) m ; cf. Ki ng. 72 . 30.

‘ 3vii 87 . 1 . Ch ends here ; E inserts If; cf. Kano. 25. 36,

1 5K P Bh here divide the text into two ha lves : ( fi t

m .

11 5511 11

m m :m erm aid?

f‘

m fii aflvfir 1 q 1 mfim‘

1 m 1 e 1 m

W m 1 s 1 m § m 1 8 1 mM arzfifiafi fi fiwfi m m u m awafi f

g fimfififi emfi ifi zfimai‘

w1 s 1 ufi fi m n 1 b 1m 1 e 1 afi

am m fi m aém mm 3 1191?

m w m mW M t filfi sa

1 D i rila,fol. 5° 1. 5: W W : W filfi! w : (Cod.

a So Ch Bi Bii (prim . mam) ; K P Bh B11

(99 0 man )m .

a KW fi D (scho l .) to Kane.46 30 flim fl iw firfit fi q m (vi.

5 1188.

m i. 6E has a co lon here .

7 Thus emended ; MSS;m’ m .

9Of. en. 2s.

“E wing .

has a co lon here.

fi ls lfl ifim’

m fl’nm oo-1 1m m

flat w filgm a m 353171 1 11 1 {um

a m -n’

imf‘

a lw 1 ifi iamfm ng

m fi‘

zfi d m vfirflrfigm ufi m

fininf‘

a 1 c1c1 1 39 111

m agzm u m fimfaf‘

a’

amm afiaqvm: 1 <13 1 W w a -fi m ms l

afi m zfiufim w afin qw atria

n fi fi m qmfi mm mW M me mfi m ufimw

W q fi m ifiafi i fimwu mm qgw’

m filigfl i qg tfi m e l afi m fi fifi“

W w fi mu w wfilfififlm

E has a colon here. So (El-1m ) K P Eh Ch Bi(prim . 8 6 (sec. man.) ITQW ; B E mm ’

K P Bh‘

fl'

fi O xi 1 . 5.

3E has a colon

here, after ( fil, and after W6xi. 1 . 6.

7Em ; Ch

(prim . man.) Hf! 8 K has a colon here ; cf. Kane. 67 . 26

9x1 1 . 3. 1 6.

1 1xi. 1 . Thus with

very doubtful emendation : some verb like 1 1m or the like must

be supplied , ifit be correct ; K BiiChPm m ; Bifi t !

in fi rm E a im 111111 1 11 151 . Upon the basis ofthe 111 11 1 110 111

suggests, on the margin ofE ,the emenda tionw ,

‘may

1 get to be uppermost through this rite’ ’3 KChE Bh m .

1 ‘xi. 1 . 9 ; xii. 3. 14.

1 5xi. xi. 1 . 7 .

‘ 7xii. 3. 15.

v ii 65m“3m

M W H QQ I Tifimmfit

1 eb 1 3 q iafm 1 ee 1 qfilfl m qfit

fit“W afi so 1 5113 a t fifllfit

W 1 11“ ash : wafafa" 11 11131 11111 1 311 1

W W W 1 as 1 WIT3 am: 9311

fi fifii"wfi iW inemm mfimfinsm

m 3 1 11: 3mm w m ulling"

fiz

W flw awfiu s§ 1 3 5 : 1 1amW w fm ae m ne wfifiwfifi fim zfi

‘ Chm .

sxi. l. ;9

bx1 1 . 3. 18.

—3 19°

xi. xii.5 So emended ; 8 13 Bi Ch (see. man.) Ow ;

Ch (prim . man.) O‘ fi ; K 0m ; E On fi ; P Bh °

u fi .

K Bii Ch Bim m .

'xi. 1 . 11 1 1 . 3.

N i h E O

g'lfi , B1 Bh 31 nfl.

9xii. 3. 2 1 .

w ; E ° ‘ fl1fi . xii. x 1 i . 3.

Ch W m (cf. AV. vi. 126.

1 4xl1 . 3. 22

(sec. man.) 0m .

1“xi. 1 . 16.

‘ 7xii. 3 . 24.

3 ‘ So (m ) E only ; Ch Biim i so a lso D (scho l . ) toKane. 2 . 9 ; K P Bb Bim un g. So emended ; K P Bh BfiBi E in“.

23xi. 1 . 19 ; xii. 3. 29. Ch wt

Wfi ; xii. 3. 31 . Cf. Kane. 1 . 24 ; 8. 1 1 .

fiv e-

35 193 11 11 12 11?m fim

x 1 1 . 3.

2x1 1 . 3. 32 . xi. 1 . 21 ; x1 1 . 3. 35.

s K P Eh Bu (prim . man.)m ; xi. 1 . xii.

l xii. 3. 38"Ch ”flfi'fifl t

1 11Bi has a colon here ; for this and the fol low ing five sfi tras cf.

Kane. 68 . 18 - 23 . Thus Ch (sec . mam) ; Ch (prim . man.) and

the remaining MSS. fl i; cf. Kane. 68. 19.

‘ 5 K m ; cf.

Kano. 68 . 19.

1 6 Em0; Ch °fi .

1 7 Ch E have a colon

here.

1 8P °m ; Bh onmo ; E m .

(cf. AV. xi. 3. EW ; If? Bh have here, as at the end

ofmetrica l passages ; is the passage beginning with m a half

cloka ?2°

xii. 3. 34.

sex ,11 1 1W fin 1 63 11

am m fia'

fif’ggvfi fiww w‘

a n

mm aha-"

iW arm grim

m 1

fir1 Q3 1 11 3 11 11 §Q 11

WW W W : 1 3 1 13271111 11

m fifi aafirm mmrfifiai w m fi

’Bii wrmg

-

gq .

‘ 3

W ; Ch (sec. man.) W ; 0 11 (prim . et tert. man .) as above; soa lso the remaining MSS.

5BiW or °W

_5

x1 1 . 3. .607x1 1 . 3. 51

8 K Bh 9

’°K m m tfi. xi. .1 25

xi. 1 . 23h; xii. 3. 53.

1 ‘xi. 1 . 29. xi. 1 .

11 1 11 3 11 11131 53 11 30 3

gfir‘

m m fi a fi’

m u fih m mfi fi

fi nmfi gfi mfi‘

ggmn 1 e 1 m aam é

Fiann a“ W a fi afifi mm “mi“

Hai tiam firmu firsi‘trfifi'nwm w

W fi nfifia’

mww afi mm

W ”

m“1qu1m fi wfi's

ga mmw fimfi fi afi m mm

W fi fi m :131711 3113”

13m m fi fi mm

2 1m“{ fimqfitfifi t W W W

m m zmm agafi fiifi m w

m 1 xa 1 fi m fifi’

rfilmfi fifi ifimfiW W W W WQWW

W M“W3 : 1 1 3 1 £13

“1 115113 13 111 .

a im?”m ica

-

d a 1 118 1 1 1311113 1 clawin

‘K P Bb o

uxfir.

( sec . man.) m . iv. xi. .1 36.—5 KChm '

q .

Cbm .

7Bi has a c0 1on here.

8 This w ord is wantingin K ’

K t fi m : Bi om1 1 Ch (prim . man.) film ?”

13 Thus emended ; Ch m ; the

xiu l l“xi l 3Ofg —

‘ 5Bii

xiii. 3. 1 xiii. 3. 60?‘ 7

xii. 3 . 55 fg

am aw zfi éfwwam wm 5.11m i

1 ao 1w a‘

1 33 1 11 8 11 11 33 11

m mfi fi’

agwm 1 q 1 uzm'

ra { 11 1

M 1 x 1 m q fiwgmfi wrfif1 3 1 a 1 8 1 m m aa ’ nfétwW m 1 u 1 iwf‘ fi afimuufi mm fii

um fi 1 é 1 fl fi m’1fimfi wfinfl

w aq 1 e 1 i fi fi flfi flfi fim m w 1

‘ K Bb a rm-

eu . 0 11 8 6 em . vi.

i. si. .1 -’ s1i

Bl rail. ‘ fii ; EW fi ; of. iii. fg.

,and the Ann

M )°P Bh wm 12w

°Bfi fiw d ; K

W flga'

g'

; the resti

m m .

1° PW fii

or8

0

?1 1ix . 5 . l. . 5. 2 .

° ix. 5.

4 .

1° Ch (prim . man.) " I".

1 7 Ch Eix. 5. 5. ix . 5. 5

b 2° Part of1x. 5.

21 Ch

11“ (ft ; ix. 5. ix . 5.

3°1x. 5. 6.

Q

‘1 qo 1 111

a m w'

iaau i'

aW a

1 13111 1513351 !1

girl“

?

‘Bii O ; Oh

Ch m .

7xi. 1 . Cf. up to this point VS.

(K

2

a

o

nva cakha) 7 (p . 58 ofWeber’s edition) ; Ki ty . Cr. ii.9 Thus emended ; P Bh Bii21 11 " (without K Ch

E Bii'mm .

”K w .

" The

colon here only in Bi'i. '3The passage from “Ta in the pre

ceding line up to this word is omitted in K .

11m t g?£6 11 see

arrajrmafia-firW W 1 c1 1 1m afi fi wfi gfi a

‘mfi fil‘W 1x1

1 MSS. m fafa (as in the Atharvan xix. 60. 1 .

K M ; 1311 E Bi ofinpfi .

°v. v1. 53. 1

(et vii. 67 . 1 . For this and the next sntra cf. Kane.

68 . 33, 34. Sqm (Ilfliq ), allMSS. except Ch (sec.man ym E m m

7 K E m ‘

N ; P BiBh° K E Pm .

1 ° Cf. Kane. 62. 14.

1 1 Ch E W 0; Km fad) .

13 Pm .

13 E Ch (see. man.)m . K ChE P Bim .

0m is a doubtful conjectnre ; K Bii (prim . man .) 0m ; Bt

i (see. man“)(é) ; Ch (sec. man.) " ( T‘m fln i Ch (prim . man.) 0m ;

E °m 1 P °W 1 ISM-

(M m Bit fi m

m ; or is an emenda tionif:

°W '

l’

(se. M ) to128 preferred?

Cf. iv. 34. 5.1°iv. 35. 1 . P Bh ou

-rfifw . 1v. 1 1 . 1 .

”E P fi ; Bim ; Chm

" So K Bh ; P Rim-

111111111 ; B11 m ; Ch E and Pet . Lex.

snb t i readm m ; cf. a lso Kane. 21 . 1 1 . vi. 31 . 1 ; vii.

22 . 1 . -” B Bh Ch (sec. manomm

11313 113 111 1 35 1W e 111 113 1 1111 W mit

W M W W H QM W

m aia qfh'

ah’

fifi aiWfi qwf‘

ammz-wfi

m m fi afi mmm azm fiw fii

m wfi lamm mifi ifi ‘wm lam

fi fi wflmfi fl fi z”

@ fi nfiw ‘ 9fifl fi 1ail

M a n am a "

vi K Bim 0.

(see. man.) cf. Kine. 84. 3.

1x. .7 1 .

9

ix 3 1 .1 1This word 13 wanting in Ch

1x. 3. 15.1°ix . 3. 1 .

ix . 5.

19 Ch (prim. man.

W fli ; E M

vi. 1 9. 1 . 4 K BhCh

v1 1 . 104. 1 . ix .

iii. 29. s (v. 28. 5)1 ’ix . 3. 18.

ix 3 . 24.

1 11311 .

1vi. 11 4. 1 ; 1 15 . 1 ; 1 1 7 . 1 . Ch E 8 11 insert ( 1 11i after m a ;

cf. Kane. 53. 3.

3 E has a co lon here. Bi has a colon

here .

5 K Bh Thus emended ; MSS. fl’K Bfimm 1 8 b m ; Chmw

Cf. Kane. 61 . 1 1 .

9Cf. Maitr. S . iii. 12 . 19 ; VS. xxiii. 3, also

VS. i. 27 ; v. 2.

llm fin l m

lw““

1 l1 1

wan—1 113356 1: q fifi fi fia Ilfi fi fi

'

fi l fi l

W fii fi mfi w zfi m rm fi

M 1 e 1 m nfilfi fia 1 b 1 m m

é fi w ivflfi znui’trfirfilfin lm

m m nfig fifm mfi nm 1

aw fiwwaf’fl mh amimwm1 35 1 1111

3 33111111111 1W u

h an}?51mm”1911 1

10 11 3 1113 2

3 1 mm E cu m “Ch armQQV

— ‘P Bi oW an

.

’ So BiiE ; the restm .

iii. 5 . 1 2 . 1 ; 7 . 13. 4 , TAr. vi. 6. 3 ; VS . x1 1 . 1 12 , 113 ; Maitr. S . ii.

7 . 1 4 ; Kath . S. xvi. 14 ; Kap. S. xxv . 5 ; Tandya Br. i. 5. 8 .

Ch E and Pet. Lex . sub W fii omit fl ; Eh a.

9 Bi OWm . Is this to be taken into the text? of. the next antra .

1 0 K 8 111 1 111 11 111 ; cf. Kane. 3. 1 .

1 1 For this and the fo l low ing four sntras cf. Kane. 62 . 2 - 7 .

19 Thus emended ; MSS.

( if; cf. Kane. 62 . 3.

1 1 Kw , as in Kine. 62. 3,

l iming?6‘ I

( Fig-

Rafi m aufi w u zfi hm

mm 8366 5111 m ffi w wfi n m

So m ; cf. Pet. Lex . snb llfnm and ufm fi fl .

9E has a colon here .

3B6 K E Ch

Bi has a colon here.

5 So emended ; MSS.

ow .

6 K P Bi Bh tm8K I’ Bh 2WfiQ

'W-m

’K P Bh Bfi m .

“ 0 11 3 11111113 1?11

23 ; - 48, 5o.

" E ggcu sec.

man.) i

11 531? 11

fifl mfit “Paws-flew W m“m

m 18 1 qwfim § fli°

1 u 1 ifi ar=rfiim8 11 11 1 11 171211 1 1 3991a “ 1 “1 6mm

Thus emended ; MSS. 1 1m ; Bi has a co lon here.

P Eh mo.

3 Di rila , fol. 5°1. 6

, amE Pm .

5 Thus emended ; MSS.

So Bi; Cb E K Bu v ii i-Ft ; P Eh a in’t :

cf. the introduction.

7 K Bi 01311" if(fa ; Bii P 06 11”

i t (or a ) ( fill; Ehfarm a ( fill; Ch afimnsfi'

( fit ; N irukta

5. 1 1 0m ; flit. Br. and Kov. (Jr. as above.

8Bi has a

colon here 9 The formula occurs : Tait . Br . iii. 6. 6. 4 ; Kit.

Br . 1 1 . 7 ; Acv. Cr. ii. 3. l; N irukta 5. 1 1 (commentary p. 62 ;

introduction p. xxxviii) ; of. VS . i. 15 ; TS. i. Maitr. S .

i. 1 . 6.

1 °v1 1 . 62. 1 ; xii. 2 . 1 (the“m beginning with this

pratika).1 1Of. Kauo. 39. 7 ; 43. 5 ; 46. 7 .

“3xii. 2 . 42.

“K an-

ao; E a rp

-

{ tow nKauc. 47 . 28 ; 49. 21 .

“6 11 1 11 11 11 1113 Ge 1 s o 11

W agm 1 e 1m fl fim mou

WW W 1 1 filfl Tfii:W MI ‘IQ IBN W lQa lm m lsa lw

“mam flow 1 c111 1 11 19 1 1511162 1

geiéiwf‘

m’

fi alfgfi wM 1111

fi an‘

i’

fazwfin qaq nfi m‘

m fim

lfi i’

mm m mn fi mfi m

VS. v. TS . i. 3. 7 . 1 ; Katy . Cr. v. 1 . 29 ; Cat . B r. iii. 4.1 . 21 .

’So E BigK om n fi ; Cb P Bii Bh 0 1111 1 1

w’t. VS . v. TS. i. 3. 7 . 1 ; Katy . Cr. v. 1 . 30 ; Cat. Br.

Ch E have a colon here ; K has a doub le co lon in themiddle ofthe w ord after W P . v1 1 . 63. 1 .

6 K Eh

Offsffifa .

7Cf. vs. 11 . etc. ; TS . i. 3. 7 . 1 ; Kath. iii. 4;

Laty. iii. 5. 5 ; Katy. Cr. v . 1 . 28 ; Cat . Br . iii. 4. 1 . 23.

“K Ch

m .

9113 213.

1 ° So K B1 Ch (sec. man ) , E Ch (pr1m

ma tfl m 1’ m Bu fl‘

rm n K Bii Ch P“2 Cf. Cafikh. Cr . ii. 17 . 8 .

at

mfi’

m wfiq flfi 1 c111 1 11 11 11 119 0 11

111111 1 11 11 11 113 1611 11 16"17

1 mm"1

1 11 11 11 11113311 1121“m rfsg fim

hfwW i nfi 1 q 1 g

rnm zfii”

crmimrrr§nfi”

M 111 1 a 1 1 1: aiW fi“w

51 it’s"

fiat”fiu€h

" 51 111 15 11111

1 11mm

Cf. RV. vi. 1 5. 19 ; VS . 1 1 . 27 (and Kinva-

cikha, p. 59 ofWeber’s edition) ; TS . 1 . 5 . 6 . 4 ; Maitr. S . i. 4. 2 (end) ; i. 15. 14

(end) ; Cafikh. Cr . iv. 12 . 14 ; Cat. Br. i. x1 1 . 2 . 32 .

K P Ch (prim . man.) mam‘ iii. B6 1 1 ; Bi

om ; iii. 15. s.

6xii. 2 . 33.

7 Ch 15111 ; Bii 111-1h.

sSo emended ; MSS. ”hm .

9 B1 °fi“0E Ch (prim.

—" KP have a colonhere.

l“K P BhCh

prim . man.)mm .

14Bh 0m ; of. iii. 21 . 9.

“5 These wordsarew anting inOhE . xii. " P Bium ; Em .

1sxii.

”E a t

doubtful emendation ; Em ; Ch Biw ; the rest ( 6 ;the w ord is then to be regarded as an augmentless subjunctive from

the reduplicated root 2“K P have a colon here.

“3E firn .

W fi gm fi a’

ls lm ifi’

fi fl fi

sitM ali 111111 111 511 151W femuW am 1b lm fi m fi tfia m

mfflfaztfil” 1 Q l“mafi a 31111 11 13 13 31 11

1 11 1111 111111“fiiqfiéfim ngnm fi

ifl qa 1a

w filfi flm fl fi fl flfl m fl 93 1 5.11f‘

a

W mfi zmfi mm11 1 11 11 111

"5517 8 11111179 til

mfin c1l1 1 flfw flfzfi fifi qsgfimm fi

119. 1 111111 1 1 1W W W HM

m fi : ai

Em . Ch t uft-12 . So emended ; K Wtfl“ 0;

Bl) ‘ ffi fl fl 0; the rest ‘ fi m 0

.

“E m mfa “

K Bh

m . K 8 6 Bh Cb Olin . Eh an ; the rest

as“

. For the irregular form WIQ cf. Kauc.

x1 1 2 1 4 42 43 15 16 1 1 1 2 1 8°P Bii

10 Ch W tfi ".

1 1So K P Bh Bii (prim . man BiBii

(sec. man.)m m ; Em m ; ChW u or agm fi! x1 1 . 2 . 21 . x 1 1 . 2 . 8—10 .

14 Ch (prim .

man .) fi ne.

1“For aw rffifi w cf. Kano. 89. 20 27 ?

1“xi 1 . 2 . 52.

“7Them , barring the M t ? cf.

Ki ne. 8 . 18 . x1 1 .‘ 9E m

“ufil; the passage beginning here and continued to the end of

the kandika 1s repeated w ith slight modifications atKauc. 86. 1 9fg.

B11 151111 11. 3‘xii. 2 . 22; 29.

« M afi a-

1 111”1 so 1 fifi nfl m

1 15111 1 1 1 3 111 1311 1”161111: 1 11 13 131 1

X 1 1 . 2 .

3 So emended in accordance w ith AV. x11 . 2.

30 ; B1’

i than “K Ch E P B Um ; cf. Kauc. 86 . 22 .

— “xiiu 2 21 . -

“xi1

2 . 26, 27’Bii om qfi .

“So 3 6 ; Bi w zm ; Cb“’ K

P Eh °flfi flft 0 (cf. xii. 2 . xli. . 41 . ii.

14. 1 . K M fi l“

v u.

x1 1 . .2 24.

x1 1 . 2 .

2° So 1 111 MSS 1 11 111 11 passage to he emended

W 11 3“?

2“x11 . 2 . 31 .

m w gfiam nmm m fi mn

W m m‘

1 1 1 1 3 1“

mR e lW w w w : mm zfiaime ls N s lwmfifi wfitws lm iglffim a W 1 Q1“

m m w fifi v fi fim mm

W M m m fi m

W mm fiw w w139 1 aq n fi fiw§ fi m a~

m m fi nuf‘

afi n‘5 11 1133 2 131 3

-

13111?

W 1se1mm 1ss 1 gm : nam

‘K Bii Bi E P o

gm m ; Bh“WW Ch2 Ct

'

. Kauc.

3xii. 2 . 23.

‘E Bi O ‘

fil; P m11mi “

P BiBh“Em .

713m .

E mm .

9 8 0 K P Bh Bi; B1‘

i ofifi wfii;Ch E Oift ‘

wfil; cf. Kane. 59.

‘28.

1°E Bii Ch (sec. man.)

1 1 K Bl‘

i (prim . man .) omit this word .

1 2 Ch E Bu1 11. E 11:11amW Ch E w fimfil

1319 1 518?3?m m 1 111111119

132 1191332?M a”1 11918 111 12 1 1

iii-

4139 1 1131 1 89 1m m 5 1 131 m m

mm?mm 3 12W 1131 1111 189 1

fi’1 88 1 11 8 11 11 199 11

3m m main

« 1119 11111 11 18

1 Some ofthe verses cited in ful l in this chapter, according to

Bo th , Der Atharva - Veda in Kaschmir , p . 23 , are found in

the Kashmir cakha ofthe Atharvan. E °m °; Ch

(prim man ow n 3E For the unfit verses cf.

Kane. 5. 8. K (prim. man.) W fi (W ) ; Ch (prim .

man.) a im-

ran; Ch (sec. man.) m m .

5 So K E Eh ; the rest”a“ 6 So 8 13 E ; K omits these tw o words reading 0mmifilW ; the rest 03131 . Cf. Laty. iv. to1 the entire

passage.

7Ch °

ifi 1fi j~

8K Ch E P Bh iW

lfl'

.

9E

W go 1° Em ti

; Bu °Hflo

1 1 The passage is metrica l ,four times twelve syl lables.

Metrica l : 1 2 1 1 syllables. Biim (!w 1 thout colon).1 Metrica l : s s syllables. Em ; PM z; Bii 11 11 1 11 colon

after the w ord .

5 E 0m.

6 Metrica l : four times eight

syl lables.

7 BiiW .

8 So w ith doubtful emendation;MSS. here and in verse 13 So a lso D i rila to King. 6.

‘l?

(fol. 30°1. 3 Or is he correct reading? Compare

furthermore Ki ng. 72 . 44.

9The first line is metrica l : 8 +8;

the second seems to contain one hypercata lectic and one regular

pada ofthe same metre .

1° Cf. viii. 8 . 14 ; xi. 9. 24.

1 1 P

here inserts the w ord 6 511 .

1 2E 1 .

1 3 MSS.m .

Metrica l : 12, 1 1 , 1 1 , 1 2.

Em ; B wrun g-

um . These three linescontain a mantra-citation : tristubh and jagati-pidas in the first line;anustubh in the remaining two lines.

8 Ch has a colon here.Metrical: eight- syl lables ; the second pada cata lectic. So

E ; the restW ma .

6 K 1 11 10 .

7 Four tristubh-

pldas,

the first hypercata lectic.

8 So emended ; MSS. 21 1t9 Metrics]:

1 1 . 1 1 . 12. 12 . Bi 2 1 11-

31111 1 0 11 “m m ; E wP O

TH1 2 Metrica l ; the first line 8, 8;

the second line 1 1 , 1 1 , with crasis of031! and 1 1131" in the first

pada.

"W e“ 91m

fi m fi sgm a rfit gm lm fim af‘

g‘

Ifi fifi‘ M w filfiwvfi 251111 1

"

1 1911111

231131 filfiwfi W W fia‘Wgfi

13111 1 3 1 fiffilw fiflm w a smfila

zfi 1 8 llfiwfi w3 vfiwfiw q fi m am fi

Faf'a 1 6 1W mhf'érw'

i sfi fiw fim m

afifigmgfi W am fawzm m

1Bi has a colon here . ChW .

a E has a

co lon here. Bi has a colon here. 5Cf. for this and the

fo l low ing sutras Cafikh. Gr. 1 1 . 14. 4 ; Par. Gr. i. 12 . 3 ; 1 1 . 9. 2 ;

Acv. Gr. i. 2. l; Gobh. Gr. i. 4. 4, 9 ; Kath . Gr. xLiv. 2 fg. ; Visnu

67 . 3 ; Man. Gr. ii. 12 (of. Jol ly , Das Dharmasutra des Visnu und

das Kathakagrhya , pp. 31 and 6 Ch IN ; E IM ";

Eh afa .

7 So, (mfg: lfi‘ , E only ; the rest ofqn’to .

8 Ch OW W '

9 Bi has a colon here .

1° Ch has a

1 1 1 3co lon here. B1 W ilt. Bi has a co lon here.

1 3 P Bi 1 ‘ So Ch E ; the restm agm.

‘ 5 Thus emended

according to Ch, w hich reads 0 1m0; E 0m ; the rest om m fi "

;

Ch’s reading is accepted as the basis ofthe reading above, as it makesgood metre, after 1 m ,

w hich is apparently a later gloss, isrem oved .

16Em m u the rest as above ; IN

is a gloss, metrica l ly superfluous.

9e= "W e“

m a m sfi umfin ifi firmu

m gm w fiangmgm mm

“ M a fi am w fi m mm afi

gfiizafi ufiazflqwfi m fi w«m gr

-115 11 11 Raff-

Earth fi a t:WW arhm sp a

mmm ifiawfi fifm

q mm fi d mw m mh

m m z mfiw qgfifi‘ mm nmwfigt

flé qg rfnfi w ifi wsifi W fi fi w

w m nm m m fih afimfifh’ mu w

muffin

The co lon is exhibited in KP ChE. Cf. Acv. Gr.

So emended ; MSS. 71m m . Ch um ; Ew .

5 Ch (prim . man.)“In?a .

6 The colon appearsm

inKP .

7 Cf.

Cankh. Gr. iii. 8. 2 .

8 So emended according to TS. etc. (see

note P Bi Bl’

i “ a ( 3 ; K m ( B; E m ( 2 ; Ch

“a ( g .

9 Ch E 0m ; cf. the critica l note to Cankh. Gr

iii. 8 . 3.

1 0 So allMSS. including Ch (prim. man. Ch (see.

man.) gait. 0 11 E m . 0 11 E 1 13 111 111 . 1 1111.

8 1 11 11 IV. 252 .

‘ 3 Cf. TS. v. 7 . 2 . 4 ; Tait. B1 . ii. 4. s. 7 ,[11 1 .

Cr. 1 1 . 9. 10 ; Caiikh. Gr. iii. 8 . 8 ; Pi t . Gr. iii. 1 . 4 ; Gobh. Gr

iii. 8 16.

11sif11

“5

11

5 a i 21i

.

90

a‘mmfifi i fim usm m mflflawfa

aza i" mé m nfi'fit

5Due. Kar. and Ath. Paddh. . ‘ Wm M the former

continues z 3 1 m I m m r l m 1 “W 1

« 1 1 1 1 1111 5 1 1 1111 1 1 19 1 11 111 6 11 1 1 119 IfiW‘

OW I

1 1W ! 1 311119 1519 11 I 13ai (1 for fi t ” !

1mm 1 wa fi fil (1for“ 1 18 3151. xix 68 1) tfii“Tl? 1 1 1 1117111 118 EMT

3 011

has a co lon here.

5Bi has a colon here.

5xiv.

Dac. Kar . and Ath. Paddh. m m {fam (xiv. 1 . 1 - 16)11111 1 1 19 1191 311 111 09 11 1 23 24) m 1firtzm fim d m mm am

6Due. Kar . a nd Ath. Paddh. 1 | fl

1 11 1 gin 1 111 11 111 1 10 1 (Ath Paddb 111-

gm 1 1111 W °

11mm ) 991 1111 6 11 155311 11 15111 1 11 (1for °fi°

1 111 ) 1 11 111 1171 . cf Kine34. 12 fg. xis . l.

5K nfl

'

llftfil. 9Dac. Kar.

1 P W ; Bii has a colon after the syllables f’qw .

Ch (prim . man .) Omalm .

axiv. 2 . 32—36. Ath.

Paddh 31 11 61 m w fii « 11 claim ; for Dav Kar see

note 7. ”xiv.

6 K P Eh ufgllfiififa ; Ch( prim . man.) m m ; Ch ( sec. man.) Whfi fa ; Ch (tert.man .) as above.

7Dae. Kar. va l M fl fi nw fill

ugéfi « fi t 1 118 11 1 11mm 1 11 111 3 3 11131 1 :1 cfKane 26 4 ;9xiv.

10Ch E Ku ih! A 1h . Paddb.

and Daq Kar. w ins-

ah?) 1 1141 m 1 qfimi 1 11“! f

1 2xiv. 1 .

3xiv. 1 .

14K P Bh 0m ; Dae. Kar

and Ath. Paddh. wage?“m fa xiv. 1 . 393

‘ 6D ac. Kar . and Ath. Paddh. m m .

‘ 7Dac. Kar. and

Ath. Paddh . . mi} W W‘ 3Bi omf

a ; Daq. Kar.

and Ath Paddh ifa m'

d : mm m W e‘ 9BiW i ll y

"; Dac. Kar. and A1h. Paddh. aifi

'

Qm Wm m 9°

Dao Kar and M Paddh in? a in’t

{ it “ it unfit M afi a

1m 11m we1 106 n

EW ’

fifif‘

a laa lnm

faw‘

1 as Iw fi’rfiimm

“WM “1 28 1

“fi tm ziwwm fiiz fiftfin aq u amm

ftrf‘

a"

1 5m amt WW “

laalw fi flwf’ ffigfim fl

W‘Ffll G IIIQ II nou n

m fi‘

m fi m mun fam lm gatfi f trfamffafi n m n

m wm fivmna um a fi tfi m w im

fimm famuanab'

fiw 1ffimm z‘

fifiW ”

w

Dag. Kar. and Ath. Paddh. (toW ), in m .

’xiv. 1 . 1 7. xiv. 1 . 19. Dec. Ka t . gun

-

G i nny:afa . xiv. 2 . 52 .

ffl Im m .

7Due. Ker. and Ath. Paddh. W

m , xiv. 2 .

0

52 - 58.8 Ch (see. man.) w ; Ch (prim . man.)

’xiv .

10 Ch

m m (Cod.

xiv. l. 35, 43.

1 3 Ath. Paddh. a!

mum M um . xiv 2 66

So emended ; K Bii BiW ( aha ; P Bhm u ( who ; ChKu

W ; E fl afi fl m23 So emended ; MSS. w .

1108 11 1 1171 1111 11 $16 11

w‘ mfi ufi mfifir

gfl fim’f133mm

wfil' mo nW fl

‘ w m fl't fit l

flarfiafifia"

mfm’

q e l infirm”m fii

fi zmflfim‘ l

’rfl l O Ian fi mfi’

z-gwtfii si:

W W W W M QM W Wfin emzfim gwgfa m firgvfifi zfilm

m”1 es lafi m m h n m ¥fim m

m m mi m sfiamam gwgfa mfi w ifi afi

w m m fin em

w figm m aafilmm w m fit

wlxw

Dac. Kar. m m ; Ath. Paddh.

3 1 11111111 1 1 0) 1mm fi t: So emended ; E rmM

, P h u m -

11W; Ath. Paddh.W ; the rest ofitm “Bi v ti’f “

D av Kar fi'

tmffi m gfiu: 1mm: W V“? ’

xiv 1 48“Dav

Kar qm ni Cod 13m) W 1“ m i { 151 1 113 0 00 6

wafa ; Ath Paddh W W ?! w fmifm w fin

u‘

rW t fl m i m m 111 11153 11: (cf. 11 1 1111. 8. 17 ;

5351 171? MSS. fi ") “if“ 9xi\ . 1 . Dac. Kar. adds

71 iifrom etc. , xiv. 1 . 40 .

1 ° So 0 11 K11 ; 111 11 1 1111 1 fume.

1 1D ue. Kar . and Ath. Paddh.

'

qfi m m .

1 3 v 1 6

'3 So allMSS. and the Paddhatis ; Haas, lnd. S tud. v . 384, suggests

m or mm ? see how ever Lanman , N oun-inflection p. 396,

top.

14 So emended ; MSS. ofthe text and the PaddhatisWHffl ‘f‘fl. Cf. the next sfi tra , and Kane. 24. 13 ; 39. 9

‘ 5 Ath.

Paddh. 1 1m 1111111 u ni tarifivfi fl)mui 1

23« 1 111.

11 s.

Cemended ; MSS. ofthe text and the Paddha tis

preceding su tra .

1 7 D 3 0. Kar. inserts the numbers Q—‘O.be

ginning after a ?“1 “ and ending after“312‘ 8

xiv. 2 . 31 ; l 60

(KChEPBhW (Th).1°Ath. Paddh. and D ag.Kar. aw .

Bii Bifl ; the rest and the Paddha tis, as above. Dac.

Kar .Om arl

’t.

a E gna tz; ChBiKum . Haas, Ind. Stnd.

v. p . 384, would emend tom orm . xiv. 1 . 57 - 58.5 D 110. Kar. fig

-

urn; Ath. Paddh.W .

6Bii inn

W W ; Ch (see. man.) m ; Ch (prim . the

remaining MSS.,and D 110. Kar . as above.

7 E m .

8 Ch

i ii-um ; Ath. Paddh. i t in:11m 3} ra nt9xiv.

2 . 53 . Ku Ch (prim . man.) aah-

fl a i r; E owi; Bi T'h‘

1 0 11 E “he .

‘ 2Ath. Paddh. m m

m xiv. 1 . 62 . xiv. 2 . 15.

(to this and the preceding 311 1 1 11 ) m mw w fin n fii

sfii ufm w fin ggmm a m m l

u fifi filnfitw mfliW M P tnfi'

ifi tm l

efifimufiwfa w lfi g n fi m m

Fa m in flfifitmm n

ufivm ffl mms fi méfi gmq ni fi m

’wfivm

mag nqa 1 n 3wéfa“§mufiiufin

”1 93 1

sm fi”

q§m fim 1 98 1 w fi

fifafl mfi éfim fi m lw la fi fiffi‘xiv. 2 . 8 ; l. 64.

’xiv. 2 . 1 1 ; l. 34 ; so (without ( fl atter

the pra tikas) Bii Ku ; the rest w m . It seems that

(fa is omitted because the second (fa fo l low s immedia te ly upon

it (a sort ofhaplographia). The phrase M y“seems to refer

to Kane. 5o. l ig. xiv. 2 . 74. P 0m “8 6 0m .

6xiv. 2 . 46.

7 K 0 71113111.

8 K fi CQ‘

lIQa) ; Ku M y .

9See the preceding note. Ch

(see. man.) W ; E fin } .

1 1 So (but w ithout avagraha) all

MSS. ; Haas, Ind . Stud . v. 391 , reads the passage . m o) g ut)

m mz; the last by conjecture.

1 2 So emended ; MSS.m s.

Cf. Kane. 76. 23 .

‘ 3 Ch E Ku fircrmm P Eh gum-

fir .

K P Eh 11m ; Bi wmmn’

au .

‘ 5xiv. 2 . 47.

110 1: 11 1531311 3?s t: 1 ea 11

131mm :m m “

fi i 111-

1111 1511 1 111 1 agf‘

ai 8 13 1 affifii

m am m éflm zmom fim m

W fifi’ m mwfi m uW 3

1111 11 cm gmmw’

i'f‘fiwfi 1 23 1

1 1m m wafé gafil 1 c13 1 11 8 111 0 1: 11

“w ifi f‘

aqmm tfi ufifi m smfi”

mfafi “ xmilifiafi“Ha m m

afi ls lw fif‘ amfi mfigflfin s l1 11711 1121fi igtfim fil

“1 11 1 2711 55111 if?"

1 131 1111171 11.

v. 24. l. So emended ; MSS . “if. Haas, Ind

Stud. v. p. 397 , readsm ; MSS. m u. Ch (see. man.)Vira g

o) ; the rest “ rigs ; Ch 8 111 (m ) gm ;

the rest OM O; Haas and Weber , Ind. Stud . v. 397 , note 2, 0 11

necessarily emend to “GET means w ith the

cumbhani- verse (xiv. 2 . cf. Kane. as a lso “U tah

Kine. 140. 5, and M t , Kauc. 3. 4.6vi. 78. l.

7So P

Eh ; Ch Ku E Bi Bii 0 11m ? K cf. Ind. Stud . v . 397 , note 3.

v . 1 . 6.

9Dac. Kar. and Ath. Paddh. w W (Ath. Paddh.

1 1136 1 111112 ) in ? (cfKin? 76 33 ne te) 1f"am 1 1 1 1111 1 1 1111111 1 11 0) 1 1 111711 1 1111 111m at m m fii31m .

1° 011

(Van?) “h

i ; the rest Ow n) vh

f. vii. 36. l.1 2 So all

MSS. ; Haas, Ind . Stud . v. p . 399, note 3, emends tom D110.

Kar m m W fi im 1 1 11 11111 wit vii 6

2 .

‘xiv. xiv. 2 .

1 6Ath.

fl .

'7xiv.

"W ee n qoe

1 119-1 N um fi 1 5 1 1’

1ffiat rf‘

afi1’n1 1fi xr

malm ufiaw filfi ufi zufilgfi’

1 Q111 1 W W W 1 93 1

1v1 1 . Dag. Ken . and Ath. Paddh. 1 5! m m etc.

w a ffl fi xiv. 2 . 37 , Dec. Kar. cites here the

three verses and 39 ;

D ao. Kar. and Ath. Paddh. a“m .

‘xiv. 2. 64.

“Ath . Paddh. um m m w m l fi i uw i mm 1 11 111 11 1 11 1W mm61m m!”W W (!for em ?) 3 1 11 1 1 11 “5 Dag. has a

metrica l passage too co rrupt to report, corresponding to the last partofthis extract ; this a lso seems to be ascribed to Paitbinasi.

6 12i?) 1 111 11 1111 151 1m xiv 2 43 E WW Wafa ; Dao. Kar. m m “m m. D ao. Kar. and Ath.

Paddh. m w wri t (xiv.T. 45, 53)W 1 ‘z iv. l. 55 ;

Ath . Paddh. W fi fil( 11 1 1 (xiv. l. 55,1 5 Ch (prim .

man )W ; Eh“MW ‘ 6Dac. Kar. m ( l for“0

W 1 m 1511 1 0 )W i ; A1b. Paddh."E 3153“? hm “Ath

xiv. Dec. Kar. and Ath. Paddh. W 1 (xiv. l.

32 —’ EB1‘

iK11 um— ‘ Bii Bi ”all” ; D ag Kar. and Ath.

Paddh.m fan a. Ath.Paddh. 1“ W m”xiv. Ath. Paddh. m i. Ath. Paddh. and Dec. Ker.

“ 317111 m m (cf. Kauc. 76. 1,4) W

7xiv. Dac. Kar. and Ath. Paddh. add verse 42 a lso

xiv. 2 . 48 . A111 . Paddh.“ (both MSS. m omW nfi qfit. 1°

xiv. 2 . 49.

1 1E Bim ; D ec. Kar.

and Ath. Paddh.

1“xiv. 2 . 50.

1 3 Bii 0mm . 45 ° Bii Ch (prim . man.)w ;

Ch (sec. man.)w m ; Ath. Paddh. 1 1am '

Q'

m{ in mfiwfi t ; cf. Ki ng. 78 . 18.

‘ 5xiv.

1511 111.

Paddh. and Dec. Kar. w ill“ 1 1xiv. 2 . 44 .

1 ° Dac. Kar. m xiv. of. King. 75. 6.

E P 111 Ch (sec.

11 537 11

“ W m u m m faumfi’

ufiq mfim ra t fitm fi m gi

m fi‘

m uffin 1811 11 11112 1133 161“1111

W 1 3 1m 1 88 1 1 12 711

1 1 1 1 13 1 1 1131 1“m 7 it?m1 11111

m 1t lfw m1elafliW 1w

W W IQQ IW W

1 E 0m .

2Bii Ch (prim . man.) Ath.

Paddh.

Ath. Paddh.

5 xviii. 2 . 19. xv1ii. 3. 55.

' Bi

“Antyegti 111 m dim 1

film“1 38 1m 18 1 1 13 1 11 112 1

1°K P Ch (prim .

Bh1 1 So Bii only ; K P Bh“fim ; Ch Kum

; E M .

‘ 2 So Ch (see. man. Cb (prim.

E Ku OW ; P Bhfat i ; BiiBim K fi“K no w .

—“ t cam .

“mm .

M w h m ia

s w fi‘

amfafil'mm fi flfi w

W W W m uwF-a’w m m:

K Eh Ch (prim . man.) 0 tem.

3 xviii. 4. 31 ; 2 .

mau.) m .

‘Ch Bhw ; P m m .

fi rafi8 K ‘R

d‘

fil9Ku Bii Ch P Bi t ’z

'

ro.

1° Cb.

(flTi‘mmwfi i Bh (m m iii}xviii. 4 . 1 .

1 11 Cf. Kano. 82 . 22 .

’3 Cb (prim . man )

E m ; Bfi Ch (sec. man .) as above ; of. xii. 2 . 64.

wi’rfi

'

t mét mfmgsfi m wm afi e fiénW fi wifi é gafirfi

gfim’

ffit

W mfi mvfiiz

‘fl au l si fm film a:

1 33 1m m w m m m fi u m13s 1W a3W sa:wfliffiwrfinam

W 151111 113111 1 3Q I tim ”

41 1127 11"

fi’

fi umfiijgwmwmm m fi”

Thus with doubtfulemendation ; B OW ; the remaining“88.

N am e. Cf. 1111 . 41 . xviii. 3 . 8 . xviii. 3. 9.

Bl'

i inserts here the word “It“ . K B6 Bi Eh Q“s 1m . K fl . xviii. 2 . 56 ; the Antyesti. employs this

verse differently : uhW etc. 1rd a? “Tfil 1 11°

mmm m 1 1 1a m “; cf. an. 33. Similarly Ath . Paddh

m mfi fim fi m w lm m m nfi m“m s_ K here inserts

the syl lables : m m (contamination from Kinc

77 .

9 Ch OiW H: 1 ° xviii. 2 1 1—18.

m . etc. 1 h m “ ‘lflfl lfl l‘ fil i flfl za‘

“ amt

; gin fo l low the eight verses in fu l l)Cf. 11 1 11 11 33 31 ;

“ xviii. 3. 7.

xviii. 3. 4 ; Ch Ku E 0 2 .

1 4 Ch m ; P “film;of. King. 81 . 20.

‘ 5 xviii. 3. 1 9.

1°K Bi B11 1121 11.

" Thus emended ; MSS.W W W . Of1 11 30.

1 . 55 ; 2 . 37 .

1 121118 1 8 1 1 1 1 18 1 c111 1 1 11 11 : 1 158 1 93 1

WT‘W 1 1 11 8 11 1131 1311 1

1 K omits the syllables 0 1m ”Antyesti. andAth. Paddh. .

M W ’K P Bh °° 1 1 1111 1 8 1-1 11 1i; 0h

(prim . man.) Ofi flm ‘

é; Kn E P BuCh (sec. man.) as above.

3 Bii OHM . So emended ; KP Bhgtfqm E16 ; B1'

i ( 11 ; Bin ;

E at] ; Kn Ch (sec. man.) 0 1m; Ch (prim . man.)5 Ch

E Bi em .

6 K P 131 7 So E and Ch (prim.

man cf. o . Gr. iv. 3 . 3 ; the rest , including Ch (see. man),“ChP fKu E mfi Ufi

xviii . 4. 2 .

"Ba g

-fume.

” Ch1 ‘ Ch (sec. man.)m ; Ch (prim . et tert. man)Ch E

11w W! 11 w e

31 1117 11 8 8 1 1 wfimh m

W W WIQO I111 813-38 W

7?“

W 1 11“ 118 11 : 1 8 81 1 1 11 1 8 11”1 11 111

8 1181 11 111 a m fi wm m mmi 8 1 11 1 1 83 1 8851 RW IQti l i lfi fiTfl

fi m a m a m afim m éfi wm

1 Chm ; Bi m .—’ So 8 6 only ; the rest

.W ‘ The

text ofthis sutra is doubtful ; of. W , and Aev. Gr. iv. 8 . 1 8.

' Ch KuE OQ .

l‘K Bii u

Ew ; cf.

K P 0m ; cf. Kano. 80 . 37.7 So (w ith double sandhi)

allMSS. , except 8 6 w hich resol ves to “ I“! see the introduction.

8 So 8 6 ; the rest Ollf'h.

9P B1 N

° 1° So Bii ; therest 0m . xviii. 2 . 1 1 . xviii. 2 . 58.

1 3E Ch (prim .

man .) 0m .

14K Bii E P Bi Orm ; cf. Ranc . 64.

1 5 K E P Bi Bh Ch (prim . man.0m .

6 xviii.

2. 8, 22 ; the second pratika is wanting in K , and P B1 Eh have

instead ofit :W m (xviii. 2 .

‘ 7 K (t urf-"

mm ;

Bii (“strafing-Q; P (W )Wfi1“So Kn and A911 . Gr. iv.

n fi t ; Biim ; the rest w agfii.”K

Pm m i t. ”Cf. Tai1. A1-. vi. 2 . 1 ; Aev. Gr. iv.

mP Bh 0m .

” So Bii Kn Ch E ; K P BiBh

fl ; is the passage to be emended tom (gerund)? Cf. Kane.” K Bh Bimno

.

“Cf. o . Gr. iv. 3 25

amm fi nrq fifi‘

fi fi amm fi flflfifi‘

1 38 1 1 fi fi flfi w fi fi fiéfi’i ufi 1am

W i azm m fi éfi

t 8 8 1 361 1

The wordsfq { r are wanting in K ; Ch Ku E P BiEh a .

’ xviii. 2 . 4, 36 ; 3. 7 1 (eta Antyesti. “ if?

m‘

rmilm nfd etc. (xii. 2 . 8 - 10 ; cf. Kane. 7 1. 12) M ete

(xviii. 2 . 4 1 1 1 m m : ete |m m

( xviii 3. 4) 1 1 81552 31 t l ififi lfi fl lfi m'

7 m l1 fi

{ 1 1 1 111 1 m a m m m m n z (cf.

W ’B'

T I‘ m o Ifim m m ®fi su151 1 1311 1 0 1; 11 131 18 1 111 1 . etc ) 1 tfi tm t

1 fi r m 11 111 .

Paddh. dea ls w ith this s1‘

1 tra essentia lly as the Kaueika , but like

the Antyesti. employsm ( FRM (xviii. 2 . 4 - 7) and m‘Ch Ku E flTfll

Ffl'

fl5Kfl‘flfl ;

Bii Eh Kn Ch (prim . man.)m p611viii. l. 49. — " xviii. l.

50 ; the word } is wanting in B.

8 This word 10 wanting in KBh9 xviii. l. 58. 10 xviii. 3. 13 ; 2. 49.

1 1 K

xviii. l. 41 , 42, 48 ; v1 1 . 68. l, 2 ; xviii. 3. 25.

(Ifil) ; the rest “(ft )

«to 11W c a 11

m m fi fi fi’afl

'

wm fi’mm mi

eimfils'

fi am m fim wfim fi m

Fafil‘

mm m ahz‘

afw W '

s-11 11

i nfa my

w w nam fin‘

iamgm :W fi l

fi fii‘

i‘

a flfi’t 3 1131 “fig

"

gfiifhzfl”mg

fi fi m w fiifir'

xviii. 2 . 31 . P Bhm ; cf. King. 86. 27. Cf.

Viit. Sit . ll. 13 . K Ch (prim . man.) ”5 17 ; Eh Ch (sec. man.)5 Bii E “W

6 Ch Ofi .

7The colon

in Bi only.

8 So emended ; MSS. m So B1'

i; E

m ; K P Bh Bi Chm .

1° So emended ; K Bii E

Ch W ait ; P Eh 111 11 11 1 11 ; Bim finfi ; Kn with1 1 So Ch ; Bii E W'

Q'

fl ; K P Bl1 Bi fl nffl ; cf. Kane.

1 9 Km .

‘ 3 N ot found in any known Sa t'

nhita.

14 Ch

B 0IF . 1 1 14 1"KW ; Bi

nfirvr“8 11 1 1111 1 11 0 .

“K Bfl Bi E Kn cw

ifi fl

°w fifl‘

.

2° K am t ”am ; cf. the versions ofthe verse

cited in the next note .

3 ‘ Ci. vS. v. 26 ; Gobhila ’s Qriddhakalps

1 1 . 9 ; Yajfiav. i. 2802”Biim ; is it to he emended to

M ? Cf. the mantra in the preceding 311 1 1 11 .2’ K

9° So K P Eh Bi; 0 11 E B11 am mm i; Kn « 1

m i. For llread perhaps 3 ; cf. sfltras 4 and 6 .

’5 K

aw n n m

m m 1 1 8 1 3 m fi“m immi

0

W R M W W fi i m zfi“

M M M M'

W

1 So K P 3 11 Bi; 11 11 11m m “M 3 1311 “la 1 112 1 0 112BiiKuChE m .

3 MSS. 'lfi (forW?)S. without avagraha. The entire line seems hopelessly corrupt .

Bii fl i t.6 Wanting in ChKuE P Bh.

7 So Ch (prim .

man ) , Bu d'

i'ai fl ° Ku m ; K E P B1 Bh Ch ( sec.

m .

sK °m ; Bii The passage fromW occurs in xviii. 2 . but note the m . E Bii1 1111 1 3 1 1 1111:

"131 11111 11

Kane. xviii. 4. 115.” iii. 2 1 . 1 . 0 11 11 11 111

11111 1 1111. w ords fol lowing 111 111 ° xviii. a. 5, so.

Antyesti. and Ath. Paddh. to this and the following sfi tra, W

W W m fl ww afi n i w m w

(xviii. 3. 5,M firqfi]: (iii. 2 1 . 8- 10 ; cmuc.

7 1 8) 1 1 1 11 fi t r( tf§1 1m m n

g'tfl tmm fi t fin

M l“W m at tnm m m1 wfim 1m 1 m 1 m nfl 1

M 1 1 111111 1 viii -1 q (Ath. Paddh. 11111 1 1 ; cf. m ug.

“ su m m m u iw rw m axi

w q 1 c m mm 1 11111 1 11 1

M

W W ”1 1 11 1 111 1 11 111 1 1 11 ;

fiafi'

nfafifa‘ va mam m tflfifi m fi

u n w i nfi n fi nfi fi a fi ifiww

fifm m gfinfifwfi gz“1 31 1m m

'

1n ifi

Ch E 8 5 and Ath. Paddh. m a m .

’ xviii.K Ch Ku P Bh read“ I ! ” Antyesti. Ha:M I

I! 3! etc.

axviii. 2 . 24, 26 (et Antyesti. “ h

fi ifia t nfi fi zmfit im ufi n.

etc. (xviii. 2 . 48) ( H”

QR etc. (xviii. m etc

(xviii. 2 . 53) l{ q { a etc. (xviii. 4. 44) m m “W W“vfil11 1 1 etc (xviii 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 111 11 0) 1 1111311ii . Cf. Ki uc. 84. 13. The ganamfili (Ath.Par1c.

a lso contains anm , w hich exhibits however a very difl'

erent

set ofpratikas ; see Kfiuc. 4 1 . 8 .

7 xviii. 2. 25 .

8Antyesti.

m fi finflm .

9 xviii. l° E Ku Ch (sec.

man.) Wi t ; Ch (prim . et tert. man .) and the rest , as above.

Antyesti fi'm etc 1 {fa fi n 111 11 115111 m

1 m m W 1 afi nf‘t fiiu m nfi0 11 E fi (é ).

'3 So Ku Bii ; K E P Bi B111

11-

111m m? »Chm m fim fl . xviii. 5 xviii. 3. 61 , 62

fi leemfi fifi“W mm fi w

31 11”1111 31 151 11111

111”nigfi fi taafiiifl rm

136-15111111 111 gfinfimfi gt"1 2 0 1 safazafi 21"

IQ‘llSIfilfi enfi w mlfimnfi fa

32111”1 111 1 111 1 13 fi ffifi ngm nfi fimm

’”

‘ Cln nfi ‘ .’ Bim o

.

‘ P Bh (om )fi m° B1 K11 0 11 111m ’ fi P Bh fi i-ari — ‘

Km’ Ch m mi; E 1mw ti. ° So Bfi E ; Ku fi |m 1

-

a ; 1be remaining MSS. film . The latter reading may be a corruptiondue to the subject matter :fimn ‘ dea th ’ . So 8 11 ; K P 811W 1 1 ; E ufwni 1 1 ; the restW P 8 11 fife.

1 1 Ch here inserts w .

1 9P Eh om 1 3 Ch “rm -é;

w anting in Bi.‘ xviii. 3. 70. xviii. 3. 55.

“K

m 1 7 For the W W!“andm verses see an. 23 and

“K P m

film; only Bii as above.

For them and {ft fi verses see an. 20.

this 1 11 1 1 1 Katy . Cr. xxv . 8 . 15 1 011 1111 11 . Cr . iv. 15. 9.

xviii. 4 62 .

5xviii.

2 . 29.

7 Ch 8 5W fi fil. sCf. VS . ii. Visnusmrti

73. 12. Bfi 11m m ; of. Kane. 90 . l.

10Bii 33

fi .

“Ch m ; Bu m .

”P BiW nn

1 3 So Bii and VS. xxxv . 20 ; K P B Bh HT ; E Kn Ch (sec. man.)Ch (prim . man.)

‘fi. See Kauc. 45. 14, and cf. VS . xxxv.

20 ; Acv. Gr. 1 1. 4. 13 ; Cafikh. Gr. iii. Par. Gr. iii. 3. 9 ; Gobh.

iv. 4. 22 ; Mantrabr. ii. 3. 16.

‘ 5xviii. l. 60.

1 1 6 11 fi finfi =8 11

m agfim a lnnfi nm fi znni‘

m fi

3m m 1 1fl 1s1fi aa’sflannmfi 18lfi

111611 511111W 1 1 1 11 11m 1 1117111

f‘

mnfinn t mmném i sqrfi v

13 11 1 1 11 11 fafii“11111 1 m ini zfnnmtlfinafiifi n 1=1 1 <1€1 1 11 11 11 11 118 11

8 11 111 11 rest cf. Kan s 011 11int ; , fla

t i 9

Ku ; the rest°

q qu . So Bii (cf. 1 1.

9, and the rest fi fin’

l.5 E 0m ; Ku Ch (prim.

man.) 0mm ; Bi °mm fi rfi K PBiBh 133 1511 .

’ K P t rrgo

.

° Cb m .

’So Be; K P BiBh

1 7 For them andm verses see

10 111 11 30 35 ; 23.

"’K vuft " E m

fimm i ; Bim m; P ref-1 1111 11 111 ; B11 11m .

1° Bi

°f11firfns‘

fi i; K R11 °fi 1finsfiu9‘Biifiqfii; Kn 111111;

0 11 12 111 1 113 fi fii

3113161 M 128 1 113“11 1 fa ng

-im

W “IQO I11 6 11 11 2 11 11

B1'

iKn fi r’afil so also in the next sntras. E ‘ W fl ’.

3 Pm ; BiM a . This sntra is w anting in

K.

‘Bfi m .

7xviii. .l 40.

' So

(tnfi p ) allMSS . ; cf. Kane. 83. 3.

9E Ch (prim . man. ) (inf! )

fin-

ah" ; 0 11 (sec. man .) °f1nfi0. All MSS . except BiiKn omit

the syl lable °fi 0; cf. the word“ in Kano. 83. 3.

1 1 K °m i

P Eh °w1 ’ So emended hesitatingly : P Bi Bh Kn 0m ;

K 0 11 E 1311 1 1111 11 1.“Cuff-( in , 11 11 1111 1

2

111 1.“11 1

‘ 5 xviii. 3. 73 ; 2 . 37 . xviii 4. 52 (et1 7 Ch Ew wf

the w ord aw in xviii. 4. 52.

1 °8 0 emended ; Km ; the rest

cf. Kane. 64. 10.

‘ 9 Cf. Kane. 82 . 29.

” 8 0 (Wm an) only 8 171 ; E "ft 1 11W ar. “ 111.3.

KCbKn PBi 11W xviii. 2 . 24, 2s ; 3 . 254 17.

Form cf. Ki ng. 8 1 . 44 ; 86. 17 .

”Km . Cfixviii.

s2 tg.

2 ‘ Ch E om , K Bi 8 11 cm .

m afi tfi m fi sfiifigm fl'

g fim

W fimfmm aw fl‘

fi a‘ m ea

n'

a‘ “

wg fiwfim m afi m q fi m aga

m “W W W“W IW unfa'

2 11 15731 3 5117 1 11 1 111 1 1 11 11“faw n “

w w ifir"

éW mMW fifm "

W H M trfirfwxfi m mmm

F171nnmimgm fa

”198 1m wfifim 311 111

xviii. 4. 37 . xviii. 4. 57 ; 3 . 72 1311 0 11 E“ 1 K 111

q t xviii. 4. 16.

5 So K P Bh ; Kn m ; Ch Biim ;

E Bi QR ti. xviii. 4. 36 (P omits the w ord W ).7 Ch E P Bi Bh w in.

a xviii. 4 . 53.

9 For“ m u cf.

Ki ne. 2l. 2 .

1 0 xviii. 1 1 xviii. 12So B1

i ; ChKuBh

m 0;KEPB1a ma i’ 1aThns emended E 0“, the rest 0“

xviii. 2 . 50 ; 3. 49 ; 4. 66 ; P BiCfim tfufa (continuing the secondpranks , and omitting the third). xviii. 4. 55.

‘ 6So Kn ;

‘ 9 E mm m 2° Thns emended ; K Ch E P Bi Kn

1311 1311 11q .

”K 0b 0fima 0 .

”8 0 0 11 11 11 11 0 1.

Katy . Cr. xxi. 3. 27) ; K P Bi Eh 021 11 3 1 1 151 ; 8 11 afi

W W IQb IW W fi m-‘

fi'

m am m agm mw

“Insuffi mm m'

ffi fiwa vfim n

1 So B1‘

i only ; Ch (sec. man.)“I; K E P Kn BiBh Ch (prim.

—’ K P Bb fi Chm .

’ Thns

emended so as to yield the prs tika ofvu . Ch B 1‘iKn 11m ;

E m m a; K P Bi Bbm o

. K P Ch Bh w .

° So Br1 K1 1 0 11 °nwm 71 KP Bh onw w q-s 11 1 11 1 11 151 1 11 71

E om fi fi“Buw si zfi m

711 1 111 3 10 , 61- 67 ;

cf. Kano. 85. 26.

8x 1riii. 4. 41 (et

9x 1 1 . 2 . 13, 40, 19;

MSS. m .

° The passage beginning here, and continued to811 . 27, occurs a lso with slight modifications in Kane. 7 1 . (6 - 24.

1 1 Bii Bi ruin .

1”xii. 2 . 22 , 29.

‘ 3xii. 2 . So

emended in accordance w ith x 1l. 2 . 30 ; Ch E Biim ; Kn

m 1 ; K P Bi Bh i nfi rm ; cf. Ki ng. 7 1 . 19.

”K a un

1 11 1 1 ; 8 1 mm ; 0 11 (prim. man.) 1 711 1 1 11 10 ; 0 11 (sec.

last word in Kane. 7 1 . 1“x1x. 2. 30.

1 7xl1 . 2. 21 .

xii. 2. 11 11. s. s, 2 .

m m fiesta: inmate’

m fair 11173H Q ! fi rm vffi aa 1 c13. 1 mew1 13 1 11313113W W W 3 151 111511?1 11 1 11 1111m ffi ngfia

1 98 1 55131 11

gfi fi wfi’rfnmfifl <111 1 =111113111

”3 1511 111111

a W a m réim :fm mwfiifi mm

Wm mm m mfiw mgm a'

aa‘

fiwm

ufim‘

h M a gmm‘fi smi in?W

{mflw fiu smW fi fi ufirfimw fin w

fiéfiiw aft-iii“« 11 71 1 11 1 111n

amnfii"

aFa w n: Hfiw fi 3“

1111335 1 1711111

’so K Bii E P 8 11 0 11 (prim . 011

(see. man . ) BiOEN Ifi.

8 so Bi; Bii Ku Chm ;

Em ; li thium ; P anam a‘K P 1111 1 1 1

1 0 111 11 here.

5K P nfi mfi ; Bim

il? E W .

7 xviii. 1 . .44 E ‘fl‘ft ° Ch qéfl 1 1 fi l'm

E m .

1 1Off

VS. 1 1 . Katy. Cr. iv. 1 . 8 ;

9 ; 01 1111 11 . or. iv. 4. 2 ; Ap . Cr . 1. Gobh. iv. 3. 2.

W K 0 111° K B1

i 111 w fi .

xviii. l. 56. xviii. 4. 38 .

1 7 Bfi Chm ; Kum .

“Km .

xviii. 2 . 34 ; 4. 41 (et 3. 47 , 4s. Cb em f?!' K P tmi ‘

Bfi fi ifi’ Bfi tfi 1 Ku 1 1fvjv

The passage up to this word is w anting in K . xviii. . 5 ;l

3. 45, 44, 46 ; 4. 68.

8See xviii. 1 .

44 - 46.

1° So 0 11 ; KKnBiiE FBi (12 11 36 11131 cf. Kane.

m : seems to be a reading contamina ted by 81 . 44 ; 85. 26 ; 86. 17 .

1 1 8 6 Kn Ch 0m .

‘ 2 xviii. 2 . 281 3Bii Ch Ku M t

K TOW ; Bu i t , the rest ( t i.‘ 5 Cf. VS. ii. 30 ; Katy. (31 .

iv. 1 . 9 ; Acv. Cr. ii. 6. 2 ; Cinkh. Cr. Ap. Gobh.

Him =KQE 1§ 1éifiim waW fiWM 1 19 1 € 1§Firfismufifiam§uzm m

( fi tfmmfi fim 1 r 1 m fia zfiifnawftfimgnzm mm fitszfi tfqm fifa

m 1 e 1qfwafi afW um mwi

xviii. 4. 7 1 . K inserts here on the margin m m“if?! (lxviii. 4. 72 : this is probably a gloss based upon Kane. 87.

4x 1riii 4. 64.

°K BiiE PB W e

.

‘vn.

7 E Ofi fil. 3 K omits the passage beginning here with

the w ord If)! and ending w ith m 0 in the next sutra .

9E '1

Bi oq .

1° P 0 1 .

uK Ku Ch 0 1

1’ xviii. 4 . 75.

" So

emended ; MSS. W .

‘ 5 E 0 1 3

1 36 ni lfimfi fi lm u

mm m m m zmW mfiafi m q fifim wm zfiufi m

111 3131 1 1 1 1 1m m ( 11 a‘

infi fimiim

m 1 Qu 1 afi t az fi affl flfafi1 Q§ 1 m fami tfifi nat£¢ 1 as 1 m wfifi

W 1 ?“ 2 1111“Fq ‘gu

'

ufifii’1 15211 1111111

“ma y: 15111131 : sm mfi fa manm f

a‘wm n c nn t t u

fi m zmé’

anfifia mamFag i n

m a q n azafi m fi am

mi 1311 1 a? 111 1 1 13 11133“fan : 1

nan-

ea: 111 11 111 11

1 Cf. A¢v. C1 m ufm Ch °0 1 1 1311 1 111 ;Bi”(W THi .

3 xviii. 4. 8 1 , etc.

‘ xviii. 4. 61 .

“xviii. 4. 63.

5 So emended ; cf. Kane. als0 81 . 44; 85.

26 ; 86. 1 7 .7Kn W ifi ; BiiW U.

3 So w e emend

the passage beginning with K P Bi “M I“m ; 0 11 X11 flfi fii flm fl m fl ; E alft fil“3 11 111 1 111 113 W fi fa ; BiiW 1 1 1 1 1mm ; cfv1.11 Sfl

— "KP BiB1

'

1

Tim .

“ Ch Biim

m afi gsfi nfiww msm 1 [11 111 11 31 11

a fi fim mfi a sfifi m m fiwmW W W “

1113 1 19 1 1 11“ fitfi

1 11 11 1 11 1 W W W m mm miW as M W W W

afinm

Km ; cf. VS . and 01 11 11 11 . Gr. (see note E

Ct‘

. RV. x. 57 . 3 - 6 ; VS . iii. 53 - 56 ; xix . 46 ; TS . i.

8 . 5. 2 ; Tan. Br. ii. 6. 3. 5 ; Maitr. i. Kath . ix . 6 ; Kap. S .

viii. 9 ; Viit. S11. 20. 9 ; Laty . Cr. v. 2 . ll; iii. 2 . 10 ; Acv . Gr.

8 ; Cinkh. Gr. v. 9 . 4. Ch m .

5 So emended

Kn ow “ It?” the remaining MSS.ow .

5 B11

m ; Cbm rfifii7Bim ini

9Cf. VS. ii. 33 ; Ki ty. Cr. iv. 1 . 32 ° 01 11 11 1 01 . iv. 5. 8 ; Acv . Cr.

ii. 7 . ;l3 Gobh 1 v 3 27lOCh E U ‘ TlL

n K Ku Bt‘

i

°fir€ 1 Ch M u h‘ 3 KW T K Bfi

Bii Ch Kn E 3h ; the rest 3 . Ch If! Ta ;3 6m ; Bi z

w i

W M R W fia w fii m wflifin w

M W mnm nmfimfi fi fi afi

fil'

qg'

rgflfirfi lqm

m m fi tflafl'

rfmnfifi wfifimu

3 13mm? (31 11? w 3111 11 1 3 11

a fi fi h fl‘

zgfifi wgm am

fi fiw m fi wfia fi w m u

11 111 31 31 11 n : 1 1111 1131 11 3 1”

w zffiqw m a fim'

fi q mm n

31111 11 amn fl'

fi flgw sm

fi fi qwm fi afifi fi qa wfifi mm

W a M swm fin

m fi wfim fi sfi fis

agfiwfl l

W m fiwm fi’

mgmmm q

uu

W W W”

Q Q§ 1

m afi fiufiim w .

i x1. 0 11 13 3 11 — ’ Bfi 111 1111131 1111 1 119;

v11 . 60 . 1 .

‘ P gm t .‘ B1 omfi “E Bi“.

7Cf. VS. iii. 41 ; Qaukh. Cr. 1 1 . 12 . 1 ; Ci nkh. Gr. iii. 7 . 2 ; Li”. Cr.

1 1 1 3 1 A91 0r 1 1 5 178 K Bi °W flfh P °m §

E w an-

aft 9K ° 1 11 B

“ W . Cf. Cankh. Gr. iii. 7 . 3.

1 2 So emended ; K KuBfi Ch Em T ; P m ; Bi gm m “011

P q filfiv.

“ Cf. Cat. Br. xiv. 9. 4. 23

fim fi'

m 1m g qam'

firqfi iw fl m fi

fv zia mifzwzflmm a zmfiffimQ

Dac. Kar. and Ath. Paddh. place the description ofthe 1 6ceremony into the middle ofthe fm (Kane. 76. cf. Jolly,D as Dharmasutra des Visnu nnd das Kathakagrhya. Both paddhatisintroduce it w ith w ith the words 1 1 Q T?m w . Then Dac.Kar. 1 1 1 111 11 111 1 111 1 1 11 1 11 1111 1 111 1: 1 11 1 11 110) 1 11 1 11111 alfaH1“ fi n (cf. Kine. 137 . 4, note) ; Ath. Paddh .w mfi fi gfi

’fa 1 u m 1 m e fi 1 m fi m 1 mW a rrm agnm m 1 m 1 ynim1 13151 1“1 11 131 113131 . B6W filfimm. 011

W u .

4 K P BiW u.

5 Ath. Paddh. 1 31 1

111 1 etc. 1 ( Fa am fafiimfil 1 at?m ; Dav. Kar fi1~

$1 1 11 1 1 11 131 W I

N1 11 11 111 1111

11m :HfiM ON aq in an ew.

sfiqq’

w fit.6Bi311111 ; cf. an. 15.

7 Ath. Paddh. vfaWm m rm '

fl ; Dac. Kar. t fi “F“ “fa.

Ch Ji fi fi ".

6Dec. Kar . fi fi a.

7Dac. Kan

11m “

g8Cf. 11 11

;as. 27 .

9K P Ath. Paddh.

( m afi a .

1 2B1 3w1 , cf. 6.

’3Ath.

Paddh 11 1511 1 11 1111 fund film m'iW 11 1 aw ai tfi lm wfirf

m etc. K P ah s. Ath. Paddh.

W W W U“

16KChE PKn and D 8 9. Ker “a .

17SO

(m th double sandhi) allMSS . and Dac. Kar . ; cf. the introduction.

ass 11m co 1 ea 11

w m mfim mg‘

gvfi t"

( 1331: « fiaafafa“ 1 <11: 1W fi afi mm fi sca

atm’

lfirW ait“1 Q0 1 mm

“ :t fit"

W au fi m fi wguafiffiu

fi fi amm

lK Kn BiWQ'

u ".

’So emended ; MSS . sii

' P 'flafflfil ‘ Ath. Paddh. W m m m ufitKn 8 6 P om f

'

aO; E em aifa o

; Kn arrai. Ath. Paddh.

“W ! W N ?fm fir(I)7Dec. Kar.

gm fi mfi .

K a in. Paddh. granm w fi r flcod. t ioufim1 ° Ath. Paddh. and D 8 9. Kar. a n fifnW (xix. 69.

Darila to Kano. 3. 4 ; Vait. S11 . 1 . 19) fm m W .

K P fi g.

1 2Ath . Paddh. am am .

13 Ath. Paddh. and

D ac. Kar . fi lrrq'

Wm (cf. 8 11 . 3) m i etc. as in Kanq.

'4 Ath. Paddh . mg etc. ( firfi fifi arfifi q m m . ca 11v.

i. 90 . 6—8 ; Maitr. S . 1 1 . 7 . 1 6 (Vo l . ii. p . VS . xiii. 27 ; Cat. Br.

xiv. 9. 3. ll—l3 ; Kiino. 1 18 . 1 . These mantras occur a lso in the

Kashmir-cakha (cf. Roth ,"

Der Atharvaveda inKaschmir , p . The

verses are given in ful l at the beginning ofthe next 11 111111 111 11 .1 5 E interchanges this pfida w ith the third pads ofthe next verse

like RV VS . and Maitr . S . arrange the padas stilldifierently.

1188 11m es 1 ea 11

m fi fim w fic ui ‘lfi wm fi‘zp

m mfia mm m mfi’ fanfi naf

m

M afiafl Wf-nfimfiia m m u

m tfim mfl m fi fi nfi fimfl zfi“

IQO IIlQ llllQ‘i ll

m a ng a flm’

i‘Hgd u m m i‘fi

W lm wgm'

a tfififi nufi w lm

m :M o t if? fi fl flflfiltfi fl flflfi fl fil

H e lm rfi aanfi finWfi N QM W

fi na afi‘fl

w w w w .

site"s-1 1mm

‘E m m ’

Bfi w mfi lfi wfi ; Kv fi i

film ; Ku w m fi 1 fiwit ; Ch vm fi wfin Biw rmifitmit

3 K P Chfvwfi1 1 Bi ° ’i1 ‘K P Bi om

filfi t ; Ch °€Tflfilfit 5 Cf. Laty. Qr. 1 1 . 1 2 . 1 7 ; Ind. Stud.

x . 61 63.6 K E Bi and Ath. Paddh.m ; 8 6 Kn 0 11 ?

as above 7 E M . 1

8So E ; Bii fi q ; K Kn Ch

P Bi g fimHere P inserts 2 .

19 K P‘ 3Dao. Kar. ( TNT

1 m .

0

Dac:Kar. ‘ T‘ Tfi iri (God. it )m i

11 1611311113?ea 11 2 811

fi ffim fi fim fi‘

lqa la fi qsfil’

m m gfim aqmw sm m

mfim

n ih‘ fi a f

srfinafi m m nmm nfafiiafim

u

m mm m’

fi gfi wgwfi nafi'

r KP omfirfi fi

3 So allMSS. (exceptKu) andDag.Kar. ; Ku ll. RV. viii.

Acv. Gr. i. 24. 32 ; Par. Gr. i. 3. 27 ; Gobh. Gr. iv. 1 0. 9 ; La ty. Cr.1. °

KB11 0 hqfiu’f; E P BKu ‘

qfvfi ; D 119. Kar. ammo).6Ath. Paddh.m fg (1) « 1m vii. 73. 1 1 .

8 Thisw ord is w anting 111 K B1 B1 P .

90 11 W e

; E mW W w Cf. Cankh. Gr. ii. 15. 3 ; Kev. Gr. i. 24. 31 ; Par.

Gr. i. 3 . 30 ; Gobh. Gr. iv. Laty. Ch i. 2 . 12 .

1 1Of.

Km . 44. 30.

12 E other.1 3K B eta

-

11.1 ‘E Kn ma r ;

286 "M ew

“M 1W W i wfi g sz'

m

étfia‘

a i‘

t n? “13111

511 m um m i fififim

'

fi‘temm :m am

in fi ws nmmfaaa lfi fi m

m i a fit fi mmfi rfim

a fitW m

fi ifi m tet tm a q fifitm1 ee 1w fi1

"

fi afif‘

a 1mm mm afi

auf‘ t so l

m m sfiw fit fi gfi : 1

11a:n‘

a'

im mnfiau zfifi fifea fi fiemmtm m m: infi rm m:W e:

fl am fi m w fi sfifm ztw

II3 ““Q? ll

umwfi fi fi vfi i m fi m :m m1Ath. Paddh. and D 111 . K111 vw ria So emended ; MSS.

ofthe text and Paddha tism ; cf. sfi . 28. Dac. Kar. has

a co lon here. E’

Bim ; Dac. Kar. m . Is the

passage to be read . a fl ih’ m M eta ? 5K Bi

i “Dec Kar 1 11 1 11 11: 7K B1

i P and Ath. Paddb.

m ; D ac. Kar . { 1 1 11 1 31i .

“ So emended ; MSS. ofthe

text and Dec. Kar.W W ; cf. the accusativeW in mi . 25.

1 1 E the passage to rea d : i 1 fl

“ M a ck — "K i -

"E and Dac. Kar.m ; B

xix. 52 . 5 ; but note the m in the next sfitrs :Ath Paddh m vim fM m m t

mm 1 1 11113 0) firs t? um “W 3? 1“m m m gm wxi m m

2 81: 11 Q3 1 Q8 11

wfiqqég lso lm fiw fi fi'

g las lfi fi i’fz

ffl l3i’ 1 3 75111111 1 1 1 33 1W ’ Ww fit t sa t amigmm

'

fig nsm niagfi’fa

aim-

1 1 33 1 W WW 1 3s t fi fw fi‘

lsblaffifit fi flgffi a fafi fl se tmfi sfi’

W agfit lso lm fl'

fifi a lam a’

fimufizfi

Ma gnitztrrfin fafi agmuim w

’t m ssu

uns unes n

afitfm afifa gfmfi ng a

M“mfitW “

€ 1t rfmafirf‘

mafififl“

m eafit gé at m fl at ama m 1 m m

( 1511 w e?“W ‘N m w e?

M i s lfi g m m m“th an?

"

wmfim ii“WW KW 1 a m1 So emended ; MSS.W. K P E BiW . So

emended ; MSS.Ow . So emended ; MSS.

Ow n. Cf.

Kane. 130. l.5 Ch E ‘ tfi.

6 Km ; E m .

7So Kn P ; Bifine; BiiChEfw a ; Kfi fl

'

e; of. Kain .

8 So emended ; K Kn P Bi Bl’

i E Ch (sec. man .) m sfitt ; Ch

(11 1 1111 . ma m z.9Oh man.

1 ° K P in , T111 1

w ith double sandhi(form m lfl) allMSS. : see the introduction.

”K llfi ; cf. the first stanza ofthe mantra ,

1 3 Ch (prim . man.)

arm ; Ch (sec . cf. the first stanza ofthe mantra,sfi . 14 ; P Bii have a colon here

,as in sfi . 14.

14 K m fi .

‘ 5The passage beginning w ith the w ord and ending here is

w anting in Bi; the first part ofit is metrica l as in the mantra,sfi . 14.

1 6 Ch (prim . man .)m .

1 7Bi flm .

1° The passage beginning w ith if! and ending here is w anting in

1 13151 wfilifiit fi a t-

am M ara t

ufiw mmfimrm rfiwrgamw fi 3 1 0111 1

m gt-3 173 1 93 1

gamm zfm afifm unmanga rftmm

“!

fits-

1 1131 11 511:ag aa qsfi sut'

qefi agm’

sa una "

m fi 1 13111n 1m 3 16W m t

fi nfi fifimgfi afiw fi tflfi fifi h m n

m i a fifa gm mstfefi m ézfifwK P : it is probably a gloss. The same passage is interpo lated inBi before W u below ,

st'

i. 9.

l K omits the passage beginning here, and continuing through thenext three st

ttras , but reads instead : w ;

W flftfi etc., as in sfi . ll.

3 B

W 1 E t fiq w .

‘Bfi arqm

511 11 1 1151 .

(prim . man ) m t“Ch (sec . man.)m ; of. sit. 1 .

7 So allMSS. ; Weber, Omina und Portents , p . 349, reads3ii. 2 . 1 . For the mm fit (W ar) and the 311 111 1111 ofthe

ganamala, Ath. Paric. 34. 4, see Kane. 8 . 24, and note.

fi t fi sfi ufifwfi m i‘

m m s um

afl m fifsz lqm n uues n

am fl an?! warFmm nfi HM :m

ua’

an tm fiifiraW uHfim

“ Elm a :

m ?”N ita m inW ag”Err-fi at n

gsflmflfizfiai am rfit‘

u [mfi

W a fi fi m fi fi fi afinfl m

m '

t s lfl agfl‘m fl l

.wfih rg azfii mafia swan" WWW fas

mam' K fi ‘ Ch (prim. man.)

W ; the rest, as above ; Weber, ibid . p . 354 emends tom .

K m .

6 So emended ; MSS. fl’ m ; the pfida disturbs the

metre ofthe stanza , which 1s w ithout it good tristubh.

'ii. 2 . 1 . For

theW TflTfi Km fil) and them ofthe ganamala, Ath.Paric.34. 4 , see Kaue. 8 . 24, and note.

8 So emended w ith Weber, ibid.P 356 : MSS m il” ”Bim or mn

“Thns

emended ; MSS. M N . The words are to be read metrically1 1 So emended with Weber, as third person dual

subjunctive ofthe intensive : MSS. m . Cf. Kane. 1 14. 2.

m umm z m q h wfi fi n

fi fim m fi qfi fi nm fi :

fi é m m m afi mfl m fiw

1 Thus emended ; Antyesti. w aft ; MSS . ofthe text and Ath.Paddh. 1 1 1h fifg ; Maitr . S. , Katy . Cr. and Qi

t’

ikh. or. m i t

i ; cf. Kauc. 5. 13.

3 The verse occurs in Kauc. 5. 13 and

w ith more or less va ria tion a t Maitr . S . i. 4 . 3 ; Kath . S . v. 4 ; Kit) .

Cr. xxv. I. 1 1 ; and Cankh. Cr. iii. 19. 3.

3 Ch E P BiKn

m ; the restfflfi .a

4K Bt

i P Ku fi r‘

QQ‘

; Ch E Bi fi l“cf. viii. 2 .

50 h (prim . man .) flftm ; E P B Q

Q‘

TfiI;the tw o padas ending here are identica l w ith viii. 2 .

W .

7B m w , as at Kauo. 96. 3 ; Ch (prim .

m am a8 K P m w

a.

9 Thus emended

w ith Weber, Omina und Portenta , p . 358 ; MSS. w . Possibly the

entire pada origina l ly stood as fo l low s W T” ‘ W fi 1 1 .

Cf. .note 8 E m i

P W .

1 1 E W ;1 2 The pra tika ofthis stanza

occurs at Viit . 1 .

“3 Weber, ibid . readsm .

W am fi e nm unes n

m fl aw warfi 111 1 1131 11 1 9 !

fl wfifilq mmfim sgmifnfifi fl m

m 1 : 1

lK E P Bia“ ; B6m . This division is according

to Ch K Bii E Kn ; Weber, ibid. joins this w ord to the next pada ;cf. note 4. 3 Thus emended ; MSS. W . Weber ,ibid .

, having placed the word W at the head ofthis pada , emends

m : to “ i, metri causa ; cf. note 2 . E reads Q m z; Ku

mm sE fi .

7 Bii rft.8 Cf. for this stanza Katy . Cr. xxv. 1 . 1 1

9The w ords fi t

1 , w hich disturb the metre, appea r in allMSS.

1 0 Thus emended ;KChW N W » Ku E 0 113 1 11

0;

P m .

“R om ; by

cancel ling the syllable mg and readingm l] good tristubh metre

may be constructed.

13 Ch m .

1 ‘ Cf. Kine. 94. 16 fg.

‘ 5The pratika ofthis hymn seems to be employed in Ki uc. 35. 1 2,

a fact not noted there.

W imf‘

afi mfl'

gfi fl fgfi mqfag zn

m i‘

i’tf’qfilw fiz m fi w afi fi

mm aéfin

11m : gfi'

ai’tm W gii was?

W W?"

t anfan: «unifi es fi m rzfiiam ag’

W ll

Thus Ch (sec. mam) ; P Bi Biim; Oh (prim . man.) K EW

W ; Weber,Omina und Portents p. suggests

hesitatinglyW WW 1n order to fil l out the tristnbh pida.

Cf. a lso the Pet. Lex. sub voce 1 .fl“. Ch Kum .

3 Thus emended ; Ch Bii E 0m ; K P Bi 0m ; Kn 0“So 8 6 ,

Ch Bi ow , Ku om ; K P Qfiri n g ; EW W W . This w ord 1s w annng 1nK

78 6fi lm Thus emended ; K Kn Ch P Bi

m ; E m ; Bii gfim. The sense w ou ld be : ‘As the riverspour their sediment into the sea (or Indus) eto.

°

cf. Roth in Kuhn’sZeitschrift, xxvi, .p 62fg. Weber, 1b1d emends to the adjectivemwhich may be supported by RV. v. 53. 9, HT 1 : lift m gilfi

'

fi .

9 So allMSS. : Weber,ibid . readsm .

N i 11 fi rm ?QQ 1 «mo 1 qoq 11

5511 1151" a rifit gm um fiflii na ti zfitm

xv1 1 . 1 . The“

eff“ hymns (cf. AV. xix. 23. 23) are the

hymns ofthe thirteenth book ofthe AV. (xiii. 1 86

0m . Biim 0.

5 Thus according to a sugges tion

ofBt'

ihtlingk . The reading ( g W has also been thought of

Oh K B11 P B m ; E m 1 ; Ku (m m -

1. Weber,

Omina und Portents , p . 362 , emends to m m and suggests, ibid.

note 2 , m a s another possibility. The last emendationw oul d how ever render the pada hypercata lectic.

6 Thus

emended ; MSS. “ a .

7vi. 128. l.

8 E fi n.

the margin, apparently erased by a second hand ; they seem to be

borrowed from the preceding kandika, antra 4.

1° 8 0 Ku ; Ch E 06flffi ; K Bii Bi P 0m ; cf. Ki ng. 93. 9.

1 1K P Em .

1 9 So Ku ; the restm .

m fi am m m afi’

awggm 1 s 1

m m sfi fi m w fi ug’

fifi

qfi m h fl fi gm m a fi u

331111 1 Q 1 fifi am viii"

{ na n Wm ?! a fifi gm ls lm fi fi ififia fi a

W 1 8 lm afl mfi fi zw l1flion

fang“11t 1: 551131? Iffaw n 3m fi shing

arsr:fi a gm u(1 managi nméffi a

13331 11 115 3 1 9 1 as mafwfimm11as 11 11 c10 3 11

ii. 2 . 1 . For the fl 1'

gnm1fil(Gm ) and themm ofthe ganama la see Ka uc. and note.

2 KP Biflafi'l.3 So emended ; Ku

m m ; the rest om i.‘KuBiiem .

5Thus theMSS.

°W; eber,Om 1na 11nd P ortenta , p . 365, reads 0

gli .

6 Ch K Bt’

im o.

7 E ira; Weber, ibid emends to m a. KPW T.

ii 6. 1 .

1° Kfaw n . So K P , the rest ‘ fl t fl fi itliv. l5. 1 , v1 1 Kum ; Ch

1 7

gut: llm 1 ? 208 I 20" ll

m fi m w gfim Half-fl in g;1 11 11 1 2 1

zfi fnawg gfina:11 1 1 1 1131 1 11 1 .

m a fifilgm 1 a 1m fiifsfi fi wfi mwiw wiggm 1 s 1 m afl nwfwfi:

m afiaiamfa‘ q a wfiwfa enfa m fa1 11 7111131

1

3 1”m fiW aW ay 1 11

So Ku Bii E Ch (sec. K P Bi Ch (prim . man .) m .

P Bim ; cf. Kauo. 105 . 1 , note 1 2.

11 Ch W 1 .

“80

w ith K P Bi 8 6 as Vedic nomina tive plura l mascu line ; Ch E Knw hich is feminine. The entire pida may perhaps originally

have referred to fema le demons : w “W W ? 1 1m ; cf.

note 1 . Weber, Omina und Portenta , p. 367 , reads : am mSo Weber ibid . , note 3,

suggests that aw be read as a dissyllahle for the sake ofthe

metre.

6 E affilfi’

flfg ; Ch (prim . man .) M .

7 i. 19. 1 ; vi. These pratikas, a long w ith the pra tika ofthe

mantra employed in this kandika in m , constitute the second

‘ m ofthe ganamala (Ath. Paric. 34. mm (1 two MSS ,

in accordance with the va riants in notes 1 and 2 : tw o o ther MSS.

1 11W )W 311 i t firzaw‘

t { w ires m m 11 ac 11. For

the first WNW see Kano. 16 . 8,note . Cf. a lso Kane. 105. 1 .

8 So emended ; MSS.°2m fi ; cf. Kane. 6. 34 ; 93. 13.

9 So

KuBfiE ; KP tm'

manfit: Ch mafiaw ; Bi awfulman1 0 This word is w anting in Ch Bi.

1 1 Cf. the correspondingpassages in them and theW , Ath. Paric. 73.

12 ; 74. 4.

1 ’K P Bi a wag cf. Kine. 1 04. 2

,110 111 1 1

and 2.

240 11W 1106 11

m ‘

zfiw fifimwfiffi amW efifi fit gna qfi

fii fifs fifi

mfiaai m gflm w fi W ’

gafi

mm”

m . 0 11 01 1111. man .) qffi .

50 1 11 111 111 111 11 11 1 111 111

q m m m m — “Bum a713 11111;

Bm .

8 The last tw o padas ofthis verse are identicalwith vii.

48 . 2cd

.

9 K Biim 9 ; Ch (sec. man.)10 So E

Bii; Ch K P BiKu cf. Kane. 3. 20, note 1 5 ; 1 1 . 4, note 3;a lso AV. i. 24. 4 (m for m ). K Ch (sec. man.) wcf. p . 259, note 5.

’3ChK EKu om t

'

n; cf. p . 259, note 6. K

P m fl i m m ; cf. p. 259, note 7 .

no te8.

1”ChE Kuflfg ; cf. p . 259, note9.

16 So Ku ; the rest Of!a n

1 7Weber, ibid . p. 369, suggests the insertion ofthe w ord“at

this point : the result w ould be one tristubh and two annstubh padas.

1 8 Ch E m fg ; Kn“fg.

‘ 9 Thus emended ; MSS. m m.

”Ch E Ku mhito .

"Bn on i wsiom -

“ K om m0“ (w ith haplographia) ; E Bifl rrq fl w ith haplographia) .

’3 This

line may be considered as consisting ofone hypercata lectic tristubh

pads , ending a t Hi t , and two annstubh padas, the first ofwhich isalso hyperca ta lectic.

111 1minim am”

m a n 1

innit: 1 1 fi fa “

51:Ha fi z“nflgfi

'

fiz 11

W are? "it in”

1 11 1 i156?"

1 1111311113 1111 3111 11

So allMSS. ; Weber, Omina nnd Portenta , p . 369, emends to"Em , and translates ‘mit bunt rufenden Feldwagenlenkern im

Verein’ . Does it mean‘ w ith elephants having variegated sea ts

’?

And is the text perhaps to be emended to m at, w hich w ouldan out the metre? K 0 11 E cad ; B11 Bi

ozfi'

c’

r.3 K P

“8 1 ; B11 “ 8 1 2; cf. p. 259, note 7 , and p . 260, note 13. E

KnW ; K m ; cf. p . 259, note 8 , and p . 260, note 14

5 Ch EKu aft ; cf. p. 259, note 9, and p. 260 , note 15.

6 Cf. Kauc. 20 .

1 fg.

7Cf. Kauc. 94 . 16 fg.

8 So emended ; Ch E Bii K P BiW 1 ; Kn 15111111 1 11.

9so cmended ; Cl1 E PBii mg; Km ;

Bim ; Kn H3 . Cf. Ki ue. 93. 1 5.

10 Ch (prim . tnan.)m m . ThPet . fex. snb W emends to “

Qat a r.

1 1 P Bii Bimidi-ah ;

Ku Ch m .

1 2 E 0m . The entire stanza is wanting inK.

13 K P Bii 0m. Is this to be emended to “(fig (infinitivefrom H1

‘to w eave’) and to be taken into the text? Thus

emended ; Ch E Ku K Bii P Bi 1 711 .

1 5 Thus K P BiBil;Ch E Ku “i t w ; Weber, Omina und Portenta

, p . 373.

emends to W W .

‘ 6 Ch (prim . man .)m .

0 4

II‘N IIll(10 19 Il

m fi azfimf‘

m raq 111 111 :1: w e)

m essa ggwm um

So KBiiP Bi; E Ku Ch (sec. man.) om m ; Ch (prim.

man.) °W fi ; Weber, Omina und Portents p . 374, emends

to “ W ? ‘ beim w egziehen gegen morgenroth ’ , com

paring am t in Pancav. Br. xxi. 3 (cf. Katy . Cr. xxi. 3.

Chm ; Ku a g. Ch (sec. man.) m ; Kn W .

K PCh (sec. man .) w 11 h.

s So fo l low ing the emendation of

the Pet. Lex . ; Weber,ibid .

, reads am and tra nslates : ‘die

beiden einschlfig’ folgsam sind ’ . E Sufi ; the rest m .

‘ K oimzm n fim.

7So E BnBiKn ; K Ch P 1 q u

-mm ,

w hich is accepted by Weber,ibid and translated by ‘

eilig, pru

stend ’ 8 Thus allMSS. ; Weber, ibid . reads flTflu'

,which

fi l ls out the metre (annstubh) .9 So Bt

'

i only ; E P Bim ;

K Ch Ku m m .

1° Thus emended ; Ku 53W ; the rest0

W W .

1 1 Ch (prim . man.) W (correct P Bi

$18 the w ho le passage perhaps to be reconstructed in the dual

W “W Q CQ'

GJ)? Cf. the duals W and

gar-aah: in antra 1 .

1 2 K am t .

‘ 3 Ch (prim . m an .) igr;K P 1 4 Thus is the unintel ligible reading ofCh E ; Kn

warm ; P Bi 1311112 1 ; Bii 11,-

1112 ; K mfg.

1 5 Accordingto Roth , Der Atharra - Veda in Kaschmir , p . 23, this group of

mantras occurs in the Kashmirian oakha ofthe Atharva -Veda .

Ch E ow .

ass 11 n'

tfirwfi sec 1we 1 sea 11

W ‘agf

aiW aufis“11 a 1

W 35512611711318 1'

r'

fi tmafiafit:18 1 M1311 111 061

m fi am fi fi‘

m fi fi w fimwm a m mm m mwm m

11mfififia’163mm am m

aflfhfl lm m m fin s uafi

t

n?1 11 1 1 11171 and?fi zmwfiammm fi

wa

1 Thus KP Bi; Ch EKn atpznzmfi ; Biiamn: a re} ; cf. the

para l lel passage from the. TS . cited in note 3. Weber, Omina nnd

Portenta p . 376 reads “In:9 B6m 0).

a Cf. TS. 111. 2 . 7 . 1 ; 011 11 11 11 . Cr. vi. V1 11 . o . Cr.5 E =fi3 7 €tz.

6 K

fl an. 1 .

3 so (m m for

allMSS. ; the same form is repeated in Kane. 7 1 . 7 ;

126. 9.

9 Ch prim . man.)“fl 1°

B “( T lW .

1 1 So K Bii ; the rest omit the w ord Tl(by haplographia) . 12 E

W e).13 111. 28. 1 .

1 1 So (W for u se?)

allMSS. ; the same form is repeated in King. 7 1 . 7 ; 109. 5 ; 1 1 1 . 5;

126. 9.

1 5K here inserts fimi

11 1111 1911 6? 990 1 999 1 999 11 9611

afi 1 u 1m wfiamfi mwfir‘

a fifiiQFa’

a

1 6 1mafi a m 1 e lm fli m fi fi z 1 b 1

11 9 1-

11 11 996 11

91191 91 11 1316 6 112913111 W W W

1 9 1 n9m 1 9 1m m 1 3 1 snfi m

ire—1119 1 1 111 1 1 8 1 afi

'

fia fi mfis

gm fl m w

n’

tfli qffi 11 mg: gfi fim fi”

191m m

fi1 1 § 1 m n°a irtrfl=imam 1 9 1 3 69 19 11?

m fi a éfimfi’

m rmfafi a mm1 e 1m afl m fi fi z 1 qo 1m i fiim §

W °

1 99 1 11 99 11 11 999 11

II99? II

follow ing ; cf. 11 1 8,

31 11. 26. 1 . So (u;

allMSS. ; the same gramma tica l peculiarity is repea ted at

Kane.

5 Weber, Omina 11nd Portenta ,

p. 378, fittingly regards the w ords 1 113:“gaéfmw as a gloss,incorporated into the tex t. E " H“ 7

K en’rwfi t ;

cf. Kauc. note.

8 Ch 11 . 9Bi filzm .

1° With the contents ofthis and the preceding two chap ters cf. Lit.

Br. 171 1 . 9 ; Céfikh. Cr. iii. 4. 1 4 ; 10. 4 ; Katy. Cr. xxv . 4. 35 ; Acv. Qt .iii. 13.

1 1 K 8 11 m .

‘ 3 viii. 3. 15 - 18.

R am a uf‘

e a afi m fifea . 11

am m gfi gm 1 9 1m fii fit§afi t ifl w

W ifi iwi tggum 1 a 1m m m fi fi :

1 8 1 11 99 11 11 993 11

W W W fi W IQ I

1111 161 1 93 1 11:m 211111

m mh trfi mfg fiitm i 1"

sm1-111

fi gmfi-‘

lm‘w

W igm 1 s 1 £11 119 awfufaz 1 8 111 99 11 11 998 11

1 Thus emended ; MSS.0 1 3 1 . m .

3 Ch E Bi'

iK

P Bi 1 11 13 1 . E “i nf-( o ; Kn ova-

arr .

5 Thus emended;Kn Ch (prim . man.) W in ; the rest W . Weber

,Omina

11nd Portents,p . 379, adopts the reading m and translates

‘ den breit trinkenden’ i. e.

‘ ihn der gierig schliirft’ . 6 Bi E

Bi Ch (prim . man .) fl“ .

7 P Bii“Tram ; cf. Kinc1 14. 2 .

8 i. 1 9. 1 ; vi. no te9 Bi

‘ o Km HKum Chm ; P

m . Ku m a ; Weber,Omina nnd Portenta p . 379 emends

to Rafi ; cf. the corresponding emenda tion tn the mantra at Kane.’ 2KW ; KnCh (prim . man.) 0m .

13 Thus emended:

MSS. m ; cf. Ki ng. 1 23. 2 .

14 K W . This line occursa lso in the mantra a t Kane. 128 . 2. ii. 2 . 1 . For the. INT"mfi l (W 1 !) and the NW ofthe ganamala, Ath. Pa ric.

see Kane 8. 24, and note.

fi h W figfll m awmfi iflfi u w

11 96 11 11 99 11 11

9111 1 1 1991m mW ew -fi m

339 13 1 9 1 139 19 19 131 39 9 1 1 1 6 131 139 9 1191

1 1 1 1 11 ; P m m . Ihave taken into the text the bestsupported readings ofthe MSS. , without however meaning to implytha t the text does not stand in need ofemendation. Weber

,ibid.

restores as fol lows : “Tlfi ‘n‘fi flfi lfi 'fi “I 1 11

-111 11191 111 W ‘

which 1m o lves the omission ofum , in accordance withthe demands ofthe metre. He then transla tes .

‘ Ueber die all

herrschen heut als Gebieter bereitwil lig Himmel und Erde fiir uns’.

In a note,ibid he a lso suggests the fo l lowing reading and trans

lation : 119 1 17111 11 1 (or mm ) 1 1111111 1h « 1 113 9 11 wrangfwfi 1 M ,

‘als deren Herr mogen nns heut gebietend,

bereitw il lig H immel und Erde setzen’. According to Roth, Der

Atharva -Veda in Kaschmir, p. 23, the entire hymn occurs in the

Kashmirian cakha ofthe Atharvan.

6 K W ifi )

9 11 1-

11 1

a m m m m fi

R TE“

fi gam fifis fl fimfifimm (m afi

R TE“

fi w m fifi gfiafi fitfiam m afi

3 1131 1

1 1 9 1111 11 c w fi vflfa'

ami nm 1 161

GWEN ?“m amm a mfi ga a m fiugm m

R h 9 : 1 191111 1 119 1 11-119W “111911 1f

a’

‘K ara39 111 ; 10 1 9 1939 9 19 1 9

’BfiW K E F99 19 1 99 1° s 1P F9 9 19 9 9 |° RiF99 1

m 0. So Ku ; the restm ffl '

i'

fl'

H5 B i WHIT

Fm ; Kna! “Tm . Probably the pada 1s to be restoredas fo llow s . i t am 31 3 1 .

6So Bii a lone ; BiPChE Ku

Jl’fiT

W ; K ilim wlfi ; Weber, Omina und Portents

,p . 381 , reads

W fi , on the basis ofthe reading ofthe Chambers MS. (inhIWTfil).

7 Thus Ku ; K Ch (see. man .)m ; Ch (prim .

«1111110 19919 1 ? 131 111911 1 ; E 11 11 111 3 1 11 1 111111.

( s o 11m “?mi 1m 11

mgmz‘ f

mfifaw zfi ’ nm0

Ifi fi fi fi a‘

sfit fi sfi if‘m qfi h

1 P BiKu Ch Biim (i. e. two t , one being w ritten under

the other) ; K Em .

9 MSS.W Thus Ku Bii;the rest fi ‘ fi if ‘

K P E m Qfi .

S K W'TI-

sThe usua l ending, G1 at un fafinz, is wanting in allMSS. :

a lso in kandikis 1 19, 122, and 1 27. 7 Km . P 1 11 3

8

3

m ; the rest aflz. Is the w ord to be emended to fl fl ‘ ?

Em . 8 0 K ; the restm .

1 1 Thus emended ; E

W U) ; the restm .

"lThus emended ; E am z; the

restW u"‘ 3 So KBfiPBi; Em z; Ch Ku q fim

. 11

the w ord to be emended to Wanting 1n Ch Kn.

‘ 5 K W .

I“Ihave taken into the text the best supported

readings ofthe MSS emending only w here the correction seemed

obvious : the word m : and perhaps a lso “a are thus left opento correction. Weber, Omina und Portents , p . 383, restores upon thebasis ofOh a lone (211 “a:masfol lows :m at fig:“W E lf?!‘ Die mit dem Wind ein Zug hinziehn, die gransen Tod

’s Botinnen

zahmten sich durch die Weisen’

. In the note,ibid . , the observes

that wfl ‘

and « 333:would be simpler emendations, w hich howeveryield no good sense.

1 7 KW .

fi m a fi h qu11

9 1990

5 1131 1 8 1 9111111151 39 1 9 1 9 9 1 11191 ?

1 9 1 11 1 9 11 11 99e 11

m fi mam v fim’

umm wfi

1 Ku 0m ; Bii OW . The hymn, whose pratika is cited

here, is not w ritten out in ful l in the tex t, as it has been previouslygiven in m at Ki ng. 90. 24 ; 91 . 1 . Cf. a lso RV. i. 90. 6- 8 ;

Main . S. ii. 7 . 16 (Vo l . 2 , p . Kath . S. xxxix . 8 ; TS . iv. 2 . 9. 3

v . 2. 8. 6; VS . xiii. 1 7 ; Ca t . Br. xiv. 9. 3 . 1 1 - 13. It occurs a lso in theKashmir-ci kha according to Roth, D er Atharva -Veda in Kaschmir,p . 23.

3K Biiw u Thus emended w ith Weber, Omina und

Portents , p . 385 ; Chm m 0; Knm ; the restm

’Bfi nfiiuft “

K PW ’K Bfi viffi “

8 11 1 11113 11

accordance w ith the metre.

9KM . ; Bii inserts here the word

5 11 ; Bi inserts fl .

1°E Bi8 6 0m ; cf. the w ord Hi ,

insertedby BiiBi afterm see the preceding note.

1 1Km .

The ending usua l in this adhyaya , 8 1'

di mm : is wanting

in allMSS. ; so a lso in kandikas 1 16, 122 , and 1 21 .1 3 K P Bi

1 8 1 9 Faiwrf9fi1‘fiqfiufi19

1wmw m 1m

9139 13 1 3 1 119 1 { Famii’ls l 9 1 11 9 9 131

1111111 111 9 11919 19539 13 ” Q I

9 195399 11€1 1s1 199 1 9 1 99 9 19® 39 19

1 9 1 1 9fii § 191 311 9 13f9 91 9 19 9 1 1 19 1 1 93 19 1 119 muffi fil: 1 98 1 11 9 11 1 11 91 11 11

9 191 99933391 9 311119 11 131 119 111 FM“

W W 1 9 1 9 1 9 9 9WF9F9 1 1 1 1

11 1 e 11 11 91 9 11

1 B11 om , Bi °3fil'

a E W fi rm So allMSS. ;

Weber, Omina 11nd Portents , p. 386, emends to cf. a lsoKi ng.126. 5. K P Bim .

5 Ch qfi ; Ku aft.

6xii. 1 .

19—21 .

7 K “1113 ; Ch ‘ lfl'

fi K has a co lon here.

9For the M ac. “ Tfi ,

and the 1m see Kauc.

and note . Cf. a lso Kauc. 43 . 4, where the term is a lsomWW instead ofm at, as at Kane. 8. 23.

to K Ch

and D i rila ibid . In the list there given the two pratikas 1 . 4. 1 ;5. 1 precede i. 33. 1 .

9118 1 91111 19 1351 999 1 993 1 998 I

II30 11 II“IQ? II

a w fi fl m efi‘fi m w fi fim

« 9 1 191 33 1191 9 9

1 9 1 11 39 1 11 993 "

9 19 999319 11 19

s q ifi imfi afggflm 1 9 1

9 9 1 3 91 119 939 1 19399 9 9

1 1 19 1 939 1 19

1 93 111 1 1

9 9 9 99 19999 9 9119 335”9 1999 9 1f9§9 11

9 2 191 31 1 9 1

1 Thus K only ; E 9 39 1-

3 ; the rest 1 13m . Thus

emended ; Ch E BiiBiK P m ; Ku fl.

3Em :

7 The ending usua l in this adhyi ) 11 , GT a!“1113 q 9 1:, 111 wanting

in allMSS. : so a lso a t the end ofkandikas 1 16, 1 19, and 1 27.

50 11 9 9 1191 ; K11 9 9 1F11.— 6

B F31139 31 93'

; Bim w .

7E W fiP 8

iii. 2 1 . 1 ; vi. 13 . 1 ; cf. the second W at

Kano.

9 Thus, w ith double sandhi for 21 1m ,all

MSS. ; cf. Kane. 6. 1 7 (p . 19, note 6. 34 (p . 2 1 , note 6) etc. See

a lso the introduction, andWeber, Omina und Portenta , p . 390, note 3.Weber, ibid. p . 391 , note 4, characterizes the w ords HEW in

8 8 Orlginally a margina l gloss.

7° Ch em

1 Ch Kn E "613 ir K P B1 B1 1 19 19 111“Possibly 1111.

or the preceding w ord represents a later gloss : good metre is

obtained by the removalofeither. 7 Ch (see. man.)W .

‘ K E IW“K °93

“Bfifm ’

K m8The same ardharca occurs in Katy . Cr. 8.

9x 1 1 . 3. 15.

° The customary w ordW is supplied by emendation : it is want1ng 1n allMSS. ; cf. Kane. 130 3 ; and the next

note.

1 1The w ords m H‘ are wanting in K Bii, as in Kine.

130. 3 ; 131 . 3 : cf. the preceding note.

77 Pm .

K a rim :m a P ‘W ’ Ch °f‘

mrl

Weber, Omina und Portents , p . 394, emends this to Ha n k/188 . 3 0

above. Cf. Kano. 120. 1 , w here Weber emends in the same w ay.

‘K P mlfil “

K P vfmiBii 0m ; the rest as above . 1 1 1 w ith a neuter noun

,

fa t- 1 11 m is the passage to be emended to mm or m in i

(se. W ?)“ a?7 Thus E u a lone ; K P Ch (see . man.)

fi m m ; Ch (see m u )m ; E fauna ; Bu firmer; Bi

fa“ . Perhaps m is to be taken into the text uponthe basis ofK PCh (sec.

8N o gana ofhymns corresponding

to this is to be found in the ganamiila (Ath. Paric. or the AV.

Anukramani.9 v . 1 7 . 4.

1 ° So (m 0 ) allMSS. ; the

same grammatica l peculiarity is repeated at Kane. 109 . 5 ;

1 10. 4 ; 1 11 . 5.nK P Bi om .

19E i

rm’

m .

W ‘

m luw w amfi m z‘

wfl ash arfiréfaft

-511 1 1613“W Fed? 111

nfi fi m nfl m n ggfi n

“W m flfim”

“ aw ls lm fiwmw w lnmvfil

l K Bu B1 P " liw”Ba ou

’it.“K m ..

4 K P“125 K fl fi l.

6 Thus the not a ltogethertrustworthy reading ofE Ku ; the remaining MSS. readWWeber, Omina und Portents , p . 396, simply drops the w ordmfrom the text, as reported by the Chambers codex , and it does indeedseem possible that it represents another a l terna tive added by a laterscribe — ’

KP mm ; E m m9 Thus emended ; Ch P Bi KW ; Ku W ; E

W fi ; 3fiw1° iv .

uSo Bi Bii ; K fil!

mung ; ChKuW m ; B flag-

avg ; P firgm'lg. The reading

ofP seems to represent M g , and Weber, ibid . a lso emendsthe reading ofthe Chambers MS. to rm .

1:vii

—4 .

1 3 Ku “ fl MSS“emended ; MSS. W 1 12.

wK Ku BUW T

w ash Ku cumm firrm i 8 1 1

” CfH RV im lil l

ll38 IIIICRQ ll

P Bi '

H 3 1! fl The metre ofthis ardharca is in the

style ofekapada viraj ; cf. note 9 on the preceding page .

3 i am

unable to restore this very corrupt line : the text above represents

merely the best supported readings ofthe MSS. taken col lectively.

t um etc ; Biw fitwfim etc E MM r etc ; P W m fw mfi a fi etcn Kn um

W W etc ; Ch (prim man ) aarrm fi rg mfi; Oh (sec. man .) w w m a c . So K

P BiBii ; the rest WIR5 So (m ) K BiiE P BiCh (prim . man.

Ku Ch (sec. man.) fifi tt’ .6 Ch Ku E 0m .

7K0

8 Thus emended ; MSS.0m W . This pads

and the fo l lowing ardharca recur at Kauc. 135. 9. Bii”

(if!flam mfi fi alm mu fi fi imfl

fi f‘

i z“1 3 1 11 31: 11 11 c13.

0 11

5m fi nch?warn?”awglgzrmlcu

am“

Tm fif‘

u fi" m a m asafari?mm ‘ fazfi fiz

‘“w aft?“

'

ll'fwfi z

m1 3 1 11 3e 11 11 saq 11

Thus emended, assuming haplographia ; E “

ch m ; the

remainingMSS.°m fil‘ . Cf.Kane. 93 . 37 .

’Chfi i m 0

.—3

K

E fifga i ur —‘E ua

‘r— 5 K g

6 se K Bu the

rest m q fi cf. Kauc. viii. 3. 26.

8 Thisunusua l ending ofthe kandika is exhibited by allMSS. cf. Kauc.

131 . 3, as a lso the reading ofK Bii in Kane. 125. 4.

9 Ch E°fi .

1° K here inserts the word m fi .

1 1Bii i a

'

t1 2 Ch

Kug‘fi'

lfirl30 11 K 11 11171 ; E ars . la to be emended 10 m g ?

“K wh i1 5Ch Ku E P K oqafi n

16 So K Bii Ch E P B ,

K °fl (W ) . Weber, Omina und Portents

,p . 402 , readsW

M Thus emended ; K m 1 13m ; Bu 1m squint;the restm m ; cf. Kauc. 130. 2 .

8 viii. 3. 26.19 This

W flm flg‘lfi li l

wh am m afitfim 1

m m a w a afia sfim afi u

m fagw‘éfi w afia fl t fi m

’l

mm ” mn

fi aefl as m 11

W um fimw fia a fim

Ham: Firm : 9 21i ai m? "

anmiim amm m wwwfia gw

was”

unusua l ending ofthe kandika is sustained by allMSS . ; cf. Kine.

1 30. 3,as a lso the reading ofK Bii in Kauc.

‘K sfiim ’ So Bu ; K E fi rwqfi 1 ; K fi ruz

'

ai ; Bi

fm ; Ch (prim. P Ch (sec. mangmfivi. 1 16. 1

i K °uifl'

fl fi lmfiz.svi. 1 1 7 1 19.

“Km .

9 EW ; Weber, Omina und Portenta , p . 403, 16 em ends tom ;

cf. a lso note B11 Bim u m. E m . 011

E Ku insert ft a t this point. 1 3The stanza ending here is

w anting in Bii, and is also omitted by Weber,ibid . K

m 0. K has a co lon here.

1 6Ku N W ;

Weber,ibid .

, emends to m ; cf. a lso note 9.

Weber,ibid .

, emends to g annfflfiwg ; cf. the end ofthe next

stanza .

a So K Bii P BiKu ; E a fl t t Tfi ; Ch m ,

upon the basis ofw hich Weber,ibid .

,emends to m .

3 K {'

l Weber, ibid . emends to E “mm ; cf. the

preceding stanza .

5 K Gram .

6Ch“um .

7Ch

(see man.) ‘ W 8Ku E Ch m .

9 K Ku BiiCh

a t1° K 03 1 11 . B11 0 3111. 0 11 m

” K R .

“ So E Ku K P Bim ; Ch W tflm ,

Bt'

i“K ai

“So E Ku ; Bum m ,

K P BiW 1 C1:“113m

Thns emended , by assuming haplographia ; K Ch (prim . man.)w ii ; 8 6 Ch (sec man 7111 ; Kn in ; P it 1 1a; Bi z-111 1 ; E

a W ; cf. Par. Gr. iii. 15. 22 in support ofthe emenda tion.

’So Ku ; E Bfi i1rgm ; Bi K P C

3 So Bii ; the restW '

E Ku ; K P Bi { anm ; on“Wn

.

7Ku Bi w .

8 K E Bii m afimK w ere. Kn 133m amu

E Ku ; K P Bim ; 8 6 1 11 13111 : up Oh im m

fl i m fta i a fin

it afi : uni”1 11fi1 Ea t

“stifl e

”fin as

w W aning: get 1 [W u

a zfi gfi azg‘”

M mW‘

fi nagfsur'

fifaQ‘Ji sa w -151131 11

551mm:M ifi il: 1

HTare”

53 avg”31m m

" it 113 13,

8KuW ” ; EW .

8Thus emended ; Ch

M 13 ; the restffl i“ ; cf. in support ofthe emendation Cat. Br.i. 4. in w hich Weber

,ibid .

, p . 406, note 4, a lso proposes to

emend fem-

infill: to famfa .

3 So P Bi 8 6: the rest oufifil;cf. the next ardharca .

8 So Bi P ; BiiW ; Ch E Kum .

The passage is wanting in K.

8 P Bi E H8 So P

Bi Bii: the rest °Qafilz cf. the preceding ardharca7 P “f!!

w .

8 K omits the two ardharcas ending here8 So E Eu ;

K P Bi m um ; Ch im ; Bii 151 132 115131° Bii

m .

1 1‘

0 t1 2E °fi m _ 1 8 K“

So E Ku ; K P Bi zingm ; 0 11 w ; B6 insular.‘ 8 K ofa fifiz HT ( ti; Ch (prim . man.) 0m for which

compa re Kane. 74. 1 9, note ; 20, note . the rest 0m ‘ 8 So

Bii ; the rest cf. p . 287 , note 2 .

1 7 So EKu ; Biim ;

K P Bi 11mm ; Cb 111mm

Hi m fwfilzlse lnas t usaw11

m 1 137 15 9 33 1111 ?agmfila’

iafmfirfirinfawn?! 35m 1 c1 l

ifaifnsawm m‘

am m 1

m fi fuwfsfi it its aW e

Rafi!mam fi fii‘ W al l?» 1 saw-

vim?m am a Sim mmffifififilfi :W 181

1 e 1 a tfléfifl m § m w §m am a€s

mmmfi fi m wmrfitmm e ufi i afi

its an?m u s t as? w e" ffi'

éfam“

K 1 111113. Thus with double sandhi (for w W )allMSS.; and the introduction.

8Kufi

'

la‘

i; ChKEBi

frat. 8 Thus emended in accordance w 1th the corresponding passageinKa ty.Cr. xxv. 5. 29;MSS.liffififilm .

J KBGW .

6 Thus emended ; Ch Innfi tfi ; Ku the rest w firfi7K BiBi

1 Q‘

Q’

fiK—8 °

813 m -21

K m .

1 8The Q? (se. W ) according to Ath . Paddh. to

Kane. 43. 1 1 are iii. 1 2 . 1 , 2 .

1 8i. 33. l.

“Km ; E m

“Fou ne m

see Kau 8. 25 and note ; for them and note .

1 1 Bi1 s0m . KuBi shim

llm éfi ififiw m m m : 11

‘K fi wfi

’So E Ku ; Ch K °fi fi n1 Bi °fi fi t

P °fi fil; 8 11m .

8 B6 has this word but once

fszmfi mm fi amfimfi chart-

11 1 1 1: 1

8Cf. Darila to Kane. 2 . 18.

8 So emended ; MSS. In

0 11 um , E E“a; an Ch (prim.

man .) Oh man.) m a) ; Bi'

i Km .

8The Dac. Kar. trea ts the subject ofthis kandika essentia l ly in the

same manner as the Kaucika , but w ith a difl'

erent introductionW amv fi 1 m m w fit w miiW W a lm

g mfim etc. (vii. 85. m etc. (vii. 86. 1) 1 1 1 1 13?

ft? etc. (V1 1 . 1 1 7 . 1 ) Rfi‘

lfmi W etc. W(Cod . WW ) am etc. (xix . 68. (fa fi rm ?! (cf. Kano.

25. 36, and the m ,ibid .) n QQ vii etc. (xii.

3 . mi 31351151 m w?aetc. (xii. 3. 31

8

) l“ mag“ ;

W EIetc. (xii. 1 . 36) lWmm I f! finitva etc (xiii 1 27) 1 finmn «fin! 1 1m(cf. Kane. 1 . 24 fg.

,and sfi tras 9 and 10 ofthis kandika) m

if: mfi fil; cf. Antyesti. fol. 14, l . 7 .

8 So emended ; MSS.

ofthe text and Ath. Paddh. 171m m 8 So emended ; cf. thepreceding note.

8Cf. p. 29 1

,note 9.

afifimitfiwueetfi mafinwh enqaqM lew nwm-

ai élfi'flmf “1161 s!!

W a tt lm fi m fim«mi?11 1 151W W

“« fi

’ w nfi

fiwmfit m agum fiuw mw fifiw

511381 411 1

fitwifil xii 1 28D an Kar 8 1W)“

ufit ; Ath. Paddh . m un fi t.'xii. 1 . 4. Ath. Paddh.

m m 1 13;-

( é art ist?m it“ (ct Ath.

see a lso°°

Ath. Paric. 22 . 3 (sambharalaksanam).8Cf. xix.

TS. i. Vs. i. 10 etc. ; Maitr. S. i. 1 . 9, etc. 17 4.

Biim a ria ; Ch Dac.Kar. and Antyesti. have a co lon here.

1 8 Antyesti. amm .

‘ 8xii. 1 .

88xl1 .

1 8D ac. Kar. and Antyesti.W W " m 1“

W W m .

‘ 8 Thus’ 7 K and Dan. Kar. m i.

’8 Dao. Ka

°

r. fi a .

‘ 8 Ch

“1? (fa. The mantra is not found in any know n Samhiti ; cf.how ever Mi itr. S . 1 1 . 13. 7 .

11W ass 11 as

w za m mflTIQQI« it fiéifit

’ '

HTIQS I

M aw nfi fifi‘

m fit ufim’t eu

511W 1 «1 1 « fi fin tfi miiwfi

Wmlao lm a é fi u: 1 ss 1 fi 1§fimfi ~

M “fim tselm m fi wflfi

fi mfi fi fiwfi fim fi”1 3mm

m uffi mmm m laumm aféfl

P Bt‘

iBh and Ath. Paddh. iti”

.

8 Ch Ku at .

8 Ku

w .

8D ec. Kar . treats the passage contained in the two siltras

ending here as fo l lows: lt coincides with the Kaucika as regards thefirst three padas ofthe mantra , then continues : film nmfa rm: 1 n um i f< 1mn 1 im <l> fivmuii fi< m 1

“ m i m 1m m afi aw«® m fl fimm o m Ath Paddb m m m fi fiw m 1

z it-

en « (m am M afor mnfi t w t 1 31381 afi fiv

” wh iv. .14 5 , A111 . Paddh vfim mm

20, 78 29Bfi E P Bi a nz.

wDac.

Kar W am fifarineww : Ath Paddb vfioi« rfitfir firq wmfi vfi vw i ufnmfafi m 1 mm 1 m fi 1 w fi m m m utate W 11 1 rifl

W OW .

1 1 The mantra ofw hich the pra tika is here

given occurs in m in Kauc. 2 . 1 . It occurs a lso a t xix. 33. 3,

but them 3 and the scho liast’s designa tion (Kane. asW WIshow tha t it is regarded as not belonging to the AV.

8xvi.

2. 6.18 The same passage occurs at Kauc. 2 . 1 8.

« 17 513: 1 13 m m : fi agffi m fi fzi a afl fi w

ifilm wm fin su

m mustangs-

avast:1 1351 1113 11 1 11111“

W m snim mfimfii

m m m M fla fi f« 11 111 1 1111

W W W“1 am fi qw fif

mfl

ufi fl mfifi“1°

31313111 3111111 33m“ail

m a fi fl m fi afi fitwmw”afi

8So w ith double sandhi (N orm W ) E on ly ; KPBh

m afia 0 h ma nic ; P m a in ; Kn m amBii illegible .

8So Ku E Ch (sec. K P Ch (prim man.)

W ; Bfi ifzzzhfiz; m ifqzafifi a2 . 4. 4 ; Katy . Cr . ii. 1 . 22 ; Vnit. 8 11 . Kane. 3. 5.

8 Ch 0“W 1 as in Katy. Cr . The passage beginning w ith this entra and

ending w ith is identica l withKane.

-8 ; see. the notes there .

8Cf. Katy. Cr. ii. Cat . 23 ; Cankh. Laty.

Cr. ii. 4 . 5 ; iv 9. 16 ; Gobh. Gr. i. 6. 14 ; Kane. 3. 6 (Ca t. Br Laty.,

and Gobh. w ith the variant ut nrgz) .8 K ( ff. Bi

and Dac. Kar .OW ” Bh Ku OW .

8 Cf. Kev. Cr.1 4 7 C t r 1 6 9 La ty Cr 1 1 4 5 Kfiuc 3 7

8x11.

8° So (0m ) E Bii, and Ath. Paddh. ; Ku 0 8 3 ; therest oq fi

'

.

1 1 The w ord“Iis wanting in K .

‘ 8 Thusemended ; MSS. here, as in Kane. 3. 8,m .

88 So

emended, assuming haplographia in the readingW (Ch Kn) ; E

reads am ; Dec. Kar.

'

fl am ; the rest '

fl m a ; cf. also

Kane. 3. 8,note 9.

11M 1 1?as=1 see 11

M mgfi fi fi w fi‘

agim t c tm1 1151

15f1=119 111 11 11

”1911111 1 1 “ 1 51 3113311111

1111 11 13119 19

I‘i lfifiW ‘ i 5539 59 3 9 9 1 13 1 113 11 111

W W Il imm ls tm gmfi m wfia

fi w

W M fi ufiafi t a t fi

W fi a’m uw fi éfie

111551 11 11 19 39 1 19 11 119 11 1? 11

1 3111

59 13 31 1111 19

m w lat afi sfi vfi fim fiffi wfi

1E 9 3 111 ; P BiM ; Ku fi a

‘. AllMSS. neglect the

sandhi betw een this and the next w ord,w riting m m .

iii. 1 0. 6- 7 . P Ku E Ch (sec. man.) 11m m “:811 . 9.

6 MSS.Ofi .

7 So allMSS. ; isthe w ord to be emended to 0 15m? \3 For the passage beginningwith sfi . 3 and ending here cf. Kauc. 135 . 4- 7 .

( g ué qg a mufi fifii‘fim w M R

1e 1 3111113 151919“311119 1 111 1311 11

"1 131 315113 11191

351“W ‘

a wafi“

4 13 311 1 110 1 911Waufm 31939 11 3119 99 3319

1 115 11 1 11591in

um 111 1m zm 1 1=1193 111 m1~1 11119111 511119

‘H sa 1 zfim fs uega

‘tgm

99 1331 1151 191 1 1 8 1 F319 9311 535 5611 3 151?1 1119 1 111 1 fi ifl fifi fim fi gw 11111 :

1 11113 13 19 1 113 31311 511193 1 1511 11 111 313111 51 11

93 1 119 39 1 1 1 1 1

1 E P Bi Bh 0 9 For the genes ofhymns mentionedhere cf. the fol low ing places : the first m m a t Ki ng. 16. 8,

and note ; the second m a t 104. 3, and note ; the “ ( Truaa t 14. 7 , and note ; the m in at 26. 33, and note ; the

fl a w at 7 . 8 , and note ; them at 54. 1 1 , and note ; them at 25. 36, and note.

3 vi . 56. 1 ; vii. 56. 5 ; x . 4. 1 ;

xii. l. 46 ; i. 13 . 1 ;‘26. l; v 1 i . 1 1 . 1 . Bi 0m .

5xix . 68. 1

(allMSS. in agreement w ith the MSS. ofthe AV.W )6RV. iii. 62 . 10 ; a lso VS. TS. SV. etc.

7iv. 1 . 1 .

E P Bi Bh fi nfi"

,i. 1 ; cf. Kauc. 7 . 8 .

9iv. 1 . 2 iv. 5. 7 .

1 °E has an avagraha here.

1 1Bii (fiat .

1 11 Thus emended ;Ch Kn E B1 B6m agma; K P Eh «1

33 .

1 3

iv. 30. 1 ; vi. 38 . 1 ; 39. 1 ; 58 . 1 ; 69. 1 ; ix. xiv. 1 . 35, 36 ; cf.

the twom , Kaue. 1 2 . 10, note, and 13 . 1 , note.

1 111 1’1 1 5 1 111

'

111 191 1z 319311 9 1rfi1 99 339

1 1 1.-

1 311 11111

m 1 qe 1 fi nfi amgfi 11 11 1119 3 9 13 1 “

W TIQM WW W HW;m i m fi a wa m 'wgm w“3 11 13 1 8181 111

5

fi n m m vtfi gwfiw fi'

z m :

1 53 1 91 1 11311 111 119 191 11 1 311 131119 1 1 8 1

91111 111 11 : 1 11 11: 511 119 11131 111 1 1111139 111191113 119 1 11 11 1

913219 1 55 1

111111 1111 1: 1 191 19 113 119 1111 399 1 519 1 9 1111

151111m nfi fi flfigfl lfi mu 11 3 11 11 Q3“

3111 11.3 11m m:

‘E P B m o

.

K Oimfw ; the rest “mifq o. Km t'

; the

rest m ifi t Thus E ; P Ow ; Bi OM ” Kn ”flthe restw .

6 Ch gflft urflfi .

7 Cf. xix.

8So allMSS. ; the vulgate version, xix . 72 . reads 33m

9 E NW “‘ 0Ath. Paric. 19, w hich a lso treats the (W 193 .

large ly coincides with this kandika ; reads “

(m mRW t fi Gi E P Bi and A111 . Parie. 19. 1 , " N R “; cf.

Ki ng. 67 . 5.

1 0° 11 311511 1 31180 1 1181 11

3119 3 1 3 9 9 111 9 ?

19 9 3 9 9 1 19”9 1 1 98 1 fi 1 39 9 g13 9fi 19

gfim‘3 1 99 9 1 1 11 1 9 1199

99 9 3f9fi‘

1 1 11 1

{ 9 359 151 111 31991w 1 319 1

39” 3391 9 9 1119 1 11 9 99 9 9 39 9 13 19 111 1

W IQo tm wfint QQ IW

fi m ufim fi q‘

w 1 nm 93

filfl gt t amw fi fim fi fia 993 1733 161

W fi 9 1 39 1 11 8 11 11 98o 11

9 9 M 9 9 19 : 1 c1 1 9 139 11

913 99 1“

1 1 1

9 3 9 9 19 1 3 1 919 1“9 1f9 999 9 ”

1 8 1

1K Bii Ch 09 113111.

”Ath. Pari9. 1 9. 3, m i .

‘ so

w ith w ry doub tfulemenda tion ; allMSS. ofthe text and Ath. Paris;

19. 3, fat -

9 1 11 13 1 10

. Ch (prim . man.) [fin-°

t. MSS.

Parie. I9. 3 has for this sutra simply the w ordsW y n ai

fa.

1°For the ‘ Q

‘iM ! see Kane 7 . 14,and Dm ila

, ibid .

1 1 Thus emended ; ChKu em u the rest fi q m i'

; MSS. of

Ath. Pario.Oh m s cf. Kine. 7 . 14, note .

1 2Ath. Parie.

19 3 3 1 9 9 19 9 1191 939 193 3 9 9 913: 9 1911199 11" Bu

m 0. Kn fra t. ‘ 5

So Ku ; Ch WW “; 1he

rest Q tfirqfi (as though m m

M W °

Wm m mt 1 3§°use lfafira“

leo q naaa lem ahfi im fiaw

m

an:mmm m:m Pa gan-

131971

K Kn enenE have a colon here. KnBB1 Bhm y.

3 Bii fi lm . The passage beginning w ith “W and ending hereseems to be an ardharca ; KnCh have a colon here. K PBh

0w z0 ; Bii, the same w ith a colon after the word ; Kn °N Ti ° t E

M a fi a).5Is the passage, beginning w ith m3 ,

and

ending here, an ardharca ? 6 Thus w ith double sandhi (for

“m im ! ) allMSS. ; cf. the introduction.

7The passage

beginning withm and ending here seems to be an ardharca .

8 So allMSS . except Kn,w hich reads W m . Is the

passage to be emended tom m , orgafm i di9E fi

i‘a ; P Bhfirq n ” Kn

'

gu’L

"Ram

1 2 Som for uhfimW (orm u m,w ith double

sandhi, allMSS. ; cf. the introduction.

’3EBh °Uia

Kn om .

uonBi 31m ; Kn mane.

1" Kn on (prim . man.)0 1mm .

1“K uqfi n 11 w ; the rest ugh ra The

colon is w ritten only in K Bii; the rest read 0m

mm mr a 1 eu 1 1flfmm wfi' °1 ea1

m m mm m .

m i w m fig a a firfim’

11 Q8 !

117131 a aifi anfla’

ta M am a-

3 71 1 1111 1

N am inm mm m fimm

W m fi ifiul3° 1 1m m

« m a m -

n .39 1 511q 139 1

mfi iflfiméfl“H3fafim : 3 1mm

$13 H im “11 33 1

m : amen“m am:ma : 1

lThe co lon is w ritten only in KCh ; the rest read m m .

E W ; Bii3 Thus (OW ) allMSS. la the word to

be emended to W tfil (supposing that haplographie has takenplace)? Kn o-

ruh.

5 The co lon is w ritten in KKnsn

Ch E .

6 Thus allMSS. ; in the preceding line.

7 The co lon is w ritten in KKuBiiChE.

8K FR have a colon here;

the restW N W . Is the passage to be regarded as metrica l?9 Thus emended :Kn E 0m ii ; the restma?Q . Cf. the Vasistha

dharmacastra xiii.40.

1 0E

uK BhBi have a co lon here;

the rest aim o_ 1 2 Ch Kn Hmm .

1 3 So emended ; Ch

Knwfirimjn Ewfilitwi" ; Biwfi ti‘

twig; Bbmm ; Pvfit

w ; B6 wfi w fl . All MSS. have a colon here .

‘ 5 K

ChKu E have a co lon here .

1“ThusK PBh ; Ku EB1 Ch (prim .man.)

m ; Ch (see. man.) m ; Bii W .

1 7 Thus emended ; Kn

W 3753 ; Bii £ 3 11 73, Ch (prim. man.) 1 1 11 3 11 5 ; BiW ;

the rest “ vi ii1 8 Bii E have a colon here .

W ’

m fim ufim‘lsm fi

W M ?”1 83 1 firtfi un=nm

m W ‘

éfi gz’

1 8131 t 111

m m fiafit: 1 8u 1 11 11 11 11 <18=1 11

1The colon is w ritten in KKuChE Bt

i. BiiM .

3 Kn h m Is this passage an ardha-

eloka, and is the last word tobe emended tom (with haplographie)? Bi

5Biim ; E has a colon here.

6KBhBii 0m

Vi; K“”( are

7 E has a colon here.

308 Kandika 1—6.

identica l w ith Ath. Paddh. an. 17 . Kee. il lustrates . m ma fi gt w fi rfilfi r ufifilm fil Sec Kauc 2 10 3M ?»

vfcigsrnm fia eu 29 30 W wod vimcf. Lindner, D as Kausitaki Brahmana , p . ix) m “ afim an u re If?!W 1 :ufimfzfir“ 1 11m mW fi

'

lm m m ”— sfi. 3l

fi fi ui aa fi fiw ui m zfi m sm n m t flfi

Kandika 2.

Introductory . m um m '

fl ‘ fi (l) 3 191m)

m 'é'rfin (note Kee. also reads i f} 8 3 . sit. 18

Kandika 3.

aft. 1 (note Kee. like Darila places the ma tter ofthis sum

m m . 8 11 4 (note 9) at fa qihfi rtfi mfil nut “raft “fa : mm 8 3 133151 ( 1111

{ $1f (of. Ki ng. 24.

Kandika 4.sfi . 9 (note W m fi filfifm (l)m 3 m

(m 80 3) i t flm fi m fi fifa (cfKfiuo 5 9) 1 m ( 131 1

(xix . 59. 1) i t“! W W W

Kandika 5.

8° 13 a n?“W W W m mW Va m 33W “ fl W . Cf. a lso the be

ginning ofthe next kandika.

Kandika 6.an. 10 (note Kee. reads Offlfm . 811. 1 6 (note

m aftfi l11111113311 1 ; cf. Ath. Paddh. ibid . an. 17 (note

m a ant.—eu. 26fg. Kee. introduces the passage w ith 11m 1

umm’

1 111111111? 111 1 1 113 zdnfimw fi

v m v fi g “ fi g fi mfi n ufi mm néfiW? 811 34 mm ?) m m m

'

im :

an. 34 (note Kee. a lso readsQaifil. 3 1 13 m

vfit gw‘

m m u t fir flfi m u’a

afa’

fm 1113 1 1s tgitfitm ufmh 111W em m :1

“lim it 1111 111 1 1 1 8 111 W e“ sim ian)

m m we?! 111i “ fa n ? (0 111 111 1111 1? a? itt 1"

!

(fam aq . The sixth kandika. w inds up w ith the fo l lowingadditiona l statement . in civil:m m fi rm vfirfit

w hi tW m m 1 ima m: M N ?! m

W tfi 1w w m m m1m w

fin d git-1 1 firfinfivi 31111 11111131 1 W m

W 1 11111 1111 1 m m 1 11 1111 efim girm i

« in : 1mm:w zflfs: ml: faw m m mm filvfi znme w-11m .«an dW rwm mh

t fi rwi finmzt m am m gmfl firm 1 11 1’

tsitw

h i fm : 1 1 131 111 m gs’

n‘rwrsi

’lfi t sifi g mm

mt? 3 1 11 111 1 (m afa 3 111 1 11 11 11 1 1 11 111 11 « 111 1 1 111 1313 1 1 11

wfw m : 91mm? «111 1 111 111 : 1W W w ig mh

1 111111“m m N ew . 5 1 11 11 111W1 1Wm 1

10 Kandika 6—8 .

M m ifi m t w m fi m mfi

fin: « 1 1 1m : fingw : m fimaitim m

Kandika 7 .

Introductory . 11m m M E. 8 11.

fl a shfimmw fir 1 vz‘

111 n e w : 1 11 F 1?m fimn W as 13 fimfi fi rfi rm m wimini

111 11 1 1:1m m w 1m mnnfi w 1 fli 11m meu. 14 (note Kee. a lso reads 0

M anmi ufi wqi m 1 ah §m fi w fist-R5 11?

111 31 11vii 1511 1 it fin mit nit-ha ilm FM Ksuc 7

w 3 111 111 115:firm s { m am mauc 46 mi?!m arre

'

liim fi t M imi'

s “hu rl? unfin w gm

W mfg -

ti u nfit (Ki ng. 1 1 . 19 ; 52 . en. 20 . am 1 31

m m . W t a'

i m m’

i v mim 1

vfmiimh 1 11111 11 1 1 “ ( i t { an 2511 3 1 1 1 151 . 1 1mi

31111 111 i. at 26. in 1 1118 111 1 111137 31 111 111 1 “ mi11

12 Kandikl 8- 9.

a lso reads 0m , and glosses it by W l fl i t:“3°

fli t (cf. Pet. Lex . W and an. 21 . m Infil

sn. 2 . Kee. presents the ma tter ofthis entra as fo l lows m iW wifi m fi w 'fi m w t iw gfi rmW am fi 'fi mfi m t flmm m lfi wn

finnm mu aaisgzimw— su s m m fi fi m gfi i

M fi fi fifi fiwm um m nfi'

fimfi flamm m m m mfi fil sm 4 t u im fiit

m u m nmfi'

imm m m um m nw

m m an 6 m m uu mv zi

fi fi m fi m w fi w “W W W !

wh am m m mfi w m fl

811 . 8 fg. Keg. introduces with W W fi m .

su. 9 (note w m . sfi . 9 (note 8 , page so)

m m m nfim fi mfinfi w ‘ w mm wm wflfiim fiwg fi mmwfi fi m nmnote D mfi fi fi fi fi i um zaffi fi mi filfi z m fi flfi

so 10 fi wufi wmmM m . Kee. finishes the adhyiya as fo l lows .

Kandika 10—1 1 . 813

Adhyiya ii.

Kandiki 10.

dwmfixfia l mum! six-”rant un fi t “m u m: a

( m i eh m 7 5151131 1 0 2 2 )min Cf. Kano. 21 . 2 1 . 80 . 7.

am m o 1 D a‘ii'lvnm m ” .m

w i th Qm fiwlw 9m m « m! an 8 m mm m m m « warmm ra w v fl —m an 16

m ind i ng“?If?!“gram vwgfwm m a. an. 17 .

Kandika 1 1

sh ] M fiw w tw 18- 1 fg )m um ‘s?an ; 15 2 an. 3. a m man 4 (note 2) m m ?. en 0 m mm

311 1 mi 1mm m 1 :m imi of! 6 (end) m n

Kandikfi 12 .

sh . 1 (note m m . oil. 4. Kee. gives the

“ M N (se. fi t“) in full , repeating the proceedings described

in Kano. 10. 4 - 6 ;- 1 8 . 111

-

1 . 5 . m am -

r 1 11 aria-

q :

v isi t-mm . .m g

'

iu m m mm mm 11m mmin imum?m fir 1335 111m

sfi . 8 . Ken. a lso readsm severaltimes,

I‘ tflf'fl sfi . 4 (note The emenda tion ofthe w ord Fin

the text to if“ as suggested in the note, is rendered certain by

Keeava’

s gloss m iW m" u n fi t-6 1 ! is

m ( amiwfiwrz'

iwi 1 :mmat: 1 1 “ m mm um:W W fi ll VF !fin zfiqm 1 11 . 12 . - ” w ate rfa fi fir Ww ait

Kandika 14.

Kec. has the fo l low ing introduction : W m m Ui’

w rm nriv im?m im m : 1“mmm In unm et

“ fi w m mii. s. 1) W uafar-( ufm niv ifnm mfi (viii 8 22 11115fi s mw i11 1-11161 11175(viii. 8. 2

°in a modified form)W ‘ lfiim in i?!

Kandikfi 16—1 7 . 31 7

an. 1 6 (noteOx

Ii'r 311 23 ” m mfig w fi g fi gelfi gmi

tgn

Kandikl 17 .

on. 1 . W I?m (of. the termm m below ,

in connection w ith sfi tras 1 1 .m fum m a m a

W a w m’

h : lm mfi fi m wfi w m mw m fl im m zww fl .m m

(note egret “if! a t?‘ rmfii mt m mst . 4. “711m m sfi . 6 (note

st) . 7 (note W it . st) . 10. Kee. adds

the fo l lowing sta tement m gum-

ctr“ (cf.

81 8 Kaodiki 17—1 8.

tw i t t‘mh: Kec- adde bere :

m im m m wm m m

Adhyiya in.

Kandika 18.

fi t . an. 26. Kee. describes the m m by the ritesdetailed at 1 1 . 1 1 fg an. 27 . 1 1W mm m msue. 28 . 29.W M HW W a ng

-

[umW ilm a

m fim um ffiw tfi cfit t fi fil sun- 19 84 W

820 Kandika 20—2 1.

Ksmiikfi io

W m m fi i m

W fi m fi fi

m a { atriu m fi t fi n gufi t

W m fi a w’lw mfl fifi m n fi t — m m

m m 1 191! i’

i fi qmfi t. 311 22 awfulm u m m w fi m a fim away fim

'

fi zwrfit am W e. 311. 24. am ( tit

wfus nW ig!"m‘

flfilgfi w i« fi t 1m 1111

unfit“ llafiml; i ii fi'

é’t'

ilmuWilli: lmin i?mi u h

arm :fi mfi m i am t. 311. 24. in m ud an?

en. 25. urns-

( cm a t?m ug.

Kangika 91 .

“ WW V‘ fi . m itt

w i nging? 1 1151311 3111 1 mt i’tfi fi w fim fi nfi

“fl i fi 0 0 0 d °fi ) z1w1 m . 811 . 7 .m zi

W Iemmfi tm m HfM i ! v ia

«m 1 n mei fia

n fiw t fit m2w umi am 1 w

am fl am m zm fl u‘

t mm m w a rm th

mfiuz. 311 . 19. m tfil (Cod m " ) mitw” W Wfi w fi m fl —m 14 m m

fi a‘rm fafl mom mw w fit

m u m firfixm z1 13 1 1 31 1 5 1 11 ” t

W arm :Wm m z t fifit fi mm fi fi fit

m m 3113 1 8 19 m m gu m qi w

Kandikfi 2 1—23. 821

W fi nvfi a‘

gtéw lm m fmfi mam

m afiuafa 1 11111 m m m m fiw fin 1 11 11

t uft ! 1 8 1 11 11finmmfi en 21 23 “raw an“

( G

“ W an “ W a w gfifilu gm :1 1 1111 111‘

Qm aa fi fi « i1fi afim ufi'

fi 1 11 1 33 11 « m1 .

Kandika 22 .

8 11 . 1 . 31 :

“3

t on. 1 (mite Keg

:

15151 11271 11 1 afi m tfiim m mm 1 11 113 fl t filmm wim py?mini} 1 11111 1 dam mfi { fain

-

1m (Cod °fii°)

w 1111“1111 11 1 1 111 1 1 1113 1 1 11 111 113 1 m m m

t m fi mm fi aflfi q mfi 311 . 6. 1mfimz’1

1 11 1111 17 1 y fi fia fifi afimfi : an. - 1 111 131 6 11 11 1 (1)

m 9 m m fw m m m a—sa . 12 . w fflm fam fi

1m? u'

mtmimmfi l N W 1m 1m l‘ fi3fi"

( “Gr im m m fift flffl - H— Sn w

. fl w (emend m in Darila’

s comment to M i)

« W 8 11 1

“ a.

922 Kandika 94.

Kagdikfi fl .

911 11 1 2 W ufi mfl fi t in? a1'

i’i fi wfi1 1

“M um 111n em s—6 w1 11 1 1 mfi w fi gmfi mfiafi q fi w ui fizm

11m 113 1 111 1 1 91 1 11 1 111 11 1 m m 6 13 1 “1 1 1115111w fi 1 m m fl 1 m tm m

’t m fi uaa i 1 w

w w ficmm . sfi . 7 .

an. 9 . 1 1111 11 fitment aq wfi w (Kim;

44. 1 fg) . 811. 16. 1 1111 1 1am “fi xa t i fi ufi lfi !

firfi 111? 1 1111 1 131 11 1 11 11 1 11 1 1

un fl a aw t z afi w’a l fl i w m m ‘fi w

fi fi ufi ra w i m ujfi 1maw t awm m zfl it

M i fiaw fi 1 111gift 3131 1 11 11 9 at . 11111

M m m 1 1 11 111 1 1 1m fl aw -

(mu t t 1111 111 111m m fw h fa . an 22 . « L u m m

'

i 3111 1“if?!az1 w i §m a1fi gfl 1qfi

ufl fin 3 11111 11 1 m : 1 311 19i gflm 2 1 17 1 111 1 1 1 1 1; < 2 m m 25.

w m unflmfi aéa 1 ( fi rm 3m m !“

1116 111 11511 11 11: 1313111w 1 11 m m .

at 39 fi fi i firmflfa m

ufi m lw u i fim w fil“ 1 1 1 11 3 11 19 -1111111

1 11 1 11 11?t 1111111 1 mufm 1 111511111 111 11 111111

m mfw 111 11 11111 113 g am fi 31 13911 1 11 1 1 WW:fifi lfi uu fi w 11111fi 1 film rfirI1 1151 11 1

'

611 1115 1 1 1: (0 311 20

gum W m m m1 11mm . 33 2 1 “ M m fi w

i11 1“? m am v am m m

fi w t qw fi lw m fim‘ fivai 311 26 ” d rift“131 111 11 (1) 1 11 11 1 1 11 111111

"

t 1 11 wt 1 11 flfi fifi n « 1

3113 . 27—29 wm m m 31 11 1 111 1 11 1 tfft1 11111 111 1 afi w fl nm m 1 M 1

“{ 1 1151 11 1113 (1) 1 11m m 5 1111 11111“T11 11 m in .

fu rfw’

a 1 1111 a 1f1111'

1 11111 111 1111111 1 11 61 1 tiff-11 1 1 11111 11 1 11 1111 0 19 1 115 111101 1 1 111 111 1 11mm 1 1171) 11 1111 11 1 1 1 1h 1 1

311 30 “ N ew? ( 3 1111

m 1 1m WW W 311 30 (note 1 p 70)11133 1 1 1 111 1 11 3113 . 314 3 fww ’

t «fi l

m

111 11

171 1111 1 11 11 1 ( a 1 1111 3 1 1151 1

1 11 111 waft W 1

m um m m zfifiwm m.

(note un i. 3113 . 35—36. ( Irm

Kandika 25- 26. 826

v i} 1“

tft m i « 1 11 3 1

m a mW G-fi )W m fi w) 1 1111: 1111111

umufi mfw ( 1 1111111 11

1111?! m an 37 t ram s

“ .

m a

mm al-11 11111mmfi w vfi w flm fi fiw afl

'anfin’

r fin 11111 1 11 1i1 i 1 1 1

amsiui’lz

rfiww

31 1 11 111 11 11.lw iw ufifafi : 121 6 51 1 1 1 1 11 1:

0

Kandika 26.

s I 1 ! m m (1) W1 1511 11 11 m m un fi nr

’h 1 111 1 1511 12 1

.

m fi it

fi ifi fi'

flzwrui w ufi w fi 1

11 1fu11 fifi 111fi m m

3m m 811 1 2 M ufifw

326 Kandika 26.

9 11W afil’

tgmW wrfimm w fin mumvm t fim fi m nw (x)M . an. em

gi nfanfi an 23 nfwmfilfqm w v fwwfi t — sn 24

W m a Then fol low the rites described a t Kine. 41.

l 7 , but w ith the substitution ofthe pratikas i. 23. l; 24 . 1 , instead

ofiv. 15. l; vu . 18. 1 . The entire performance w inds up w ith the

fo l lowing :nm rfir3M m '

gfiia vmraia .

m a i m

J im-1m“ in“Wfi w (cfefl 26)m 1'fi"l 1 11m .

1 111 1 111111“t m m m fi fi fi

1111 -1 (Cod uni) 31m 21“

v fugue m m an

arm W t fartfi tm t fiw flow . sfi. 19.

m wod 1m!) flint?!“ma?mfim : an 20 . m

thw a rt:afau m fm m t w mm h fi fi fitfld an 2 1 W W

sit . 26. m m t fi qitwgwm w

W 1 1 1 n w m m m fi m m11m m etc. essentia l ly as in the comment upon 3 11 3. 14 - 20.

ens 27—28 W 1 w w w wm lw w a fi am ami im a m : git:W arm »

few simian fi vfiufi gw’

i 1 1m“W 1m ameu. 29. {fit

fi fils in {fW ‘jf‘ Ifi i w rfa 1 m m vim

w ar?! 1 w him“?m 1 ifi m iw m

m m m W W ?!

ngifit wh wfiuflm q fi 1 umm ~

i m m a m mfii sfi 33 m fafi m

W W W fiIM Ifl flm W IW fl '

m fiu film 1 1 1W m fiaimnw

afi ufiamvfaafit m m? 1 uni-11am 1 fi rmfifir

(Cod . fa-

manz; 1 6) W W W m fira

wafilafa 1 maim wmi a 1 iiifi fimnm w w ig i t ian. 34. 1 !

W W 1 . 1 11 arm { fit ( 11151:git: (iv. 21 1—30) q

fi nia l( gm. £ 2 55 33} 1 1m m a tfw ufw fi t

Kagdikfi 28. 329

Kandika 28.

ail 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 13 { 1111 1 1 11 11 13s W WW l fi fim fi wmfm

13 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 13 1 1 1311 111 1 1 133 1 11 1 1 1 31 1

mfm zm n fi afi! mi 3 1 31 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 11 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 31 1 3 1 13 111 11 1 1 311 1131 1 1 1 111 16 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 3 1 . 1 1 1 1 1113 113 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 131 1 11 1 3 1 1 1 1

1 31 3 111 1 1 sn 5 1 1 1 111 1 1 16111 13 1 131 1 111 1351111 1 1 1 51 13 1 131 1 11 113 1 1111 1 11

3

3 1 1 siw 1 1 111 1

31 11111 1 13 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1W ?1 1311 11 1 13 110 113 11 11 133

1 1 111511 1 1 1 1111 113 1 313 1 11 1 1? 311 10 .

1 11333 1 11 31 3 w fiifiiflfi mfi { 3113

1 11331 1 1 1 11 13 31 113 1 1 1 1 111311 3 1 11 1 11 33: 1 &

filR'

fi'l sfi i nfir’jfi gfi flw gw'

m 1 1 11 2

1 11 1 1 11 613 1 11 1 3113 1311 3”1 13 1 3 31 1 1 1 3 13 1 13

13 353

31 1 1 su 13 11 13 1313 3 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1113 1 1 1 1

3 1 1 113 1 113 1 1 1 131133 1 1 1 1 { fa 1 3 1 0 4) 1 11 1 3 31 1 1 1

( fig3 (v. 4. 3, «0 1 113?1 1613 33 1 1 1 (v. 25. 7 - 9)W1 13 1 1 13 1-1

li ala 1 11113 1 13 m fim‘n

fi‘

t 1 13 11 1 13 . six. 1 4.

1 111 1 111 13 1 13 31 1 1 131 13 1 1 13 3 33 1 <v~ 5)

1 11 1 1 1 11 13 1 13 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 13 1 1 111 113 1 13 1 1 1 1 1511 13 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 5 11 3 1 1133 13 1 1731131 13 1 13 31 1 1 1 1 1 11 sfi 15

313 1 11 «3 1 3mm 31 1 1 13 1 1 3 1 w 1 11 11 1 11 1 1 111 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 3 ( F1 3311 (v 6) 1 11111 11511 1 1 1 313 1 11 1111 13“

si1 16. 1 1 1 11 (511 1 1 1313 3 3 111 1313 1 31 1 1 1 1 13 1 1 1

2;13 1 1 11 11 11 1 1 1 1 111 11 1 1 31331 111 111 1111 1 1 1 1 11 11 1 1

111 1 1 1

1 1 1 561 1 1 1 13 1 1 1 11

331 133 1 31 13 1 1 13

. 3 1 1 1 1 1 13 1 11113 131 1 1 1 1 1 13 1 11

330 Kandika 28—29.

m a ” . u’t a

'

m fi mhm1m:w rm gingfw .m

Kandika 29.

st! 1 macaw ” an 2—4 ai m'

av (v 13 Q um ram m an fi w m l

” (W a rm iw rfin m amafia awfmali afw

'

awfin fi i a faafifa ivfmfi aafa afi’

i‘

a afifi

fm viunfi t. sfi . 5. gm'

( g ( Qi T (v. 13. 3)m t?

u m amtamm v i afim ranim al: waifmfinmafi a“: so 6 aw fi a afm a

o

am ga t q au v 18 5) m gmm a m afi fi afilw an 9 a fi aalim afa u 13 6)

W « M W mfi aiw u nfit ea . 10 . m it

a fifufi w m r tfi t a am? (I

v. 13. 7 , 3) m ust

aggagfi mafm w mfiv sfi m agi rim

W M ?! w m w gv fi uma fi afiagfi safa amm w 15 ; v 16)m (l)m

ma gmsurfaa m fa gem mm flaw

Lat in“ !“at.

“ligh t st . 16. fi nga ( faW (v. 16)

M ai a :m afi lmufiai u aft- 17 winga tfil

aih (v. 16) gu nm anw fi i«m ama

i nW WW — sfi 19 wfm mfafi! { i n (v

m imafi imam w fi ln m i lm ma mfam a en 20 “ gram ! tuft-( avianw hich ! annfa m infi rm?izfam arm

m wgfi‘

flfa l an:Hi awfi uavfiv ml:W e!

gamma?! an:mafi am 0)

332 Kandika 30—31 .

w ith Kfiuc. The comment upon at). 14 ofthis kandiki isfollowed

directly by the treatment of31 . 4.

Kandiki 31 .

fl fi m m 311. 10. mmi! afi t }?W illgat ia m an . n.

vfna (1)M I M arni ?! finm l

w m w nfi uw nm mW m W nfi wfin w m gaa ( flit n W

Qt‘

filam

m am —si1 16 m artian-

51am 4 11°a

Tillwa r renufi mfa I 1 1m sita r“(1for FEW) "

M ?! aim wfimw m m em f?! ( fin-m

“fli t W mmfm m m iéfi wfi l sf: 17

5 661a artifamfmia mu m-mm “R ufin‘

fiu rm

Eim’ rvft filfi flfilgem nfilufil 811 . 13. In M«faunaW I W WW (Cod.

can.

fiv) m a (1) za m 1?i 1 Wm . an. 19 .

834 Kandika 32.

M 1 gfiw “rm W an-

fl m

fi‘l 1 11. 12. m f11m 11m m remn a n t-

3

111111

133°

m m 1 13 1 tim 1 11. 1 3 .-11rd

W W W ? ” “ mm | m w §fa m mt 1 1 8 ; 11 1 1 . 1 1 7) g g

'

lwi mfigfl

gran Im aa w egw im gfi a m m a

W W M W W WW W N W

nu fi flu u'

gw’m viva

-

u m

M ffi . 311 . 20. m m ( 3 3

W W “tha t mfu fifitW m u cod . 111 111

Fu lani m m fianfi t 11 25 wires}?wit m e:(1for

a mp lifi vfi it so 73 27 .m m 11311 11 11 1 13 mimfia511 111113 33113m a yarm s 111 1mik wgwfi « 11am1m M n QM WW fi mfi t 511 16111 1 11 1 111111117 161

{ fl im nfiwmfi lfimfi 1w m mvfi wmHere fol low s the list ofpratikas given as theW

by the ganamala, Ath. Paric. 34. 3 1 , and quoted above, p. 89, note 2 ;

then the text continues as fol lows W ! 1 Qnfl mw “11 .

m m M ah a tfi infermw fi 1 vfi wi it (ii 33 1)

m m fi. an gst: (iv. 30. um

(5 .x 8 . 9 t 1 1111: 115 1 1613 “ 1 131111?e

Qil'm I Then follow s a list. ofmany ofthe commoner practices

described in the preceding kandikas ofthis adhyiya , all ofwhich.

ifperformed w hile reciting the WWW , are accounted effi'

cacious against alldiseases (fi a IfVHm il) , as though theyw ere performed w ith their own proper mantras (m Q: Hi

W ! lfl fi fl‘lfiffl i’lm fi ). Then follow s a ca talogue

ofthe diseases, many ofw hich are treated 1n the preceding kandikk z

the others are know n in the later medica l castras : M ariqfi

336 Kandika 34 35.

m m zfi w fi w zfi m t s zrfin 31 1i

fl M aw . 6. Kecava’s explana tion is essentially

the same as tha t ofAth. Paddh. and Dac. Kar. 811 . 7 . 3mmW ow ffi w u afl m nfifa u« 1111 s 111111 1 111

-

1 3 8 9. gnzgn m a u q ui

Sfiifflfi m fifl W ?!“

QT. 11 11 . .naTM

3111711t i afm r fimm finia t u nfi t m a ma 1 W 31 :

11111 11 1 an 1 1 1 111 1 w aif:fl a med.

3 1111 6 61 11 !”q u nfi t 1 118111113 1mmiminm i

Wfi M a nn’s I ” m lfif ‘

fl (see Kunc. 98 2,w here the

“1m 1 m vfi iwm'

tfa m (vii 19)

“ 3 3n m m 3311 1 1111111 1 11711W 1 aninfant etc 1 1111 0) 3 1 1 11111 w mfi ma t 1 611 5 1 1 113 1111

Qfi ll £ 311 11m “ fitm

Kandika 36. 7

Kandika 36.ans . 1 . 2 . M an“ (0 0 11 8 11 11

8?lehm 1 11 111 1

“ 1 111 1111 W W . fem 113 1 1 11

W anna-

1111 1 E11

“ 111a m 1 1 11 1111111 1 1 3 1 111 1 fi t ?1 115111 1111 fig m

1 11 1 11 1 21u1 11 11 at 1fi fi 11'

1 1n 1 1 1fa ans 5 6 1 11 1 111111

fizm zfarm: 1 11111 11 111 1 11111111111 1 film? 1« (om NW “M 1 w R fi t ufi fi1 1

1

5111 1 11 1 { fla w“Inwfia tmfi w m wod m u m — eu 7

fi rtfa m 1 M aim‘

1'

iilfn ufm . 14 ga

a mm mm wfi uifM W fa mmigw fin m m M a nfim i m ’ji m fi r

838 Kandika 36—37.

eu 3 ’ lm mifinfi fl fl filW W I - o . 3111 1 111

W W M W IW Q1 11 11 11 11 11 1 1 v31 11 11 11 1f11 111i 1 1 1fi 1 11111fi 1§ 1n 1 11 11 111 111 !

m m m fm m u w fi w mi n i m

3131 1W m m fi fi t fi m « 1 131 1 111

W t fi film m sf: 39. “ W 1

R d gq'

alfm llm . Keeava ends the adhyaya as

fo llows :m ffl «1 1 1 111 1 1 1 11 11 I 111 W I111 1 111 11 1 111 fi mfilM i l? I3 31 111111 1 1 11 1: 111 1 1 11 11 . « a m 11.

Adhyiya v.

Kandika 37.

M w ifin fi wfiwfi t w ifil l 'fi w fi wfin

W 1 W m fl w 1m ufi

m n ifi t lfi fi awm m fl mflm lmfi fi aam flm fi m gi ufi wmm fi

mfwwu’

fl m nmfl’tm m n ifin m fin ri

t 11111 1 1

n i fi 1 éufi mfi m ufi mfa gw m gfim m 1 qim1 111 111 11 1 1 1 1 1 W u

'

iu ifin w fl m m m é

M an-

11 151111 sfi - lu n m fi fi flvm w m

5 11 1515 1 5 1515 : 1 15 1 11 1 1 115 1: 5 5 1 : 1

5 5 11 5 1 5 111 51 5 55 1 tam 7

511 11 : 11an. 1 1 5 1551 55 13 5 13 5 15 5 11 1 5 1 1111 11 3 5 1 5 11 1 5 1 (0°d

5 5 5 1) 51 5?5 1 5 15 11?5 1 4 15 1 5 1 11 5 11 5 5 1 1 1 1 so. 11

m ( QTQW .- 16. The rites described in these sulm

are va lid for the (fulfilas wel l as the Ifilfi fim Is“ 1

fll' a t Ki ng. 38 . 1 2 to be emended to { fi fi fitfmi’ In describingthe latter Recava ends as fo llo’w s m5 1 1 15 1 13 5 15155 5 113 1 15 555 1 5 1 1? sfi . 1 7 155 15 5 51 1115 1 15115 5 15 11 5 1 11: 1 1 1 5 15 11 1 1111.

5 111 5 111 111151 1 55 1 15 11155 15 1 5 1 5 15 5 111 5 1 11 5 5 5 11 5 111 11.

1 5 . 1 8 . f5 5 15 5 5 5 1111 5 '5 3 1 5 12 1 531 53 M 115“

en. 1 9. 1113 11 51 Ha 1 115115 1 5 1 1 .

311 . 20. ” 5 12 1 115 51511 111 . an. 2 1 . m m m fifi a firtfa

1 111 5 111 1 “ 5 1 2 15 1 5 1 1111: 5 115 1111 111 0) 5 110 13”(1) 1 115 1 1 111 1115

1 115 5 151 . 1 15 1115 111 5 111 5 5 3 1 - 1 1q

1 15 1 1 111 111 511 15 (Cod 111 11 551 5 1 5fef5 5 1v i5 5 111511 11 1 115115 5 11 1 1 115 5 5 5 153 1 15 1 11 vii! 55

°

5 1 5 155 1 1 11 5 1 5 111 5 1 5 5 1 5 1 5 15151 5 11 55 1 1 5 1111 13 111 5511151 5111 5115 5 1 1 111: 5 11 55 1 1 551 11 1 515 31 11 11 1 5 5 1 11

— 811 24

a

8 11

fi 1fa 5°311 5 fi 5 1

5 5 111 1 5 11 15 1151 1 5 15 11 1. 155 155 11 5 5 111 1

sfi . 21 5 551 1 11 111 1 5 51fi 15 1 5 1 11 555 1 1 1 15 5 111 1

M lm fi m m m w w m m fi w fi5'

115fi1

Kaodiki’

1 39.

. . fi 15 5 111f5’

1 “M ia m i? 1 111 1111 1 5 1151

5 5 1515 1 1 11 1 11 5 11 1

1 1m m :m am ma l“ mm “ .

m ufi t fi’

iw fi m t fi fin W m ufi m13W gm w w r fl w fi n fi vfi t w m 'imm m fi g W 3 w fi fe? mi unfit 1 1 1511 1 5 0)n mm afi m mfi fi mfi fi w wm mW ufi m W Q fi fW fi W M W

n m fi muwrfim’rin if;

an 27 “ m mm oat

"

. under 8119 . 5 M ai : q gfin Sn, 23 mh vfinn“

( aim WW zut (Cod m anim“ W W W '

1 cf v. 31 . 1—4) wilful (Cod . use)

Gin a . 3mm m m life:

Kaudiké 40.

en 7 fi umi’mm w mm 1m?« v im !“W?

nam m wfw fi w vm mnai31m wag" W fi fifaj

fl

fi fiiflw gfifi n an fi'

fi fi i lM gm m fl w zg‘

é

v h am s V { m ini am fi: a n ?wi t h ! at wfiumaa)

fi m fi fi i um fi m nm fi m mfi fi

8I2 Kandikl 40—4 1 .

'

QT ( fl! Tiff!“ W : I w in

“ 111m m .

w fin “ 1 1 1 1 11 35 1 151 1 11111 51w « m mn ut fi . an. 13. W flw u

— cfi s 14 1a mM ist i firfii“m : 1 1 11m m !

W M 31?“film “fi re 1am 511 1 1

“lift-WW M R. 80 . 1 6. Keca va divides this sfilra in

his treatment, so as to join the w ords Rafi m 3 1m to the

preceding practice, to w it : lfi a“ W T“ gm mfim u

’tfi w fi a

:fi mfinu infinity . ” m am - u

new practice is introduced w ith the words :fm W ,

as fol lows :m 'l( ft mi nm m W W mi»

344 Kandika 42.

Kandika 42.

11111 . m m mm m 1m fi

firi‘

t 153 W H R TR fiIfi fi fi ifi lfi fi m u?

W 1w 1 q'

i vnta fi 1 m u m . .

“1111 123 11 1 fiwmfim’

w 111311 1151w am m m u fi

m (of. Kano. 57 . 32 , note) m m’

z‘

mrm 1111

w a rm ififilré 1 1 111 11171

m i n fw fi v mfa fi vfiw fi nm fi mfi

Kandika 42—43. 345

M o 1 1 1 15 11 H 1 1Hfi1 1 ~ m m tfi’m 1 111311

112 1311111 :11l11et lftfis 1 11 1 1111 1. H 1 1 1 1 11111 11

Hmwfa'

d 111 11133513 t1m 1 1 1 1313 wamgnn fi Hmm ir’il

Hm 1 1m H‘lfi HH mfi rzw m n 111111 11 111 1

Hfmn: 1111 2 6 1161111 fi fi d’

fi wg1 11 1 11 Huh : 1 Chis Hafii i u wil 31111 1

sfi . 23. 1 111 1W 1 m ?!fm

Kandika 43.

1 11113 1 1 u‘

mm fiuiw mm 1 1111 1 M a 1 1 1111 111 1

H'

HTFHH 1 11 1 1161 11 1 11 1 113 11 1 135fHHrwiH’

m’

1‘

1m93 fire

“r“W “151111 1 1 1111 1 1 11 1111 “ fa-1 1 1 11 11 111 11311 1 1151 1 11m an 2 ~ fi wfi 11w 1yafi 1

lmréiz fi fif‘

fl l. Then Kecava exhibits essennally the same text

as the Ath. Paddh.,ending with the follow ing: m fi a?fi t t

Hm: H11H1 fm t fi mm : 1 11mm H1 § HH1 111 HHH1

it . an 4 “ m ammm ém t avfir u

so. 5. 111 1:w is 1fi 1 H1 1111h 1111 He efiwumf-l;11511111 1 11m 1 111 131 3 1 1 1 11111 1 1 11 111 11 11111 11 1111 . 1 111 153 111

muffl e:fKim; 8 .W gw

fi swfi f‘

mfig ufw fi en 8

vai 3 53 1 m fi rmm fii. $11 . 13. ” gm ?

HH Hi‘lfH 1 ifwfmm$1 <0 HHfi 1 11 1 ( fi t as a t Ki ne.

23 1 fg 811 15 311111 11 11“ W e 1 111113111 11mm :31m

m usfa H1H'

H iw Hrafi fm HH 111°

1 11 13 11 H1 15a?

H1 fHH ‘lm'fiH1 Ham H 1 111 H1 31111 11 1 H1 H1!

“m m fi m m mm mfi fi m fi n fi w

3 1 1m m 1 11 so. Ha ri‘rvn fi

'

i'

i HT-HH 1h?H1

346 Kandiki 43—46.

“ W HHHW 1 thfifi 111 111 11?Huma n

WW W “ ? “ m u m “ 11111 1

3 11111 . 1 11 1 1 11 11 111 1 1 11‘111 11 1 13Hfi 1 3 m tfa

zfi W Hnmfifi w 11111 1111 11 11 1 1 2 31151 1 1 16 113 1 1111

“Hf?! Hm? 11“ fi w fi nm.

Kandiki 44 .

In “ma fi a-

11 1W . m am-

q q fifqHa va naHnfi 1 111111 1 gi n H1 . 1 1mm (xi. 6. 23) 111

1 yam H H'

n'

11 1f1 1H . 1 11111W 1111 11

mantr

a-

5111111 Humffli(cfKane 8 23 fg 13m m WHmwfan fu n: an 14 W Qfi G) 1161111 1 1 11

81 151 111 111 1 1 11111

111 11 111 111 1151 . an. . . fimw 111 m fi fa .

w sfi gi’

tfi an 19. ( 111 1 1 111 1 11 1 1 11 .

W im 8 11 12 W aitm’ri u gfifa

51: fl ag Hnfi g fifihr W fi ffl fl iM afi a 1 fi m m wxfi ififin W 111

Hmm H‘smi 1 2m 11m 1 1: m 11! W Tm N 1 11 1

s m 1 1Hf1 1 1 1m m: 11 111 11 . am 1 7 .

°1 11 1 33 ufafi

fq efi 3 a?W { fi t gin“it i«"

fi fiw éfrat at 11amfi uia rmm i

'

im “fi rm “:mum

ganmmirth in w h nqwfi 1115? a! m

mfizfi wm mlfila! WE N ? six 44 m afi

fi aafi m fi aflw fl fiw fl m iz‘

mzfa. m u .

m 1 ? In M arin : an?! we:mfm w’

a.

.m mm fiww qi w m fi nfifmm w arm fi fflfw fi . In W W! !

.fi g (“my 311 1 3m Wm ! fi n Ear

-

(m mfi

o

q fi s q fim q fi “ — sfi so q mm 'llfi mi

m luflrfil wqfi nm H zfi wmfa en 51 m

fifvm flfit a“

! mi!'

Q'i 3m ( fir am a fllfi 'l.

an 53 “ M a rvi n

fm'im um w e wfwmfinigm 111 m mWw e am :mm m m?! “W m?M en w in

m i ti firrz azmfiq fi rfl i fi t fi w gm via an?!m“ultra an. 55 . 1 11 131w «fm fl i m ’fi ’fiIn mi?! “m an fi w q m (1) u§ém r a fi fim

Keq. has the fol low ing a t the end ofthe adhyaya : W fi Qfi t

fi rm aivm fi mvi W m fifi tfi wfim

arc-

gar{ fi t fi t mafi mfi fir (Kane fg ) w gmfi t

i iim w fi m wn (Kane; 93 lfg ) am mmfin

Adhyiya vi.

Kagdiki 47.

Introduction . w m w fi zfi fi a‘r {rm w ai l

m m ”:filfin z H faffi h sfi iw t u

ml. 2 wfm ahm : da m:m ain: zfi mm fzflran ti

m w arrant at : unam fi tmé‘lilm 51“an. 9. m m m fi mh m nm m fi gm ?“m m faa q '

nfni ém fim’

rw Innfiw mt fim‘

r unit

850 Kandika 47.

‘ lfi l«in ( 11 1 133 ; vi 25) mat-n eural 1“ 1 1 ml m w fi q wi t wfm m w fit g

’h m

m gmfm wfi tw q w tfim wfw m n m fit mIfi : 1 an: mini nfi a Em a -hm : sfm m m m m

m altm m 1 m m mi 1 é’tfi nfianm

vi lfi t filfl ailm i m mfi ufi rwfi t. 311 17.

infl u en za !“ mm mi 313m 31m m affirmW W W

-

(11 m m. 133. 8 11 8 . 18 20 . 1 1

“ ( fi fmfnv fi adm fi i wfim fi t fi m mma rs wfiq

qwi‘l'

qm an fw fin wm fi m m “. mgfi nm t ifi w nfiw fi tfl w i fm fi

22 m i “ new m m m inim m m

21 13 1113! ai mitem M T llm mi s fifa 8fi 8 .

25 27 .

m gfi i’t afifflm wfir flufiiw qfim vfi ifi m m

a; w fu fin 1 fi t fi wfilfi i ufi! m m mrem.

en. 32 . Kee. has nothing

corresponding to this sfi tra , but seems to connect directly w ith

Later, however, after 011 . 38 , a passage corresponding to this sfim

appears, w hich contains nothing additiona l to the statement ofKiucika.

fw fiW fi n (W ifl'

fl fl as though w unfwm" stood in

the text). sfi s. 34 - 36. fi wwfi ’ fm M fi n .

fl i t 1 1313 3111 um fi tfi a‘

qmm (vi 133 2) v ii-«a (cf

ad . sh . 37 .

mW n -m fi fi nffi qafe

'

i im rafi gwi‘

twhim} an“

?smflma ama ss- 42 arm

seam e n?“ thfimfirrfi 31! a (1f0fm ?) m

w m m eood W an na: fi fi m t fi tm(ii. 19 23) ifim fi (cf. sfi . 1m :mit m m W ”

852 Kandika 48—49.

W W W ans 4 1—43 W t filmm ug-fi afi iflzi W inn 1mm w ih

m fim

Kandika 49.

an. 1 . 312W W W m (cf. Kauc. 24. 19

n 2 . w it:W m sfi m 1 1mmfim - 21 .

The treatment ofthe remaining entras ofthis kandiki. by Kecsvs

differs so much from Kancika ’ s, especial ly in the a rrangement of

the sntrss, as to render it impossible to present extracts sfi tra by

sfi tra . The entire passage, barring irrelevant matter, is here given:

m fum gw’

i 1 a re?! (fa ( 5mm 11m mfilm?! fi nfi gwmfi : au t ism

-aw ait m m 1

m fi a t m fiw t fi vefi w iw sj m m fi

fi s a wz'

1 m tfufa fl’2fl z

’i m tfafs ui wm i

w m 1 m t’

u‘

1 m um fw t fir ma

mm m mfi 1 w fi rfi t fi n azw fi ez

'

wu’

fl m fa

u fi nfi m 1m fw fi n 11m film? 113 1 1111 1

m h m fi W 1 m sfafa m um

m m fiii fi afimm (v 5 mm i ii (Cod ai m

winimu’

i m m mw fi l 1 m a i w w mw

wittin m zfi tfi nnfi m : 1 w fiw m mgm 1mm "

(firm { fir maul 3 1 6 111 1 1 am ( fl ail

w u fi ft u’mfi w a «1 8 11 121 1 111 : ‘lmi’rm firfil

M W 1 m m) m w w w w w.

an 6) m m é qn’

i fi w fi mw fiffl “ in “wa s!

m am a afs'

im mm 11 q 1 .

Here two more clokes are given, which are however too cor~

rupt for reproduction. Then the text continues as fo l lows

M 1 sm ut?! ( cf. Kfiuc 60 l fg M sfmW inn

-

a { 31151 1 amii fi ( fir (cf. st: 15) gi n fi gw fi

Kandika 49—50. 353

fli efira w m t fl fil

(l) “ 1! (cf. sii. 18) Ufim’t etc. . sfi . 19)W M

afar-liar l t i fiwflfn 1 h e: vz'

“fa (cf. sfi 20) 1 m

m m“(Of. Kim} . 48 . ” W m w ar-

a w .

ifi m m csfi 26) 1 wafi mm fi ifiu t fi afiw

M m fm fs 1« w t 31m m winmfi i 1 11-

afar.T he follow ing is an extract from a longer s ta tement ofKscava a t

the end ofthis adhyiya : m mW u: m 1“ TI

m m mmfm u mzfi nw eft -11 1311a 115 1: fi finimm

’t ufifiri

’fm itt s:m m ii 113 1 1131

mafia 1 air first: 1 nu t « 1 1 Q! u niwfain Elfin

tmmfi i an 2m 1 1 m w mm fi w vmsmi’t sfir

fin'

t :31a: 1ym v‘

h fi (Cod “tammft a: 1grew?33m zmizr w M 1 vw lfi=fi r §zzm t l

am (God. i t em mfim 21m m : 1 gfin i ah

m fiéfl m w ith 3 1 11 1111 13 am : 1 11 1 1 81311 3 1!

Adhyiya vu.

Kandika 50.

M W aw : m a mam mma tings-n M afi fiwmi

wmmfirm — sfi

fi v i’i m wm ufi rflfm “ M umfm ufi awfit

“W w i m .

sfi . 4 .

n w fm m m mtwfin u - fi23

854 Kandika 50.

fm fziiti’fm mfi afl fi nm m 1 fai

r

yaw . sue. 8—9. m i (l)m fi fi m lflfi

ch . 1 2 .

1 i 1 . . w w firM arla M aura “

(cfl Kaue S

Recava evidently construes the wordm asfm , contrary

to the reading ofallMSS. cf. Ksuc. 14. 25 ; 50 . 13) In'

lfi 21 1( fit W etcu . fn amfufiw mwi ufmz fi t fir p ”

W wfi m m m m m fi m fi m“

(Na HT“

6 1 qftfi t fi! (the emendation suggested in note 6, p. 146,

856 Kandika 51—52.

“ THTHG “ fi t $ 6 !m an. 13. . m mfilfiw fi

'

oit tfm w t i filw fir

1 17“ l m m flfi m vfi fi

mi qfi u fim m! Bil- 15. W Wsu. 1 6. . afu w h om “ m w

i fi m 1 mmm m an 1 7 “ amarm(Cod .

oi’tv )“ M anna 71111 m

‘fm m“f" m il"? 8“ 19 m y? in! i n fi rm iv

mam a . su. 22 .m u fn fi i wm mamw fi w sm wfifm m fimsftw‘ w “ tha n

m (Cod «a w.

Kandikfi 52.

su. .l “ n ud ism “ W W M M N

min — au . . M a m m m am u

m afia-

lia r s nafu 1 am t'

flTfl‘

im mm: 1“

W illiam! sfi . 3 3m m? fl am mw'

fi l m

( fir ma fi a giiw in w : mew swa t-11s gsm m s

(1for fn'

h'

1: a’

m sm’

“We 1 fi 21 51 171 gi n { in1 mum r em! " 1 m fimm m rfi fir fig

fi n fi lm-111 11 751 sum W ON“! min im M m

in “m i: 38 11 ‘ W W Iemf: filman 4 min 1 1m m 1 ‘Ifililfi

'

lm an v s

( m mmfi m w fl‘r 1 li W W 1m

3 3 111171“a 1 171 ufvufit 1 vfirtw m fim eu. 7 .

m n wfi.— su. .s wm fa afi tfiw mgfzw

W m fi (”0e su . 9.

it?! “W e! 1 W m fit fi vfin‘

w l mmflfil“W W W an. 10. m i f

m ain 511 - 53 357

ga m m w'

a‘

n u W M m fi rmfi 1 nw fi m fi 1m fi m m —sfi un

Kecava’

s trea tment ofthe fo l low ing passage renders it probable tha tit contains two sfi tras, the division being after W anzfl‘ , as fo l lows

“W 1m i g’

z‘

m’

i quasi 1

gin fi nfii im rfiniw mfifi wfi manta 1 if“

:mi ‘HZfi I

m m sfi 12 w fi zfi m m 1 mn fi fi vwfii an m i M 311. 15

m m fi i’fm fi fifi «fam i ly gfl a m 1

311 . 16.

ml: 1 11m min for. 1 amflmfihM aw 1 tit

m finiw 1711 11 1171 m a : 1 mi“ if?! 1 sfa

sifw rfin: first?“ « is m m 511517 1 1

M afi m mi fi m eii 1m mfi lamw 1fi 1.

su 18 M fsfiim m : sfl 19 mu’

finfi w

gm w 38 17 M W gums-

11‘s

ans 20 2 1 M W fwd use" mmi a w rfii1 ~ uwflmi mwfim t mfiflmmw fa 1 “if?mm

'

tnfi mmin 3 1511 11 1w m 1 m fiftmfi than ?

“11m QIW L Here fo l low s an extended description ofthe

performances indica ted at Ki ng. 54. 1 1—1 2 .

Kandika 53.

“ titani u m w gsvw mm8 11 8 m an arr-(gu n fi l

’tfl fii etc.

ans 15 16 saw? itfi ni (!for N am ) gaffw

358 Kandika 54—55.

fi a t-1mm ”“ fi gm m m z'm '

t h isin n-

afar (1) curfew: ea . 18 . vf‘

zfir rug tfit

W (in this form the w ord occurs several times in the expanded

treatment ofthe fo l lowing sfi tras).

Kandika 54.

Introductory 1 11 1“ m i « m m 1 1W e)

sfi - l- t t wrrm fii w fil 111 gt m ifam

c1m “Ft 1 11 1 12 1 1151 m in i. an 11

a n etc . .m m 1 11m m 31m (cf. Kev a t Ki ne. 52

20, 2 1 , w here the subject matter ofthis siltra is treated expansively)

m vhm m a 1m m m t fiwfi m (cfKw at

gfi fin m t g

0 13113 1 1 1 ammu mmu n m Efifill

Kec. has a t the end ofthis entra them m ,described in the

same w ords as the Ath. Paddh. a t Kane. note. Then : if“m uw ww vfi mfis m o) . 1511 . 1 5. 1

‘IWW I

M t finiam’

t 111 n fi w m w mi nim h m

Kandika 55.

M WO

1 fi m fi am 1 m n

360 Kandika 58.

Kandika 58 .

1111111 111 1 11 1 11 1 111111 1 1: mi 4 1 1m 1 3 11 M m

miter-1 w a if-11 1111 0) 11111: 1 11 1311: fi t M e : 1 1 1 5111 33

WET: fi w am tfn fi fi fi gufi lm afi t 1mW mm m 1 wfin fil 9 1 131 1 1111 111 11 1 1 1 1 11111 (fa 1 1111 1

fi d m a ifi 1 111: 1 11 1311 1 : 11 111

( 1 1 13fi1mm a nn a m a n t raW afi m fifl fl a fi l

W }!W " For the mantras cf. sfi tra 3 . 811 . 5. 1 13m1 11 1} 111fi1fi1“ft 11 1 13 131 2111 {fa etc. (cf.m am

m“ w ann a? mm 8 11 8

m a: In fi gi 1mi awmfi ra wm v1 §mmfifi111

8 11 . 10. itfil 1 11 11 1151711 ! 1511 11 1 11 11 11 1 111

nfilifi '

gi 311111 immfiniw M 11. 111

-

1 . 1 1 . 1 119 11111 1 1.

1 3m firm (the readingmfim in the text ofthe sfitra

is therefore correct) fi t fi fi q‘

aq 13.

The introduction is in essentia l agreement w ith tha t ofthe Ath.

Paddh. and Dac. Kar. ” M l“a:fun! ‘

lrm

W W W -

( 1 1a 1 an: 1 11-

1 1 1 11 1 111 1 111m i

gmm fi m ufi w 1111:m mW E m I . 8 11 . 19. “ Tam fi g mfg

111 111 1W arnW e:min i q n’t 1 151 11 111 (fa. Then

essentia l ly in the same strain as the other paddhatis. 21 .

a fiawwm fiannfi « 1 171 1 1 11 1 11 11 111 1311 1111 13 t amifi

Kandikl. 58—59. 361

fi fi m gfi fi m fifi fi tfi lw

1 1 11 1 1111 1 3 ” ( 15 m m -W ri t fi re d“mnflwfi “ t ag g qfiqfi l , m

2.

eu. 15.

fav’

fl m i n k -1 111 6 1 11 1 1 11;1 1 1111111 11

afi 17 . - o

30 . 18 m ‘ltli'

w t fgfil 2um gm film i

m vwfi fi m fi m 1 gm fi sfi fl t fim gi wuw1fm

5mm 1 film W?Ufa mam a“. 911. 19. Kee.

recounts the various divinities, mentioned in the hymns ofw hich the

pra tikas are here given 1 11 1111 1 2 11 111: 11 1li “T1133 1 1

film i mwfn (cfKane42 9) 1 111?1 1 1 111111 1 11 111 m 1 i1f1 1 11ifil

362 Kandika 59—60.

Adhyiya viii.

Kandika 60.

Kecava’s treatment ofthis adhyiya deviates material ly in arrange

ment and subject ma tter from that ofKaucika : kandiki s 60- 63 are

closely interwoven with 67 - 68, so that a passage ofone division alter

nates w ith a passage ofthe other. For the introduction, given inthis kandiki (808 . 1 - 7) it substitutes that ofkandiki 67 (sfi s. 1

as follows z It! 1 11 11 11 11 1 11 finm'

r 11m : 1mW iwm 1m fi 1 v fi m

fi M eri t fi n

ln m 1 W 1 111 10 1 1 Hu i511 11 17131 131311

fw fi wm m infirm 1W « 111 1 1 1

( 311 1 m m m’tm :m t fim

’tm mm m

u fiq m fi vfi fi lfi rm i61 11 11 11 1 1“

fi fl fflw tfit fi fi tzflfi fi'

fli lfl i'

( fi 1fi1f11 11 121 1 q mfi . en. 24.13 1 111 1 M 1111

(xi. 1 . m in?! “fl fil Here, in Keeava’

s trea tment,the account given in kandika 67 is resumed : E! wi tem Elfin“ tfi i3111 11 1 11m m . 67 19) gulch ?m muifiwa 1511 11 1 1 1 1115111 1 111 11111 1 1 121 11 21

°

3m

864 Kandikl 62 66.

{ 31 1151 1 m w fi m ufi fin m amfmh 31W W “ 'fifil (cf. Ki ng. 63. 20) Then

the descrip tion passes over to 68 . 23 fg., as fo l low s fi lm

“W { 1mm essentia l ly as in sfis . 24 - 34,

Kandika 63.

essentiallv as in 8 11 9 . 3—9. Then the description turns again to

Kano. as. 35 fg. : w { 1711 mifain a ffirm fll-( fi t 3mma rm 1m etc. essentia lly as

the rest ofthe kandika. Then fol lows : ( fam m .

fi ufi m mW t (Cod . m m 15131 11 !W 111 356111 1

Kandika 64—66.

Kee. disposes ofthe ma tter treated in these kandikas as fol lows

m ufm i fin-112 1 1 1?m an

igfi'

q W (cf. 60. 19fg.) 1 11 1 31 11333 W

« fi a t « Tfil (cf 60 3 1 fg ) 1 § 1 vmm1fi 1fa van-

( 1m(ef. .64 1) 1 3 1 313 1uw t fi 1 iii! vfitmfl cf64

m ru cod 1 1111 1 011 14) wu’tzflsmm 1 11 m

.

faufi d fi wr am (God 1 15 )“ (of66 1 3) 1 1111 1 1 1 1 1m1313511 1115 31: (cf66. 14) 1 c13 1 1 1121 em f?! am33111

'

gfm'

t mi (cfibid ) l 13 1 fimfnnimi

Kandika «as—7 1 . 865

m (cf. 68 . The remaining two kandikas (67 . 68) a re

trea ted a long with the first four kaodikfis (GO- 63) ofthis adhyiya

see the introduction to 60.

Adhyiya ix.

Kandika 69.

an. 1 . wn nmzfi w u m m m m zn

W ainm’

rm rfi uw fit eu 22 im wtm

Kandika 70.

80 3. 8. 9. W WW 'N fi ii (xn . 1 . 1—9) m m(x1 1 . Lama

-

{ 15thm (iii. 31 . cf. Kano. 24. 31) if:m a

Kandika

m rfifu fi m afi m i q ifi fi zw fit m u s

a m am (fafaa fi w m fi tfi tm fi tzu w

m fa m i’maimmfi t an ens 9—1 1 8

'

rtuifuzism am:m an (0 mm ?" saw 3m W W as ?mm filfi ufi lw an: trt W ( gi t fim ii W armm 911 . 13 (note The surmise that the sfi tra refers

to Kano . 39. 20 - 27 is correct : Keoava quotes the passage in full.

an. 15. its with m wnfw fi rmganfinm m

366 Kandika 7 1—76.

m ea t

fi t ? M w fi wm fi ufi fi t su lS.

m e t m . 811 19 thw fil m m

M (cf. Kano. 89 . 27 1 mm1 1 (Keo. does not therefore rega rd the word 1 1 31 ! in sfltra 8 as

the pratika ofx1 1 . 2 . 48, but joins it to sntra 7 : Inevertheless adhere

to the division ofthe sutras as given in the tex t) . an . 1 0.

fvm liffi i m em Iz fi i ’m ‘ fi w mW m (the quotation in the sfi tra therefore refers to 1 11.

2 . 31 , the persons and epithets being changed from feminine to mas

culine : correct accordingly note 1 on page 1 91) m 33!

After a description ofthem Kee. passes over to adhyiya x

no mention being made ofthe matter treated in the remainder of

adhyiya ix .

Adhyiya x.

Kandika 75.

sfi . 14. su. 25. WW ?!W im

Kandika 76.

ans. 2 . 3. nw t zfi w {firm that? ufw fi t. su. 5

(notes 22 . “R aw . 30 . 6 . Cf. Kee. at Kane.

sa lo m mw m w fi fi qfim

868 Kandika 79—82.

Adhyiya xi.

Kandika 81 .

eu. 21 . zrifinififiiim uff: 1 1331 1 w arm - “ t a un t

so. 45. m fi fi . an. 48 . m i; ; 3

Kandika 82 .

Introductory. “a F‘ flf‘ lfl m fi .

eu. 51 ? . .mfi nfi zfifi qfi mI?

Kandika 82—85. 69

w fifam fl fiv 33 ; iv 341m :m m —sn 20

1 11mm.— sn. 2 1 . w fi fi i ufl ufi wih fqfi w q

mfiw11m m imicm m m . mrrti

am . an 25 gm m ufi t vfi ufit lfi ‘ lfi

nu. 26 (note Kee. reads “f“ , as the last ofthe list of

plants : perhaps for fifl‘ . an. 29. FR:M

who:

(cf. su. “ girl! am 1 m (essentia lly the same state

ment)

Kandika 83.

Introductory 1 ! m ilEfieu. 8.

Tlfi'

i g‘ im ” M a n a m a-m mltfai m 1 ( fit firgfitw 'ltim

For theW @ (se. fl ?) see Kano 40 9 note 16 811. 2 1

W ant?nmfvm fi w’i 1 M simm qgtfimm

Kandika 84.

sm e m a fl'ftt fi m

tw m m .—m 8 . v

flit zztfitW 1our: 1 1133170 atmfit mean.

“nu-m m : Inn

’s 1 111711 1 13 1 M fitW W Eff

1 mt. in?film 1 1 11 :M tW Wfitqut: etc. at . 15. mm fenufitqmm fin

“Ka ififi t m it.

870 Kandiki 85- 87 .

. W m 1m m uw m

mfil. am m m fim m“2on 23 afiw flmt fi m vfi fi wfirflm

Kandika 86.

'fl -m o

fi tfiw m mm titi ufi fit an 15 W t fifl iu nit

'

in fi :vft fi w m fam fi afitvfi m fzfi m

vtfltt aft. 16 canfau w m w fi ii 2 1 h u ma n:

d’t’a‘ gegfi tm'f; (71 . 16fs )m fli an. 22 (note

an 28. 0 8 min:wfwaw fi( m t? un i ty M ir ( am vii (Kiuo. 82 . 2 - 20)

gifi t infi nit 811- 29. h erdm mawful!" ( mfgm i t?unfit (Ki ng. 82. 311

Kandika 87.

87 2 Kandika 98—120.

103 . “fl int-11 1 1011 171 173? nth — 104. 2 . m m( fi tm in 105. 1 (note 121 m m . ma " m a

M y“ ! 1 15. 1 .

fit ” 4. . .fvfi fi muimfilt:m 1 w fitfiflN ew? 1 1 8. “ W fi lfim1 19.Q ! am M y Herefol lows a long list ofomens

and portents, similar to that contained in the last paricistas ofthe

Atharvan-Veda. theW 1 m irth W ant 1m

ends abruptly, after a passage corresponding to kandika 120, with the

short colophon mentioned in the introduction, p. xvi.

376 Proper N ames, etc.

70. 6 ; 73. 2 , 15 ; 92 . a im-

( fl 135. 9. fin“ 74. 8.

14 ; 93. 7 ; 99. 1 , 13333 56. 13. fi q'

in 74. s.

1 23. 4 ; 1 36. 9. Cf. 9 311 1 3. 1 6 ; 72. 42. mfn 34. 16.

3 17“ 74. 8. “fi t.“in“ 23. 4 ; 42. 1 1 ; W mfi zq

38. an : aura: 139. 6.

tuft.

103. 1m 3. 4, 7 ; 90.

107 . 2 ; 6 ;

m in e“ . on“.

v 1i -

q 66. 11 , 12 ; 63. 7 . 0 12m .

3 ; 67 . 27. Of. ‘ fin 67 .

2, 68 . 26. Cf.

v 1 1t ( q .

1 1751 104 2 ; Of.

{ 1 3 W it 73. 6 ; 74. 6

( a: 3. 20.

10 ; 22 ; than} 101 . 1 ,

47 . 16 ; 61 . 2 ; 6s. 6 ; 2 ; 136. 0 12 3 1 1 .

nfi: 103. 2 .

104. 106. 7 ; 107. m a 6. 46. 76.

2 ; 1 13. 1 16. 13 ; 31 . 31 .

g: 1 . 30.

5 3 1? 22. 9 ; 43. 16 ;

rag-

rd} 2 . 3 ; 5.

69. 73. 82 . 212, 97 . 6.

1 1 ; 74. 2 , 16 ; 96. m 66. 13.

97 . 69; 1 14. m 61 . 21 .

Cf. ig5m . m i 40. 14 ;

(WW 133. 3. 66. 13 ; 106. 7 .

( 11 3. 7 ; 6. 39. 74. 10. 2 1mm: 74. 1 0. or.

Cf. wfi g . W 49. 1 2 ; 100. 2 ;

W 36. 16 ; 61 . 3 ; 271611 75 4 13. or.“1 16. 2 ; 1 16. 8. 1 1m m. 17 ; m 3. 5 ;

3 1 7 61 . 3. 93. 3 ; 1 00. 1 . in 141 . 32 , 33.

3. 1, 4 ; 6.

1 , 1 1 ; 40 . 13 ;

14 ; 70. 13; 72. 14;

84 . l; 95. 3 ; 96. 3;

108 . 2 ; 128 . 2 ; 130.

131 . 22; 133. 6.

m 74. 8.

m 1 ; 32.

20 ; 56. 13.

24.

717 11 371 83 9,

m 90 . 5, 9

711 1 5 73. 7

are-

g 124. 3, 4, 6;

133. 3 ; 1 35. 9.

W 6. 13.

in 13,

1 9, 20, 23 ; 3. 10 ; 6.

12 ; 6. 9, 1 1 , 40.

1 3 ; 47 . 62; 66.

7 ; 61 . 1 1 ; 70. 6 ; 73.

74. 1 9 ; 32.

13 ; 39. 123, 13 ; 104.

29; 106.

1 24. 4, 6 ; 12s. 4

1 33. 6‘

135.

93; 1 37 . 1 1 ;

Cf. the fo l lowingw ords.

9 ; 33 . 9.

Proper N ameo, etc.

2 , 23 ; 74. 1 16. firq 69. 1 .

2 ; 133. 3 ; 137 . m m 37. 26

i } 3. 6. 6, 10 ; 7 . 29.

70. 6 ; finmr88. 97 . 3 ; m m. 6.

98. 1 16. 2 . m g 95. 8.

W 74. 6. if! 74.

mi 74. 6. 13 ; 106. 6, 7 .

W 89 1 . 137. 13. Of. than].firi fil1 8. l; 47 .

graft 2. 16 ; 10 ;

8 Cf-fl‘i n. 49. 12 ; 33. 91 .

4 ; 98. 103. 2

m a 65 15 137 . 1 1 .

ai r; 3 1 . 21 . Of. fit in 32. 21 ; 36. 4, 3.

than92. 4. Of. an .

m 97. 8. Cf. fir m 106. 7 ; 2 ,

3, 4.

M FR 33. 9 ; 49. 6 ;

69. 19 ; 27,23

,

win 61 . 7 . 2 , 13 ; 1 16. 3 ; 1 24. 4.

w ith 5 1 . 8. Cf. m m .mm ! 73 1

’un i t

fun m ss. 8 , 24, 25

19, 2 1 , 22 ; 46. 14 ; 17157711 171 73. 6

49. 6 ; 61 . 9 ; 73. 6 ; 111 111 3 1 5 ; 47 . 6 ;

83. 1 , 26, 35 ; 84. 1 , 42 ; 92 . 13.

12 ; 86. 30 ; 9, m 102 .

1 1 , 16 , 1 7 ; 83. 1, 14, 2 ; 106. 6 ; 127 . 2, 9

13, 2 1 , 29 ; Of. m qfir.

89. 12, 33W 3. a

”, 10 ; 9.

138. 14. 9 ;‘20 . 5 ; 47 . 16 ; 65.

fin-mg 73. 6. 14 ; 108. 2 ; 128. 4

877

137. ll, 15, 40. Cf.

y: 11 6. 2 ;

W 1 16. 2 ; 128. 4.

3 177 711171 1 1 6. 2.

333] 137 . 26.

am 94. 4 ; 139.

6. q wfivfi fi qunder 2 .

6717: 33. 1 2 , 16.

mm88. 29 ; 89

am ?! 1 1 7 2

78 Proper N ames, etc.

it! 106.7 . ( 1 60 . 14 ;

m u 1 3 1: 42 1 7 ; 69 29 ;

Cf. 15715 1 .

77m ! “ 72. 42 10 , 6. 14 , 49 14.

51 . 8. m 81 . 31 133 3

m m 19. 31 . m fi‘ 73 6 , 74 6 , m 73 5

3773 66 93. 36 ; 91 1 ; 125 2 ; 135 9°

31 5. 2 ;

m 9“ m s. ;s’ 26.

8 24 ; 26 aqm 46 . 34 ; 62 36;

15 1 92 4 6 92 66 ; 66. 14 ; 97 . 6’

3 ; 101 . 3 ; 1 14. 8 ; 136. am 66. 13.

136. 9. Cf. m , ar

W 45 12 ; 1 27 . 2. m it 62 . 2 1 ;

41 0fm “a: 42 1 7 ; 68. 1 14, 16, 17 . Cf. f‘

fim ill: 56 13. Of3115 2“mfg“ “ (my h im 31 . 6.

fi “6 17 1 11-

11 90. 1 ; 1 17 . m 1 02 . 2

firm 56 2 ; 3 3 3, 43; 1 16. 1 ; m 3. 15 : 72 . 42.

67 3 m un 1 11 66 7’

711574° 5

2

1 97 8" “7 m a 127. 2 , 5. Imfir 42

cumin.

“ 49. 12 56 7 m 56 6277

amsg4°

3

£f° 95 13 ; 1 19. 3,

w aft 56- 71 11 7 6 ;

1 11 111771 73. 7

m 39 ’ 9W 1 27 . 2 , 4.

1 11 m 39‘ 5'

m; 62 . 42 ; 84. mgfii 74. 8.

am 1 1 6. 2 .

2 ; 1 16. 8. Of. an .

N fifllfi lfi 21 11“ 56. 13.

1 11-

5 106. 7 . 211 171 9, an 123. 4.

m 8 1 . 34 ; 83. 16

0 6 1 3 ]1 1m m mfm n 39' 9.

w 1 14. 2 .fu n 74 9~

1mm 39. 9.

3 44 . 38 ; filfl 89. 5.

(

Sale, 66 26 , 37 . 16 ;

fi ‘ “74° 1 5'

syn-

a r 106. 8.

130. 131 2’or film! “9

2

2°1 m 66 13

m a .

fim 103

. 2 W 74 9

“him (se uny fin a l 137. 25. i t 74 9, 1 6 , 106

far) 4 12 fil‘ITfimmfi 56J 3 . m 3 4, 7 , 6 20 , 90.

( N T 1 29

W 106 7 arm “in: 59. 26 , 73 6 ,

( N 106 7 68 . 2 ; 78. 15 ; 127 l

(“H OO 1 . 74 6 16 , 1 16. W 136. 9.

380 Proper N ames, etc.

1 1m ! 141 . 36. 1 7 . 6 ; 64. 7 ; 64. 21 ; m 4.

m 67. 16 ; 1 7 ; 60. 2 1 ;

17 . 31 . 6, 7 ; 76. 13, 18 ; 77 . 16 ; 74.

g 2 , 6 ; 33 . am( “rs 13, 16 ;

33, 37 , 1 40. 4

20, 27 ; 67 . 13,

1 9 ; 68. 1 , 2 , 23, 24 ; w ring 73. 13.

90. 72, 92 . m e. 23, 7 ;

24 ; 24. lo; 43.

9. 22 ; 67 . 1 , 4, 10, 16,

27 . 19 ; 61 . 10 ; 66. 16 ; 67 .

S5. 7 . 1 ; 68. 26, 40 ; 73. 18 ;

0. 6. 74. 1 1 , 12 ; 76. 9 ; 30.

mm 64. 1 . 43 ; 63.

wit s. 17 , 16 ; 69. 2 , 3, 1 1 ; 9f. 16,20 ; 92. 21 ; 93. 1 2 ;

32 ; 61 . 17 ; 67 . 16 ; 94. 1 6 ; 104. 1 ; 120.

69. 4, 6 ; 7 7 . 16 ; 80. 1 2 ; 1 26. 1 2 ; 136. 12 ;

44 ; 88. 123, 19, 22 , 140.

24 ; 39. 6. W 1 33. 1 9;

mm 92 . 10. un fi t 9. 10 ; 1 7 . 27 .

wine-v . 10 ; 1 7 27 . 63 3

fi fi fiw 1 7. 30.173177 61 . 10 ; 62. 13

94. 17 ; 120.89 18 ; 104.

13 ; 1 26, 13,afifim 69. 6 ;

W 26. 4 ; 39. 16,

131 2 1 9 Cf. wi th .

2 1 ; 37 . 5, 12 . m 63. 2 . a“ 75. 8 .

1 1 ;-

infra; 46. 14 : 66. ml?106. 7 . W ! 15. 1 1 .

69. W 1 7 . 1 6. Of. W “ 67 . 7 .

16, 27 ; 67 . 1 1 32 . 46 ; 6

53 . 16mm 13. 4.

1 40. 13 ; 141 . W 136. 16. mg 46. 1 1 .

31 . my: 106. 7 .

m 2. 16 ; 3. 6, math 93. 16 ; 1 1 1 . 1 .

m 3.

2 , 9, 1 1 ; 16. 4 ;

7 1 . 1 ; 94. 2, 1 7 ; 100.

1 ; 1 16. 37; 120. 13;

1 26. 2, 1 3 ; 1 28. 2.

136. 1 40 .

10, 13, 22 ; 1 41 . 31.

m y: 1 7 . 14.

m s : 1 . 1 ;

firm-6a

87 . 2 ; 138. 5, 13.

3“ 91 . 19.

m m :67 . 5 ; 80.

1 ; 140 . 1 .

h 15. 7 ; 1 7 .

57 . 3, 6, 1 2, 1 8, 19;

80. 50 ; 82 . 27 ;

“ 153 8 1 7 50 15

73. 18 ;

Proper N ames, etc. 381

8. Solemn words in sacrificialformulas.

if 1 1 , 14 ; m 91 . 12 .

6. 9. 55. an; 6. 13.

69. 233; 70. 90 . m

am 3. 1 1 , 1 2, 13, 1 4 ;

m 91 . 1 1 . 49. 36. 14 91 .

m 3. 4, 14 ; 55. 13 ; 16 ; 1 17 . 129.

69. 23 ; 70. 6 ; 90. 18 ; 135. 9.

92 . 13. erg 3. 4, 13 ; 6. 13

2

m 16. 19. 55. 13 ; 70. 6 ;

m 3. 4, 1 2 ; 6. 90. 13 ; 91 . 3 ; 92 . 13.

66. 13 ; 69. 26 ; m 46. 14 ; 73.

7 ; 92 . 13. 63; 64.

3. 4, 1 1 ; 6. 1,13.

66. 13 ; gnu 1 . 20 ; 4. 1 , 2 ,

1 1 ; 6. 75, 12,

m 91 . 13. 6. 1 , 9, 1 1 ; 16. 16 ;

4. Astronomical, chronological, and geographical terms.

“ fi t see under 1 . “TIT:41 . 10 (sin) ; 51 . 4 ; 61 . 3 ; 63. 88

wa ist 49. 9 ; 74. 7 . 41 . 11 (m m).

m m 139. 1 . W t 42. 16, 17 ; 1 6 ; 86. 3 ; 98. 2 ; 1 16.

m 1 . 30 ; 2 . 68. 35. 37.

2 ; 5. 23 ; m F4; 6. 3 ; 61 . 3 ; 66.

22. 25 . 26 ; 1 3 6. 12 ; 74. 1 3 ; of. 6 ; 127 .

69. 2 ; 83. 8, 13 ; 87 . also under 1 . W sec under 1 . Of.2 ; 94. 7 . m 76. 2. W , fie, and 91 1

3m“; 47 . 1 1 . m ,

"

5 ; 3 1 . 28. tha t 74. 2: m“ g! 140. 2 . V ; See under 1 . vfi

'

m‘

t 42 . 1 7

1am 138 1 4, 16. um see under 1 . m “! 46 26 Cf.

1mm 19 26

1au'

T 20. film vfi 1 2. 6 with 6 4.

m 74. 16. pf24. 16. ju n 36. 2

10. 22 ; W fi 6.

60. 26. 31 11 16211 1 (sc. mm)m m 6. 36. an} 24. 16. 33. 20.

22. 9 ; 45. 1 1 , 14 ; 56.

6, 7 , 1 7 ; 72. 1 8 ,

74. 76.

31 . 30, 3 13; 34.

1 ; 36. 1 ; 91 . 6, 7 , 6,

9, 10. 1 1 , 12 , 13, 14,

15 ; 92 . 31 ; 94. 14 ;

95. 3 ; 96. 3 ; 97 . 4, 6

99. 2 ; 100. 2 ;

102 . 3 ; 103. 2 ; 106.

6 ; 1 16.

27, 3

7; 1 1 7 . 2 ; 124. 2 ,

3, 4, 6 ; 1 26. 2 ; 126.

2 ; 13092 ; 131.

2 ; 136. 9“

382 Proper N ames, etc.

, wlq ih 139. m 66. 2 1 ;

72. 26 ; 21 ;

m 141 . 24. m 76. 6.

filth 141 . 6. 42. me 33. 6 ; 141 . 24.

the: 139. 24 ufi sfii 141 24

m l06 7 . 31! 46 . 25 .

than; 140 2 111-ism“ 10. 19.

m 1 1 41 2 fi nd} 76. 2.

5. Designations ofliterary works, and sections, chapters, verses

ofthe same.

25 ; 63.

2 1 , 22 ; 69. 7 , 79. 16 ,

98. 3?139. 1 1 .

“ 5. 7 ; 72 . 18 ; 76.

“ Iii”

l. 2,3, 6 ; 6.

22 ; 80. 2 . Also6. 26 , note.

m 1 .

26 ; 2 1 . 1 1 ; 23. 14 ; 24. mtg-

re n t

14 ; m 39. 6 ; 96. 3;

35, 36, 37 , 43 ; 27 . 13 ; 108 . 2 .

29. 24 ; 31 . 18, 22 , 28 ; v 7 . 1 4 ; 9. l;

32 . 5, 8 ; 34. 14 ; 35. 19. 28 ; 20 . 8 ; 27 . 22

20 ; 36. 26, 39 ; 53. 7 , 1 3 ; 54. 5 ; 63.

38. 29 ; 39. 5, 18 ; 42 . 19, 20 ; 64. 27 ; 65. 9;

23 ; 2 1 , 66. 26 ; 67 . 19 ;

25 ; 100.

58. 10 ; 59. 16, 20 ; 61 . 1 ; KB . 1 ; 109. 5 ; 1 10.

l, 14 ; 62. I, ll; 63. 4 ; 1 1 1 . 5 ; 1 13.

4 ; 26 ; 66. 3 ; 2 ; 1 1 7 . 3, 4 ;

66. 1 , 10, 23, 29 ; 7l. 123. 1 ; 124. 6 ; 11 5.

1 23 . 3 ; 1 29. 3:

86. 3, 2l.

384 Designations oi' Verses, etc.

m 6. 22 ; 60. 9.

Ath.Paric. 34. 3.

22 . Cf. Vi it. Sn. 1 . 1 9.

W N W 26. 1 , note. Cf.Ath. Parie. 34. 7 .

fi nfi'

fii (se. mi)

Cf. thew ibid. in the notes ,

and

{ G i lliam -(se m fil) and

ghm m m s, n .ote Cf.Ath. Pat io. 34. 8.

ing-

flaw Ath. Paric.

27721 77013 “ 1 1 10 46 30 ;Cf. Vi it. So. 23. 1 2 .

w ai t: (sc. v 1 ?) 35. 16.

um fi tm: implied in

ca n :

1 36 7 .

m m { NW '8"

h ed ge. ( a ?) 61 . 21 .

m mm fi nandWT

W 47 . 8, note.. Cf. Ath.

Parie. 34. 2l.

m 69. 1 8, note. Cf. Ath.

Pa rio. 34. 19.

1713

0 11 171 1 3 (se. v i i) 79 1 3

fi wmfs amm nmote. Cf.Ath. Pa t io. 34. 20.

m m andm m. 17 , note .

Cf. Ath. Pario. 34. 6.

9 2 , note. Cf. Ath.mPat io. 34. 26.

5 ; 44. 6 ; 46 . 7 ; 69. 7 .

m 55. 1 , note .

W m (se. m fiv) and

mp 1 8. 24 ; 26. 29 ; 94. 15 ;

101 . 3 ; 1 14 3 ; 136.

9. Cf. Vi ii. Sn. 5 . 10 , and A111.

Pa t io. 34. 4.

m ac “ Tfi0 26 24

W2? 34"

andw

47mm (se emfm (se. m fi )

Vait . S11. 21 . 20 ; 30. 6.

w , see underWfi fimfi t (se. muffin Cf.

Pa rie. 34. 1 7 .

ugtrrfimlm . 2 , note ; 9. 4, note.

Cf. Ath. Parie. 34. 27 .

note ; 1 1 . 19, note ;note ; 52 . 20, note ; 1 39. 15, note.

Cf. Ath. Parie. 34. 10 and 29.

fl (6c. fl fi lfi i) also”

T N "

l20. .9 Cf. Vait.

Designa tions ofVerses, etc.

Sn. 5. 10 ,and Ath. Paric.

34. 5.

fim fi and fim afiw r 7 . 6,

note ; l39. 7 . Cf. Ath. Paric.

W W W- 37 3

(so. 4, and note.

1 1 771 267 9. 7 ; 26. 23 ;

M ac.T170 9. 1 , 4 ; 16. 26 ;

1 9. 1 ; 41 . 14 ; . 12. Of. V411.

Sn 10 19.

” H ill 9. 2, note ; 9. 4, note ; of.Ath. Pario. 34. 26 and 27 . Stil lanother m m 9. 7 , note ;cf. Ath. Paric.

( Tfi m‘fit (ac m rfil). and

“m m 26, no te ;16, 4, note ; 139. 7 . Cf. Ath.

Paric. 34. 13.

m . 5 . 8 ; 68. 37 ;

m mmath ) and Effim 18. 25 ; 24. 46 . Of. Ath.

Paric. 34. 22 .

m (ac mnfil) 1 2 . 6.

m m: 81 38

m (sc. 1 1 ) 9. 7 ; 1 7 . 32

139. 7 . Cf. Ath. Pario.34. ll.

m (se. “ 0 80 . 35 ; 82. 31 ;

83. 20, 23 ; 84. 1 3. Cf. Vi it. So.37 . 24.

m ath: (se. W ?) 90. 9.

0.

List ofMantras, Gi‘

ithas, Clokas, Frames,

and Other Formulasf

Par.Gr. 1i. Acv.Gr. 1 .

Ilfi l'

ini 3 166134 58 1 .

m a

1 511 1 11w e { 1mm etc

m wm fl fl t fi n e

m ge’

fifimfa ‘z. 1 .

16 ; of.Ki ty. Cr. ii. 2 . ll.

w ? an vrt zztfe616151 an

xi. 5. 4. 3 ; AQV. Gr. i. 20. 8 ;

Cnfikh. Gr. i1°

. 18. 2 .

w ? GE T m m W a .

m 3 131“81 . 31 ; cf. Acv. Gr.

iv. 3. 26.

vanammamaa am nm .

wfilflTfiI:“an 108 . 2 ; of.RV. i. 1 2 . 6 ; SV. ii. 194 ; TS.

i. 3 ; iii. 6. v. 5.

TB. ii. 7 . 1 2 . 3 ; MS. iv. 10.

This list includes every passage quoted in the text ofthe

Kaucika , excep ting the mantras ofthe AV. quoted by their pratikas.

For these see index D .

2, 3 ; Kmh. S. xv. 12 ; xx. 14;

xxxiv. 1 9 ; Kap. S. v1 1 . 6 ; x1.viii.l.

W a w ufii m mv

i. 93. 3 ; TB

1 16341 1 11 1 111 (ac gt ffi mfi )2. 2.

RV. 1 . 93. 9 ; TS. ii. 3. 14. 1 ;

TB. iii. 5. 7 . 2 ; MS. i. 5. 1 ; iv.

10. 1 ; Kath. S . iv. 16.

1 3W W W 70. 9;

cf.RV. vi. 16. 19 ; VS. ii. 27 0110

Kfinvacfikhii, p. 59 ofWeber’s

i. 15. I4 ; Cankh. Cr. iv. 12. 14 ;

Ca t. Br. 1. 9. 3. 19.

It? mafi a: mi 3 m 11

W in: 72 . 13, 14 ; cf. VS. xii.

8 ; TS. iv. 2 ; MS. i.

ii. 7 . 8 ; Ken) . S. xvi. 8 ; xix. ll;

xxii. 1 2 ; Lfity. Cr. iii. 5. 1 1 .

388 Mantras, 0 1111164, etc.

Kath . S. xvi. I3 ; Kap. S.

xxv. 4

w u fl m zwo

mm 6 . 16 ; of. AV . vii. 20. 1 ;

MS. iii. 5 ; iv. 9. 10

12 . 6 ; Kap. S. xxxvi. 2 .

ct. VS . ii. 29°

; Ki ty. Cr.

iv . 1 . 8 ; Acv . Cr. ii. 6 .9 ; Cinkh.

Gobh. Gr. iv. 3. 2 .

1 111m m 82 . 21 .

vi a ( gt-li ft of. Vait.

Sn. 38.

wnfawi'iwfim fi 3 first

“hm vm’rtrm 88 .

22 (cf. nnder mam fiml’t

for para l le l passages).

1 71311 16 1 11 finri’t“ 1 1mm 88

21 ; TS. i. 8 . 6. 2 ; VS. ii.

MS.,

i. 10. 3, 19 ; Kagh . S . ix. 6 ;

Kap. S . viii. 9 ; Ki ty . Cr. iv.

1 . 14 ; Acv. Gr. ii. 7 . 2 ; Lfity.

Cr . ii. 10 . 5 ; Cifikh. Cr. iv. 4.

14 ° Gobh. iv . 3. 12 .

:m 47 . 39.

w it 61’s m m m 74.

20 ; cf. Acv. Ciiikh.

Gr. iii. 8. 4.

Cifikh. Gr. iii. 7 . 3 .

w w ram 5. 13;

97 . 4 ; MS. i. 4 . 3 ; Kagh. S. v.

4 ; Katy. Cr. xxv. 1 . 1 1 ; Cifikh.

Cr. iii. 19. 3.

1 62 iii". 90 . 17 .

etc. 81 . 30 cf. TA. vi. 2. l; 4.

2 ; Aev. Gr. iv. 3. 27 .

1 11W 3m 89. 13

w a 31 31390 . 7 , 12 ,

2M ! 3. 5 ; 137

37 ; TS . iii. 2 . 4. 4 ; Katy. Cr. ii.1 . 22 ; Vi it. Sn. 1 . 20.

1 3 2 m mM nem

m a an em 1 m an

m etc. 5. 7 .

Mantras, Gi this, etc.

m in:etc. 88 . 24 ; cf. Acv. Cr.

ii. 6. 14.

90. 21 .

W min i (i ts ) ;a lso Gop. Br.

5. 12 ;

of. AV. xix. 59. 3 ; RV. x. 2 . 3 ;

TS. i. 1 . 14. 3 ; MS. iv. 1 0. 2 ;

iv. 1 1 . 4 ; Righ. S. ii. 15 ; xviii.

2 1 ; xxxv. 9.

in ! fl at : 88 . 14.

11111 we fi at 1 11 89. 6 ; of.VS . ii. 33 ; Katy. Cr. iv. 1 . 32 ;

Cifikh. Cr. iv. 5. 8 ; Acv. Cr.

ii. 7 . 13 ; Gobh. Gr. iv. 3. 27 .

‘ T1 1 1 1 5“ 3Gi ana -21 .

in i t [a of.RV. x . 57 . 4 ; VS. iii. 54 ; TS.

i. 8. 5. 2 ; MS. i. 10. 3 ; Ragh . 8 .

ix. 6 ; Kap. S. viii. 9.

w t“inW ”W 90

1 1 1am 6 315’

11 68 . 10 ;

i. 91 . 16 ; ix. 31 . 4 ; TS. iii. 2.

5. 3 ; iv. 2 . 7 . 4 ; TB. iii. 5. 1 2 ;

vii. TA. vi. 6. 3 ; VS . xii.

1 12 ; MS. ii. 7 . 14 ; n h. S .

xvi. 14 ; Kap. S . xxv. 5 ; Tépd.

Br . i. 5. 8.

virgin ?Van e-m “RT!" etc.

72 18

“twin m i tam 97 . 6.

1 1113 1 1 an 38 11 139m

fn 66. 1 2 .

54 ; RV. ii. 43. 3 (a lso in the

89. 1 7 .

104. 2.

QM “ 1verse

1 111 115 “ 15 M etc 74 9

(seem W h r para llelpassages) .

Fl11! “ ii a? vfin 133 6.

( 3°

1 1: cm : 88 . 1 2 .

m i 1 71 m fimmfi iw49. 9 ; cf. AV . iv. 40 . 8 ; v. 10. 7 .

m i 'fi 171 1mm (zfi mmetc.) Q1 ]: 49. 7 8 (Recava

fi w fiwwfi w» cf. AV.

v. 10 . 1 - 6 , 1 1

7 ; Cnfikh. Cr. i. 6. 9 ; Lay . Cr.ii. 4. 5 ; Kaus . Br. vi. 13.

« 1 11 q

36, etc.

urn-

61 42 . 1 7 (m ) ; cf. AV.

vi. 55. 3 ; TS. v. 7 . 2 . 4 ; Weber,N aksatra ii. 298, note 1 . The

pralika a t Rai ne. 68 . 35.

m am anfew 6. 17 ;

cf. AV. vi. 85 . 2“

{ emit 1 1151131 71131 6 . 2 ; of.

RV. i. 93 . AV. x . 1 .

1043 ; MS. iv. 10. 4 ; 1 ;

Kei th . S. iv. 15.

W fi w m

390 Mantras, Gathas, etc.

( in 216 0 116 1mm : 3. 3

( fi fe m fil: 70 . 1 .

100. 2 .

2 . 37 .

s um 94. 5.

m it: un i-q 40 13 ; TB.

ii. 5. 8 . 8 ; cf. Ca'

fikh. Cr. 1 1 . 1 7 .

7 ; Cafikb. Gr. v . 1 . 7 .

m ean: ah aft: 92. 24.

a t?! 3 W 1 ‘

fl’t 73 13

W e 69. 20 ; VS. TS.

i. 3. 7 . l; Katy.Qr. v. 1 . 80 ; Cat.Br. iii. 4. l. 22 .

Vfi M m 106. 7 ; cf. Aer .

Gr. i. 16. 5 ; Cafikb. Gr. i. 27 . 7 .

W Tin -m ete

“in?w e amm’

i'

fm 2

W 3 11

0“91 . 6 ; cf.

RV. iii. 62 . 10 and other sau'

l

hitas.

17 ; cfVS. 1 1 2°

,

TB 1 1 1 8 6 7

TS. iii. l. 1 0 . 1 ; iv. i. l. 2;

v. 1 . 1 . 3 ; MS. ii. 7 . 1 ; mas s.

xv. 1 1 ; Kap. S . xxix. 7 .

i f! an a imm m 3. 4

TB. ii. 1 . 1 1 . 1 ; cf. Vi it. S11.

7 . 4 ; Zip. Cr . vi. 5. 4 ; Qafikh.

7 . 1 ; Kagh. S . iii. 4 ; Laty. Cr.iii. 5. 5 ; Ki ty. Cr. v. 1 . 28 ;

Ca t . Br. iii. 4 . l. 28 .

392 Mantras, Ga ble. etc.;

m m for para llel

passages).

m efi m m u 39.

21mm afafi q ma z 33; Gobh

i. 7 . ;25 Ms. i. 2.

1 ; iii. G. 3 ; Kfith. S . i. 2 ; Kap .

S. i. 13 .

M a nam a 3.

m m 2 . 1 , 2 ; of.AV. xix. 51 . 2

i. 10 , etc. ; MS. 1. 1 . 9, 10, etc. ;

Kagb. S. i. 2 , etc. ; Kap. S. i.

ll: etc. 74. 6 (see under m y

h qm‘

q for para l lel passages) .

filth fi t 'I: “W 91 8 ;

cf. RV. iii. 62. and other

safnhitiis .

“m i 711 dump 82 . 1 1 ; cf.

mfi Ham 1

fin:m ann a 85. 20 ; 66 . 9.

film :“w e: at 1 111 31 1 11 3.

6 ; 1 37 .

36 ; cf. Ki ty. or. ii. 1 .

23 ; Ca t. Br. 1. 5. 1 . 23 ; Cfifikh.

Cr . i. 6. 6 ; Laty. Cr. 1 1 . 4. 5 ;

iv. 9 . 1 6 ; Gobh. Gr. i. 6. 14.

fi rfi zh my.ih im : 97 . 8

83 7 .

W t i’

t fi rzm m s

9 , cfVS. i. Ka ty. Cr 11°

14. 7 ; TS. i. l. 2 . 1 ; 4. 1 , etc. ;

TB. 11 1 . 2 . 2 . 2 ; MS. i. 1 . 2, etc. ;

cf.VS . xviii. 36 ; TS. iv. 7 .

MS. ii. 12 . 1 ; Kagh . S . xviii. 13.

fvgfinW W W“

Elwin !“ 72 . of.

SV. ii. 1 1 82 ,VS . x1 1 . TS.

1 . 3 ;

2 . 2 . 5 ; TA. iv . 20. 2 ; MS. 1.

7 . l, 4 ; ii. 7 . 10 ; iii. 2 . 1 , 2 ;

iv. 9 . 1 1 , 12 ; Kath . S . mm. 14;

ix. 1 ; xvi. 8 ; Kap . S . mu. 2, 4.

171 16 s 717 1: 89. 1 ; cf.

RV. x . VS . iii. 55 ; TS.

MS. i. Ka ;h. .S

ix. 6 ; Kap. S . viii. 9.

Mantras, (11111111 11, etc.

m 7 1773 3 1 3 11137 91 4;cf. VS . (Kama-

9311 11 171 ii, p . 58

ofWeber’ s edition) ; Ki ty. Cr.

1 1 . 2 . 1 7 ; Qfifikh. Cr. iv. 7 . 6 ;

Li ty. Cr. iv. 1 1 . 1 2 ; Gop . Br .

ii. 1 . 2 ; Vi it. 10.

gfilfi an ew 3 7 1m ) 6 5

gfi fi (so an 32 111 1 1 1711 216 ; cf. Ka ty. Cr. ii. 2 . 1 1 .

m fin ufi qfletc. 74. 18 ; etiQfifikh . Gr. iii. 8. 2 .

llfi t viW 127 . 7 ; of. RV.

i. 1 9. 1 .

11132 VS. 1.

TS. i. l. 2 . 1 , etc. MS. i. 1 . 11 .

111 1 m 47 . 16 ; cf. AV.

xix . 44. 4.

'w'

i vfi m i fiq15 ; cf. Katy. Cr. ii. 2 . 12 ; Vait .

Sn. 2 . 5.

W m m m fi 9

71713 111 7 13 71 !“t 9

etc. 74. 3 ; cf. 0171 1-

1 11 11 . Gr. 1 1 . 14.

4 ; Par. Gr. i. 12 . 3, 9 ;

Aqv. Gr. i. 2 ; Gobh. Gr. i. 4 . 4,

9 ; Ki th . Gr, x 1.iv. 2fg. ; Vigon

67 . 3 ; Min. Gr. 1 1 . 12 .

1 7

213 ; 33 RV.

6 w .

a ; m 50 . 16.

am : 311 1: 8 1732 23 1 :74. 19 ;

cf. TS. v. 7 . 2 . 4 ; TB. ii. 4. 8.

7 ; Acv. Cr. ii. 9 . 10 ; Cfiiikh. Gr.

iii. 8 . 3 ; P517. Gr. iii. 1 . 4 ; Oohh .

Gr. iii. 8. 16.

106. 7 .

71 1171 Elfifi qfi‘

108;

1 , 2 ; 133 . 7 ; cf. VS. v. 3 ; xii.

60 ; TS. i. 3. 2 ; iv. 2 . 5. 1 ;

vi. 3. 5. 4 ; MS. i. 8 . 8 ; ii.

1 1 1. 2 . 3 ; 9. 5 ; Ragh . S. iii. 4 ;

xvi. 1 1 ; xxvi. 7 ; Kap. S . 1 1 . 1 1 .

xxv. 2 ; x 1.i. 5.

Rafa fiw ii t“

: 57 . 16.

fi ivi 9117711 { 21 11 57 . 1 7 .

3531133 m i“

! 71 i t 711 73 :71112 (7) 92 . 25.

1 1mg Failmit: 75. 5 ; cf. AV.

xiv. 1 .

RV. i. 90. 7 ; VS . xiii. 28 ; TS.

394

iv. 2 . 9. 3 ; TA. 11 . 39. 5 ; MS. 1 1 .

7 . 1 6 ; Ca t. Br. xiv. 9. 3. 1 2 ; alsoin theKashmir-Mkhfi ofthe AV.

TS. iv. 2 . 9. 3. MS. 1 1 . 7 . 16 ;

Kath . S . xxxix . 3 ; Cat. Br. xiv.

9. 3 . 1 3 ; a lso in the Kashmir

51111 115 ofthe AV.

713 um m i 91 . 1 1 1 19 1 ;

cf. RV. i. 90. 6 ; VS. xiii. 27 ;

TS. iv. 2. 9. 3 ; v. 2 . 8. 6 ; MS.

ii. 7 . 1 6 ; Keith . S . xxxix. 3 ; Cat.

Br . xiv. 9. 3. 11 ; a lso in the

Kashmir 95 11 1111 ofthe AV.

712 337 175 2 3 2 1 m an 1 17

finm 22 3

N EW “ 2 36

cf. AV. v. 12 .

57 . 3 ; vs. iii. 53 ; TS. 1. s. 5. 2 ;

MS. i. 10. 3 ; Kagh. S . ix. 6 ;

Kap. S. viii. 9 ; Visit . Sc. 20 . 9 ;

Acv. Cr. 1 1 . 7 . 8 ; Ait. Br. iii.

1 1 ; Laty. Or. v. 2 . 1 1 .

711 1 7 112 1 7133

:

in famy! 3 133 . 3.

W t wrgfmh laa. 3.

min“fivmmm 133. 3.

14 ; cf. RV. viii.

Gr. i. 24. 32 ; Par. Gr i.

Mantras,Cathie, etc.

Gobh. Gr. iv. 10. 9 ; Lay . Cr.i. 2 . 13.

711 11 fist -mint wit 71 111

am 33. 9 ; ct'

. RV. x 97.

m m wa 81 ;°

.ci

AV. xix.

fi fi nafl m u esmcf. VS. vi. l5 ig.

fi fir'

t fi fili loz s.

M 3 53 1 .

(seeunderm 23 3 1 13 for par1111elpassages)

1 ! 1 m2713“m105 5.

104.

3 3 331 3 ft firfrfiufizfifn

396 Mantras, Gi thh . etc.

xxxviii. 2 ; TB. 1 1 . 6. 3. 5 ;“

Ci nkh.

kgatrakalpa 36.

31 713 71 33 3 1 3 371173 1 14 . 2 ;

of. 128 . 2 .

W 3 1 3 65. 15.

fu mmr3 1 3 13 3 3 13 7171 17 7

3 3333m7 1 171 “6 8 .

1h 3 3 3 U( l°

3 1 fi1?1r 185. 9.

3 1 3 3 3 733 133 7113? 71

l35. .9

31 3 3 3 733 13 33 131 3 713 135 9

31 3 13 11 3 1 1371 1 t 1ra

frequent inAV . and other texts .

31'

71 33 13 3 31 68. 76 ;

TS. iv. 7 . VS . xviii. 52

MS. 1 1 . 1 2. 3 ; Kagb. xviii. 15 ;

iii. 41 ; Cfi ikh. Cr. ii. 12 . l;

Cafikh. Gr. iii. 7 . 2 ; Laty. Cr.iii. 3 . 1 ; Aqv. or. ii. 5. 17 .

( m nm w w rtm wo. 1

33 1 3 3 1‘

3g573

m m etc. 68 . 2 ; of. MS. iii.

12 . 1 9 ; VS. xxiii. 8 , a lso i. 27 ;v. 2 .

24 20 (333 13 1 3 73 1 1)

33 711 : ( firm 2 .

W fi u fi w fin n 3.

m m w u

w sfi m u . 16

“fix-«it 7 11 i t 3111 mm133 1111 88 15 ; cf. vs . ii.

Ki ty. Cr. iv. 1 . 16 Kev. Or. 11.

7 . 6 ; Cafikb . Cr. iv. 5 . 2 .

“1 11 m m44 34 cfvs v1 1 6

"

W in 151711? 9.

W i’mfi aq w. 1 ; cf. RV. x.

57 . 6 ; VS. iii. 56 ; TB. ii. 4. 2.

7 ; iii. 7 . 14. 3.

W m inffi ufiacf. MS . iii. 12 . 1 9 ; VS. xxiii. S;

a lso i. 27 ; v. 2 .

n w “m : fi g?! 45. 14 ;

84. 1 ; cf. VS. xxxv . 20 ; Rev.

G; . ii. 4. 13 ; cafikh. Gr. iii. 13.

3 ; Pair. Gr. 1 11 . 3. 9 ; Gobh. Gr.

iv. 4. 22 ; Mantrabr. ii. 3. 1 6.

m fum m in 68. 37.

111 11 1 111 111 11 5711311 1 1 1 7 .

cf. RV. x . 138. 1 ; SV. 1. 184 ; ii.

1 190 ; TB. ii. 4. 1 . 8 ;

42 . 2 ° N irukta x . 35 .

m t fiam zhfm s 5

W 1 « if! i t 71m 127 . 5.

1 11 113“ 1 7 111 1 44. 37 .

angina m am fi metc. 74. 8 (see undermm for para llel passages).

m u? 1 1171 11 1 511 1 11 11 1 43.

13 ; RV. v .1 1 54. 1 ; TSS. iii 4.

10. 1 ; MS. i. 5 . 13 ; Cifikh. Cr.

Mantras , Ga ble, etc.

1 1 . 1 6. l; Oéfikh. Gr. 1 1 . 14. 5 ;

iii. 4 . 8 ; PM . Gr. iii. 4. 7 ; Rev.

Gr. 1 1. 9. 9 ; Oohh . Gr. iv. 7 .

32 ; Mantrabr. ii. 6. 1 .

fufi t 13171 aft 111111 aw n

m (se. 1 111 13) 20 19.

fqfi rcram i M 1O6 6.

fi w fn um a G

1 1 (m m ) ; of. Vi it.

fi rm fl? 141 . 41 .

W a nn a : 1 37 1 1148

Kap. S. i. 5 ; xt.v1 1 . 4 , Gobh. i.

7 . 23 ; cf. VS. 1. 1 2 .

W WGQ‘

NW ?’ 10 . cf

si‘

1 .kh

m amasm W GJ -Mm )

“ a lum n a 25

err-6 31 21 11 1 133 89 1 2 .

31 1111 a :69. 17 ; VS . v. Ts.

i. 3 . 7 . 1 ; Katy. Cr. 1 . 29 ;

Ca t . Br . iii. 4.

fi gfi g fi i vfi 4 1

m m 1 11 711 1 1 102 . 2 .

7171117 1 717111713 6 19 ; (prafi ka) ;42 . 16 (sakalapi tha) ; van. S11 .

111 3 71 1 91 . 15 .

1 11 1731731:fax?17 1131 111 1 1

°

711

m i 71 m a rt i n

“M m 85. 14.

fi t?

397

171 1 111 1 11 1 65 1 6

7171 11 1 131 11 171 1 11 11 1 1 11

TB. 1 1 8 5 1 , 1 1 1 5

7 . 3 ; MS. iv . 10. 5 ; 14.

8 ,

" Kath

. S. iv. 15 ; xxi. 13 ;

m m fi fi 1 1 111”

6 9 ;

TB. iii. 3 . 9. 7 ; MS. 1.

Ki th . S. i. 12 ; Kap . S. i. 12 ;

Ki ty.or. iii. V5 11. 7 .

am anvilan 76. 24.

fi t ) 6. 20 ; TB.

Ci t ii. 6. 1 1 .

u fi afi m m 3

" W W“: 47 16

fil

i w ifa w m m es.

4 ; VS . x 1 1 . 1 13 ; MS. 1 1 . 7 . 1 4 ;

Kath . S . xvi. 1 4 ; xxxv. 13 ;

xxxvu . 5 ; Kap. S . xxv. 5.

1 1116 311 1 44. 14.

W mwh 111111 71 108 2 ;

cf. TS. iii. Cafikh. Cr.vi. 8. 6 ; Vait. S11. Aqv.

Cr. v.

398 Mantras, 6 2 111116 , etc.

SV. ii. 1 183 ; VS . xii. 10 , 41 ;

TS. i. 5. 3. 3 ; iv. 2. 1 . 3 ; 3. 4 ;

v. 2 . 2 . 5 ; TA. iv. 20. 2 ; MS.

i. 7 . l, 4 ; iv. 9. 1 1 , 1 2

KimS. viii. 14 ; ix. 1 ; xvi. 8, 10 ;

xix . 1 1 , 12 ; 11 11 1 1 . 1 2 ; Rap. S .

viii. 2 , 4.

ah fi m u m lme.

gartii m afia 511131 63°

11 1°

ggqfai’famq 24 . 13 ; cf. 39.

9 ,

p m:5 2 1119 1 11

2

1“56 8 ; cfPM . Gr. ii. 4. ; Aw. Gr. i.

22 . 21 ; Gobh. Gr

2

. 1 1 .

m m 1 3 1 1 mit?of. VS. (Kfinva p . 58

ofWeber’s edition) ; Katy. Cr.1 1 . 2 . 15 ; Li ty. Cr. iv. 1 1 . 10 ;

Vi ii. S0 . 3. 8 ; Gap . Br. ii. 1 . 2.

aria : 78 . 6.

w m m 82 . 21 ; cf.AV . xviii. 2.

Cr. ii. 1 2. 17 .

W mfim w w.

m w vfim wm m

( fin i n g!”1711 1171 2 24

w aif; 2 . 6 ; cf. VS. i.

MS. i. 4. 10 ; Viit. Sn. 2.

2 ; Gop. B1° . ii. 1 . 1 ; Ki ty. Cr.

fm agq’t 1 06 7

fi m m m n . 34.

400 Index ofCitations.

1 2. 1

Kinda 1 1 .

37 . 3 .

8 . 24 ; 94. 15 ;

95. 4 ; 96. 4 ;

101 . 3 ; 1 14. 3

25 . 6.

25.

42 . 23 .

59. 5.

59. 15 ; 102. 4

26. 33,

26. 41 .

26. 42 .

26 . 43.

27 . 1 .

27 . 2 .

26 . 27 . 5.

26. 1 ; 27 . 7 .

38 . 39. 1

7 , 13,

1 2 . 47 .

12 . 1 - 8 47 .

Kinda 1 1 1 .

14. 7 .

14. 17 .

16. 30 .

16 . 30

19. l’

, 22 .

48 . 3 ; 60.

48 . 6 .

48 5.

26 .

7 .

10 . 55.

17, 18 .

5 12 .

l 43 . 1 .

1 1—5 138 . 4.

10. 1 19. 28 .

10. 6- 7 138 . 1 0 .

10. 7°

138 . 12 .

10. 8—1 1 138 . 5.

10 . 10 1 38 6.

10 . 13 138 . 7 .

1 1 . 1 32

54. 11'

; 58 . l.

8. 23 ; 43 . 3, 8,

136.

8 .

9.

O.

43. 9.

43 . 10.

40 . l; 41 . 14.

40 . 3.

40 . 4.

40 . 5.

40. 6.

1 9. 14.

50. 1 2 ; 59. 6 ;

1 40. 16.

70. 13.

70. 14.

12 .

15 ; 13. 6.

17 . 1

1 7 . 1°

20. 3

1 7 . Mg. 20 .

1 7 . 4 1 37 . 1 9.

1 7 . 8 20 . 10 .

18 . 1 36. 19.

1 8 . 6 36. 20.

1 8. 6b

36. 21 .

1 9. 1 14. 22 .

20 . 1 ll;

41 . 8 .

9. l; 43. 1 6,

20 72 . 1 3 ; 82 .

25 ; 123. 1 .

2 1 . 8 - 1 1) 82 .

2 1 . 8 71 . 8 .

2 1 . 9 7 1 .

22 . 1 1 2 . 13 . l

23. 1 35. 3 .

24. 1 19. 2 1 . 1

25 . 1 35. 22 .

25 . 3 35

25 . 4 35.

25. 6d

35. 26.

26. 1

Index ofCitations.

29. 1

29. 7

29. 8

30. 1

31 . 1

31 . 10

1 1 1 .

64. 2 .

45. 17 .

45. 1 7 ; 66. 21

1 2. 5 .

30 . 58. 3.

3. 24. 31

401

Kanda iv.

9. 1 ; 15. 2 ;

18. 1 9.

1 ; 28 .

38 . 23 ; 5 1 . 7 ;

79. 1 1 ; 139. 10

2—5 139. 1 1“

63. 9 ; 137 . 27 .

64. 17 .

64. 18.

64. 22 .

41 .

26. 41 . 1 ,

103. 3.

127 . 8.

1 27 . 9.

48 . 7 .

1 27. 3.

39. 7 .

46.

39. 7 .

39. 7 .

16.

8 . 28. 7.

8 . 25 .

19. 1 ; 2 1 . 8.

19 . 2 1 .

16.

1 9.

2 1 .

140 .

32 .

9. 14. 24.

7 .

3.

26 . 28 . 8

51 . 7 .

55.

9. 10 . 13,

1 39. 15 .

14. 26.

14 . 26.

9. 2 ; 30 .

42 . 82 .

36.

66. 6.

26

402 Index ofCitations.

3 1 1 140. 6.

66. 1 1 . 4 1

3. 25 . 4 3 23. 13°

3. 25 ; 23 . 9. 4. 4 23.

23. 4. 10 26.

23 . 5 1 23.

41 . 13 . 5. 7 23 .

e. 1

66. 13. 28. 15 ;

38 . 7“l

2 1 . 11 .

39. 1 5. 3 ; 59. 16. 79.

13. 29.

39. 10 3. 16, 19. 50.

49 7°

40 . 2 - 7 49. 3 13. 14 ; 41 . 3

40. s 49. 9° 46.

7 . 5- 10 46. 6.

Kinda v. 8 . 1 48. 8 .

15. 1 ; 1 9. 9. 1 3.

22. 1 ; 35. 12, 28. 1 7 .

15°

9. 2 23.

19. 9. 5 3. 23°

34. 20 . 9. e 28. 1 7°

1 7 3. 23

76. 21 ; 79. 1 . 10. 1 49 14

10. 2 - 6 49.

46. 1 . 10. 7 49.

21 . 15. 10. 8 66. 2.

2 1 . 1 7 . 1 1 . 1 12 . 1 .

1 5. 1 ; 19 . 12 . 1

22 . 1 ; 59. 17 12 . 2°

2.

21 . 2 1 . 13. 1 29. 1 ; 48. 9.

15. 6. 13. 2 29.

15. 8. 13. 3 29.

15. 9, 1 1 . 13. 4 29.

2 1 . 23. 13. 5 29.

34. 2 1 . 13. 6 29 .

1 2 . 10 ; 13. 7 29.

29.

49. 15 . 29.

Index ofCitations.

Kinda vi1 .

41 . 8 ; 59 . 1 7 .

30 . 59 . 1 8 .

30 .

41 . 26.

122 . 1 63. 29.

1 23. 1 63. 29.

124. 1 46. 41 .

1 25 . 2 IQ 24 .

1 26. 1

127. 1 26 33,

50 . 13,

100. 3.

128. 3 138. 8.

1 29 . 1 36. 12.

36.

130. 1 36. 1 3.

1 330 1 - 3 47 0

133. l 47 . 14.

133. 3 47 . 13.

1 33. 4 56. 1 .

133. 5 56. 1 .

1 33. 4 57 1 .

133. 5 57 . 1 .

1 34. 1 47 .

135 . l 47 . 20 .

136. 1 31 . 28 .

137 . 1 31 . 28 .

138 . 1 48 . 32 .

139. l 36. 1 2.

140. 1 46. 43.

141 . 1 1 9. l“; 23 .

12 , 13.

141 . 2 23.

141 . 3 23. 15 .

142 . 1 24. 1 .

1 42 . 3 1 9. 27 .

Index ofCitations.

1 15. 3 18.

1 15. 4 18 .

1 16. 1 26.

1 17. 1

137.

1 l8. 1 16. 7 ; 25.

137

Kinda viii.

54. 1 1“

55.

1 7 ; 58. 3 , 1 1 .

1 6.

58.

54. 55.

17 ;

97 .

97 .

97 . 3.

97 . 3.

54. 17 ; 58.

1 8.

58. 17“

58. 17.

53 . 19 ;

55. 3.

2 . 18 58 . 1 9.

2. 19 58. 19.

2 . 20 58 . 20.

2 . 22 58. 21 .

3. 1 8 . 25 ; 44. 15.

3. 15 - 18 1 1 2 . l.

3. 21 2 . 10“

3. 26 46. 23 ; 130.

3 ; 131 . 3

19. 1“

39. 7 .

25.

25.

16.

8. 24; 35. 20 .

6. 1 8 35 . 20.

7 . 1 26. 33,

7 . 27

8 . 1

8 . 2

8. 2°

8. 14

8. 22 15. 1 1 .

8 . 24°

16. 18, 19.

s. 24“

1 6. 20 .

10. 23 56. 13“

Kinda ix.

1 0 12

15 ; 13 6

1 . 1 1 139 15

2 . 1 49. 1

2 . 2 46.

2 . 3 46.

2 . 4

2 . 25 24. 29.

3. l 66. 22 , 29.

3. 15 66 . 28.

3. 18 66. 24.

3. 22 66. 25.

3. 24 66. 30.

4. 1 19. 24. 19

66. 18 .

4. 1 1 24 . 1 9.

4. 24

5. 1 64. 6, 27.

5. 2 64. 7 .

5. 2°

64. 8 .

5. 3 64. 9.

5. 4 64. 10 .

5 . 5 64. 1 1 .

5 . 5“

64. 1 2 , 13.

5. 5°

64. 1 4 .

5. 5“

64. 15.

5. 6 64. 1 6.

408

6. 23 9. 2“42.

53. 8 55.

58. 25

7 . 3 42.

9. l 16 . 21 .

9. 24 73.

1 0. 1 1 6. 2 1 .

Kanda x1 1 .

1 38 .

1 . 1 - 7 24.

1 . 1—9 24.

1 . 1 8 .

24. 24, 35; 38.

98. 3.

l. 2 137 . 16.

1 . 4 137. 1 7 .

1. 6 1 37 . 28.

25.

25.

-2 1 2 . 5.

137 . 30.

137 . 30 .

1 . 2l 137 . 30.

1 . 23- 25

54.

1 . 23 1 2 . 10“

1 . 28 24. 33.

1 . 29 3. 8 ; 24. 28 ;

90. 1 5; 137 . 40 .

1 . 30 24. 58 . 7 .

1 . 3 1 25.

l. 32 25.

l. 33 24. 33.

1 . 34 24 . 30 .

l. 35 46 . 1 2 .

l. 36 137 . 9.

1 . 38 1 9 24.

37 .

1 . 42

Index ofCitations

1 . 44 24. 39.

1 . 46 50. 17 ;

139. 8 .

l. 47 50. l“

1 . 52 24. 41 .

1 . 52“

137 . 23.

1 . 53 10 . 1 9.

l. 54 38 . 30 .

1 . 58 38 . 29.

1 . 59 3.

1 . 61 137 . 14.

1 . 61°

46 . 52 ;

1 . 62 50. 10.

1 . 63 24. 27 ; 58 .

1 9 ; 43.

2. 1 4 7 1 . 8.

69. 7 ; 71 . 5.

2. 4 7 1 . 6.

2 . 5

2 . 7

2 . 8- 10

2 . 1 1 7 1 . 5.

2 . 13 7 1 . 1 6 ;

86. 19.

2 . 15 7 1 . 8 .

2 . 16 71 . 8.

2 . 1 9 86. 19.

2 . 2 1 7 . 1 1 , 21 ; 72 .

13 ; 86. 24.

2 . 22

86. 2 1 .

2 . 23 72. 17 .

2 . 23“

2 . 24 72 . 1 3.

2 . 26

2 . 27

2 . 28 72 . 6.

2 . 29 72.

86. 21 .

2. 29°

2 . 30

86 . 23

2 . 30°

72 . 10

2 . 31 72 . 1 1 .

2 . 31“

72 .

2. 32 70. 10°

72 1 3

2 . 33 70 . 1 5

2 . 34 7 1 . 4.

2 . 40 7 1 . 16; 86 19

2. 41 72 . 3

2. 42 69. 8 ; 7 1 . 8.

2 . 43 7 1. 8

2 . 44 72 . 13

2 ° 45°

7 1 . 2

2 . 47 72. 7 .

2 . 48 72 . 8 , 13.

2 . 48°

7 1 . 23; 86. 26

2 . 49 72 . 8 .

2 . 52 7 1 . 14

2 . 53 7 1 . 6.

2 . 54 7 1 ; 80 . 28“

2 . 55 7 1 . 5 ; 72 . 13.

3 . 1 60. 31

3. 3 60 . 32

3 . 4 60. 35

3. 7 - 10 61 .

3. 7 6 1 . 1

3. 1 1 6 1 . 3

3 . 12 61 . 4.

3 13 2 . 8 . 14.

3. 14 61 . 18 .

3. 15 61 . 2 1 ; 125 . 3

3. 16 61 . 13.

3 . 17°

61 . 1 4 .

3. 18 61 . 22 .

3. 19 61 . 24

3. 19°

61 . 23, 25

3. 19“

61 . 25.

3. 20 61 . 2 7.

410 Index ofCitations.

Kinda xv1 1 .

7 . 18.

54. 55.

1 7 ; 58. 3, 1 1

22 ; 99. 3.

49. 27 ; 58 6

1 2 .

2 . 6 2 18 ; 137 . 33

3. l 18. 25; 58 22

4. 1 18 . 25“

5. 1 3 46. 9“

5. 1 46. 13“

6. l 49. 19

3. 3 6 . 16.

9. 4 6. 16.

Kanda xvm .

40 85. 19.

41 8 1 . 39.

42 81 . 39.

43 8 1 . 39.

44 -46 87 . 29.

44 80 . 43 ; 87 . 14

46 80. 5 1 .

49 81 . 34.

50 81 . 35.

51 87 . 27 .

52 83. 28 .

55 80. 42 .

56 87 . 19.

58 SI. 36.

60 45 . 84. 2 .

61 80 . 35 ; 82

2 . 4—7 81 .

412 Index ofCitations.

137. 139. 72 . l

10 .

690 1 - 40 30 580 72 . 1°

69. 1 90. 22“

36 108 . 2 .

184 1 1 7 . 4.

448 68 . 31 .

1 1 .

3 3 ;.f.

-0

Sim -Veda.

1 94 108 . 2.

457 68. 31 .

894 108. 2.

5. 3. 1 70 . 6.

5 . 6. 2 68 . 31 .

5. 6. 4 70. 9.

5. 10 . 3 56. 6.

6. 2 . 1 3. 1 .

6. 2 . 2 6. 1 .

6. 6. 3 56. 7 .

6. 10. 1 3. 1 .

8 . 5. 1 88 . 1 8.

8 . 5. 2 88 . 2 1 ;

89. 1 .

u . 3 . 14. 1 5. 1 .

iii. 1 . 4. 3 44. 17

1 . 4. 4 45. 1 1‘

1 . 10. 1 5. 7.

n. 1 190 117 .

1 1 92 1 1 7 . 4.

iii. 2. 4. 4

lily-Veda.

1 1 1 . 1 2 . 9 5. 2. 171 1 . 94. 9 5. 2.

9. 171 1 1 .

92 . 14.

ix .

62. 10°

x .

v. 24. 1'b —6

97 . 14“

97 . 20 33. 9.

54. 1 43. 13. 1 45 33 7.

vi. 70 . 9. —3

v1 1 . 55. 1 43. 13.

1 1 .

7 . 13. 1 68. 26.

1 1 1 08 . 2 .

1 68 . 31 .

vu . 6 108 2 .

Index ofCita tion . 41 3

v. 1 . 1 3 5. 7 v. 5 10 5 73. 14.

2 . 8 . 6 1 18. 1 . 7 2 4 74

4. 5. l 73. 14. 19

5. 6. 1 108 2 v1 3. 5. 4 108 2 .

14 108. 2.

xx1 1 . 12 72 . 13.

xxvi. 7 108 . 2.

xxxiv. 19 108 . 2 .

xxxix. 3 1 18. 1 .

KapisthaIa-Sambiti.viii. 9 88 . 2 1 ; 89. 1 . x 1.i. 5 108 . 2 .

xxv. 2 108 . 2 . v iii. 1 108 . 2 .

5 68 . 9.

Miitriyani-Safnhiti.

i. 5. 10 68 . 31 .

6. 1 70 . 6.

6. 2 70 . 6.

7 . 1 70. 6 ; 72 . 13.

8. 8 108 . 2 .

10 . 3 88 . 1 8 , 21°

89. 1 .

10. 19 88 . 18, 2 1 .

1 5. 14 70. 9.

1 1 . 7 . 8 72 . 13.

7 . 1 1 108. 2.

7 . 14 68. 9.

7 . 16 90. 25;

Kithaka -Sainhiti.

xv. 1 2 108 . 2 .

xvi. 8 72 . 13.

1 1 108 . 2 .

14 68 . 9 .

xv1 11 . 13 1 1 5. 2

xix. 1 1

Vajasaneyi-San

'

lhiti.

i. 2 . 6.

27 68 . 2 .

29 6. 10 .

1 1 . 2°

2 . 1 7 .

5"

2 . 17 .

18 6. 9.

20 6. 1 .

27 70 . 9.

416 Index ofCitations.

Viltina $ 00 11.

3. 10 91 . 4.

7 6. 9.4.

4. 22 6. 19 ; 42 . 1 7 .

5. 1 0 8 . 8 , 1 6.

7 .

7 .

4 3. 4.

6 3. 9.

1 1 . 1 3 82 . 1 1 .

1 1 . 24 7 . 1 9.

iv. 3. 3 81 . 5.

3. 18 81 . 1 9.

3. 26 8 1 . 31 .

3. 27 8 1 . 30.

4. 8 40 . 5 ;

cifikhiyana-Gljhyasfitra.

i. 9. 3 3. 10 1 1 . 1 5. 3 92 . 1 7 .

27 . 7 106. 7 . iii. 4. 7 43 . 13.

28 . 12 44. 30. 4. 8 43. 1 3.

1 1 . 4. 5 56. 1 2 . 7 . 2 89. 1 2 .

1 4. 4 74. 3. 7 . 3 89. I3.

14. 5 43. 13. 8 . 2 74. 1 8 .

Piraskars Grhyasiitra.

i. 3. 27 92 . 14. 1 1 . 1 . 21 54. 1 . iii. 1 . 4 74 . 16 .

3 . 30 92 . 1 7 . 3 . 2 56. 12 . 3 . 9 45 . 14 ; 84. 1 .

1 2 . 3 74. 3. 4. 2 56. 3 4 7 43 . 13.

1 1 . 1 . 10 44. 30 . 9. 2 74. 3. 15, 22 1 35. 9.

Kevaliyana Gg'hyasfitra.

i. 22 . 2 56. 12 .

22 . 2 1 56. 3

24. 31 92 . 1 7 .

24. 32 92 . 14.

1 1 . 2 . 4 74. 15 .

4. 1 3

9. 9 43. 13.

GobhiIa-Grhyasiitrn.

11 . IO. 41 56. 3.

1 6 74. 19.

1 0. 28 44. 1 7 .

iv. 1 . 6 2 . 1 1 .

3. 2 87 . 16.

3. 10 87 . 8 .

3 . 1 1 88 . 18.

3. 12 88 . 21 .

Index ofCitations.

Mantrabrihmana.

1 1 . 3. 16 84. l. 1 1 . 6. 1

10. 17 10. 35

Atharva-paricista.

140 . 1 . 4, 5, 6. 26 1 .

34. 8 46. 9.

34. 10 19. 1 .

21 . 34. 1 1 8. 2 ; 25. 36.

137 . 1 7 . 34. 12 16. 8 . 34. 29

137. 1 7 . 34. 13 14. 7 .

9. 7 . 34. 16 50. 13.

8 . 25 . 34. 17 14. 25 ; 50 . 13. 34. 31

8 . 24 ; 54. 1 1 ; 34. 1 9 59. 18. 39. 9

94. 15 ; 95. 4 ; 3 1. 20 9 . 7 . 73. 1 2

96. 4 ; 1 14. 3. 34. 2 1 47 . 8. 74. 4

8 . 23. 34. 22 18 . 25.

30. 1 7 . 34. 24 26. 33 .

Miscellaneous Texts.Karmapradipa 1 . 8 1 . 5.

Kithaka-

grhyaqntra x1.iv. 2

Grhym mgraba i. 96 3. 4.

Taittiriya-upanisad 56. 1 7 .

Gobhila-

orfiddhakalpa 1 1 . 9 82. 17 .

N akpatrakalpa 36 46. 55 .

Minava-

grhyasatu 11 . 1 2 74. 3 .

Minava -dharmaqastra iv. 1 12 141 . 40 .

Yijfiavalkya i. 230 82 . 17 .

iii. 146 83. 2 .

Vasigtha -dbarmaoastra xiii. 40 141 . 29.

Vignnsmrti 67 . 3 74. 3.

Cintikalpa 21 25. 23.

22 76. 2 .

Cross-references from the Kiucilm.

8 . 1 1 ; 2 . 1 137 . 32 . 2 . 1 7

137 . 4. 2 . 7 6. 33. 2 . 1 8

6. 15. 2 . 9 6 1 . 36. 3. 1

47. 1 ; 58 . 5. 2 . 10 6. 33. 3. 2

43. 13.

1 1 7 . 4.

32 . 27 .

79. 28 .

105. 1 .

105. 1 .

41 7

418 Index ofCita tions.

2

53 . 8.

57 . 31 .

73. 13.

1 1 . 2 , 1 1 ; 12.

1 1 ; 1 8. 32 .

10. 7 7 . 1 6.

10. 9 6. 22.

10. 16 29. 1 2 .

10. 1 7 58. 13.

10. 18 58 . 13

10. 24 1 2. 1 5

1 1 . 1 18 . 6.

1 1 . 4 106. 7

1 1 . 7 59. 8 .

1 1 . 12 12 4 ; 18. 25

1 1 . 19 20.

1 2 . 1 8. 9

1 2 . 2 8 . 9 .

18. 25.

12 . 9 35 . 1 9.

1 2 . 10 10 . 24 ; 13. 1,

12 ; 139. 15

10. 24.

59. 9, 26 ; 139.

15.

13. 5 26. 40 ; 27 . 5.

1 3. 12 24. 24 ; 54. 6.

14. 1 3. 15.

14. 7 14 . 26 ; 16. 4 ;

139. 7 .

14. 8—10 15 . 7 .

1 4. 8—1 1 16. 23.

14. 14 25. 22 ;

14. 22 16. 26 .

14. 24 15. 3 .

14. 25 50. 1 3.

14. 28 16. 6, 15, 23.

14 . 29 16. 23.

15 . 1 22 . 1 2 .

420 Index ofCitations.

38. 26 23 . 9. 3. 15, 19 ; 25

39. 1 38 . 2 1 . 27 ; 48. 30.

39. 6 8 . 16 ; 24. 13 ; 47 . 7 3 . 19.

23. 7 . 47 . 8 3. 1 9.

39. 7 9. 6 ; 69. 7 . 47 . 9 3. 19

39. 8 46. 7 , 8 . 47 . 14 49. 20.

39 9 47 . 22 44. 33

39. 20-27 7 1 . 13. 47 . 25- 28 48. 1 1 .

39. 22 18. 1 1 . 47 . 25 30. 1 4 ;

39. 27 9. 6 ; 43 . 5 ; 47 . 28 49. 2 1 ; 69. 8

44 . 5. 47. 29 48 . 2 1 .

32 . 1 7 ; 41 . 40 47 31

52. 7 . 47 . 32 7 . 25 ; 48. 20

30. 1 2 ; 41 . 3. 47 . 37 26. 18.

26. 24. 47 . 38 48 . 21 .

47 . 39 8. 1 8.

8. 1 8 . 47 . 39 48. 9.

42 . 1 ; 82. 31 . 47 . 51 48 . 4, 32 .

7 . 14. 47 . 54 35 . 28 ; 49. 23

57 . 32. 47 . 55 35 . 28.

42 . 1 2 59 . 2 5. 48' 3 48. 9.

42 . 15 68 . 35. 48 . 4 47 . 52 ; 48. 32 .

42 . 16 6. 19 ; 47 . 20 ; 48. 1 1 47 . 28 ;

68. 35. 48. 20 4 1. 2 ; 47 . 32 .

14. 14 ; 82. 4. 48 . 39 32 . 17 ; 40 . 4

23. 6. 48 . 42 49. 22 .

1 20 . 9. 49. 2 47 . 31 .

9. 6 ; 39. 27 ; 49. 1 1 38. 2 ; 47 . 31

44 . 5 ; 69. 7. 49. 20 48. 43.

43. 1 1 136 . 8 . 49. 2 1 69. 8.

44. 1 24. 9. 49 . 23 35. 28 47 . 54.

44. 2 42. 7 . 50 . 1 8 . 2 ; 77 . 3.

44. 3 53. 6. 50 . 2 36. 22 .

44. 6 39. 27 ; 43. 5 ; 50. 1 2 59. 6.

44 . 30 92. 18. 50. 13 14. 25 ; 51 . 7

44. 31 47 . 22 . 50 . 15 76. 19.

45. 14 84. 1 . 50 . 1 6 8 . 18 .

46 . 7 39. 9 ; 69. 7. 52 . 16

46. 8 39. 8 . 52. 1 8 54. 1 1 .

46. 30 60. 7 . 52 . 20 1 1 . 1 9.

62. 9 68. 19.

62 . 14

62 . 18

62. 22

64. 10 85. 25.

64. 22 24 . 10 ;

66. 2 68. 33.

66. 3

66. 7

66. 13

66. 1 6

67 . 5

67. 6

67 . 1 7 140 . 4.

67. 20 53 . 4 .

67 . 26 61 . 1 1 .

68 . 2—6 68. 18.

68. 18-23 62 . 2 .

68 . 19 62 . 3.

68. 33 66. 2 .

68. 34 66. 2 .

7 1 . 7

1 1 1 . 5 ; 126. 9.

7 1 . 8 82. 26.

7 1 . 1 2 81 . 33.

7 1 . 16-24 86 1 9.

7 1 . 19 86. 22 .

72 . 30 59. 28.

72 . 44 73. 4, 13 .

73. 4 6 22 , 30 .

73. 13 6. 22 , 30.

74. 7 34. 12

74. 13 1 0. 2 .

74. 19

74 . 23 6. 22.

75. 6 79. 28.

75. 13 82 . 5 .

76. 1 79. 20.

76. 4 79. 20.

76. 9 90 . 1 .

Index ofCitations.

76 . 10 8 1 . 30 .

76 . 18 8. 1 8.

76. 19 50. 15.

76. 23 77 . 6.

76 . 24 24. 13.

76. 33 39. 9 ; 79. 1 .

78. 13 79. 25.

79. 1 76. 33.

79. 25 78 . 13.

80 . 25 82 . 22 .

80. 35 82 . 31 ;

84. 13.

80 . 37 81 . 20.

81 . 20 80 . 37 .

8 1. 28 24 10.

81 . 44 85 26 ;

87 . 30 ; 88 . 29

82. 2- 19 86. 28.

82. 5 75. 13.

82 . 22 80 . 25.

82. 29 85 . 25.

82. 31 41 . 8 ; 80. 35 ;

83. 20 ; 84. 13

82 . 36 86. 29 .

83. 3 85. 1 7 .

83. 20

84 13 .

83 . 23 84. 13.

83. 25

83. 27 -29

84. 1 45. 14.

84. 9 8. 1 8.

84. 1 3

83. 20.

85. 19 83. 3.

85. 26

87 . 30 ; 88

29.

86. 17 85. 26 ;

87 . 30 ; 88. 29.

1 1 0. 4

Index ofCitations.

424 Additions and Corrections.

p . 189, note 1 6—read xu . 2 . 58 for x1 i. 2 . 52 , and correct the index cor

respondingly.

p . 190 , sfitra 19, and p . 280, sfi tra 22—w e do not now consider our

emendation oflap ayitvd to yop ayitvd as certain p adani lap ayitvd maymean causing the foot-steps to be suppressed .

p . 1 90 , sfitt a 1—the anusvi ra in ’

cmdnamis in distinct .

p . 1 97 , sutra 8—read p rd’

cinamfor p racinam.

p . 2 18 , sutra 4l—read trinip rabhrtibhir as a com pound .

p . 244, sfitra 20—read ucchietarh for uchietam.

p . 270 , last line—the ofghosah is defective in pa rt ofthe edition.

p . 839, hand. 88 , sfitra 7—read a rkamnirluficitamfor a rka n ir

p . 894. column 1—add mahaya ta p itfn 84 . 9 at the prOp er place .

OF THE

AMERICAN ORIENTAL SOCIETY.

FOURTEEN TH VOLUME.

N EW H A V E N

FO R T H E A M E R IC A N O R IE N T A L S O C IE T Y ,

Printed by Tuttle. Morehouse Taylor Printers to Yale University

COMMIT T E E OF PUBLICA TION

THE

A M ERICAN O R IE N TAL SOCIE TY .

FOR rs s YEAR 1 889- 90.

WILLIAM D . e xnr,

D Avm G. LYON,

CHARLES R . LANMAN ,

ISAAC H . HALL,

JOH N P . PETE RS ,

PRICE OF THE JOURN AL.

Vol. N O. 1 (N os. 2—4 out ofVols. II—V. , each,

Vols. VI.- IX.

,XL, each,

Vols. X . ,XIIl.

,XIV.

,each

,

Vol. XII. ,

do. on large paper,IVhitney

’s Tz

'

iittiriya-P rfiticz

ikhya (vol.Avery’s Sanskrit Verb -Inflection (from vol.

1Vhitney’s Index Verbornm to Atharva Veda (vol.

or 5

Hopkins’s Ruling Caste in Ancient India (from vol. 3.

Bloomfield’s Kflugika

-Satra ofthe Atharva-Veda (vol. 5.

The Proceedings for Oct. , 1 88 8 , and May, 1 889 , constitu

part ofvol. xiv.,were distributed to members and co

immediately 0 11 issue,with notice that the cOpies wer

served for binding with the volume. Additiona l cOpies to an

chance losses may be had (at halfprice) ofthe Librarian, A.

N ame,N ew H aven, Conn.

C O N T E N T S .

2

ART. I.—TH E KAUCIR A-SETRA or TH E ATHARVA-VHDA,

W ITH ExTRACTs FROM TH E COMMEN TARIES or

D ZH ILA AN D KECAVA. Edited by MACRICI

BLOOMFIELD,P rofessor in Johns Hopkins Uni

versity, Ba l timore,Md

APPEND IX

Proceedings Ofthe Society, Philadelphia, Oct . , 1 888do. Boston

,May, 1 889, 0

do. N ew York,Oct .

,1 890

,

List OfMembers,May, 1 890